Audio

300: How My Mom Discovered A Cure For A Rare Disease

300: How To Cure A Rare Disease With My Mom Janice Chou

Whenever I publish 100 episodes, I always have an extra special guest on the show. And today, I have my Mom, Janice Chou, on the show.

Now my Mom is not an entrepreneur in the classical sense but she recently discovered a cure for a rare disease called Glycogen Storage Disease.

It is her life’s work and her cure is currently undergoing clinical trials. So far, the trial is going extremely well and her treatment has cured 9 patients so far. Here’s her story.

What You’ll Learn

  • How my Mom had to leave everything behind to start over in Taiwan
  • How she discovered a cure for a rare disease called Glycogen Storage Disease
  • Why biological research is like entrepreneurship
  • How to get started as a molecular biologist
  • Embarrassing stories of my youth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now, this is episode 300 and as you know, whenever I publish a hundred episodes, I always have an extra special guest on the show and this is no exception. Today, I have my mom Janice Chou on the show and my mom is not an entrepreneur in the classical sense, but she recently discovered a cure for a rare disease called glycogen storage disease. Now if you don’t believe that finding cures for diseases involve elements of Entrepreneurship, then you won’t want to miss this one.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent Privy also offers a low-cost email solution for e-commerce Merchants. So if all you need are the basic email autoresponder sequences, like abandoned cart went back campaigns pre and post purchase flows. Then Privy might be an ideal solution for you. So bottom line, Privy allows you to turn the visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I have an extra extra extra special guest on the show. It is someone who I’ve literally known all my life and while she’s not technically an entrepreneur in the classical sense. She has accomplished something incredibly special that no one else I know has ever done and in case you were wondering today’s podcast guest is my mom. Her name is Janice Chou, but I’m going to call her mom in this interview because who calls their mom by their first name. Anyway, my mom is a molecular biologist at the National Institutes of Health and in fact, As a kid, I remember hanging out in her lab while she worked. I also played with dry ice and liquid nitrogen when I was in elementary school.

Anyway, my mom recently discovered a cure for a rare disease called glycogen storage disease and it is her life’s work and her cure is currently undergoing clinical trials right now. And so far the trial is going extremely well and her treatment has cured nine patients so far. Now in any case in today’s interview, we’re going to talk about my mom’s background and how she managed to develop this cure and how she became the foremost expert on this disease and welcome to podcast Mom. How are you doing today?

Janice: I’m very well. Thank you for interviewing me

Steve: So first of all, my mom is sitting next to me right now and she spent a good portion of time this morning doing her hair for this interview and I may have neglected to tell her that this was not a video interview. But okay, Mom, let’s start with your background story. I know that you were born in China, but then you had to flee to Taiwan during the Communist Revolution and I remember you telling me that you had to leave all of your wealth behind so How did you end up studying biochemistry of all things?

Janice: Well, I went to Taiwan, when we flee from Shanghai to Taiwan. And we basically bring nothing but my father is in the government. So he has a job, So eventually we can all go to, we are middle-class family so we can go to college by the end and I attended elementary school, junior high, high-school in Taiwan and then go to, I went to Taiwan University that time my major was Pharmacy after getting a pharmacy degree in Taiwan. There’s no graduate school is very hard to find a job. So we decided to go to graduate study in America and that time.

Steve: So let’s back up a little bit. So when did you know that you wanted to do biology?

Janice: Well in college, I was good in math. And chemistry, biology. I’m very bad in literature, composition and history. My memory is good. But I am very bad in those topics. So I decided I like chemistry, biology so become like a biologist

Steve: I know in, I don’t know if this is still true but in Taiwan like depending on how your test scores are done, do they kind of naturally group you?

Janice: Yeah well in high school you have A class or B to go to, Science or Humanity, since I’m not good in humanity. I choose science and like we have seven class each class have Forte if we are very good. You don’t have to take entrance exam to go to college. I’m one of them, so from high school to college. I was lucky enough not, do not have to take entrance, the record with Taiwan University. One of the best University in Taiwan.

Steve: I’m just curious were there a lot of women in science back then or were you like one of the very few?

Janice: I’m in the second girls high school. We have men go to boys or in boys school, or girls and girls who of course, there are mixed, boy and girl the best school are all for boys and girls only.

Steve: Okay

Janice: So science, I think many girls go to science, pharmacy is one of the department with many women

Steve: interesting. Okay. Now you told me growing up that you were good at everything but then recently you told my wife and I this story where you had to flip a coin to pass some exam, what was that all about?

Janice: No, no I was really young. I went from elementary to go to Junior High you have to take entrance exam, so I didn’t know I have to study so

Steve: How come you did not know you had to study?

Janice: because school is so easy. So I don’t really have to study but take entrance exam. I only read a few books and go to the exam. There are many truths or false questions, if I don’t know I just flip a coin. I got entered, to very good girl High School. Wow for the best Junior High.

Steve: So you flipped the coin and you got most of the questions, correct?

Janice: I guess.

Steve: Okay, let’s not talk about that, let’s not tell that story to our kids. Okay, so you studied biology in college

Janice: pharmacy school

Steve: pharmacy school. Okay. So how did you end up in America then?

Janice: Well, once you we graduate, there’s no graduate school in Taiwan, if you want get an advanced degree, you have to go aboard so I decided to go to America. Most college student at my time go to America. So actually, how I ended up in University of Utah is very interesting. I look in an American map. I said the biggest State, I want to go, I’ve put a pen, don’t it’s Utah. So I apply get the fellowship went to University of Utah.

Steve: That’s the only reason why you chose Utah?

Janice: Yep. I don’t even know Utah. I thought I don’t want to go to Harvard, it’s probably too difficult for me. And I want to choose a bigger state in America. I didn’t study America very carefully. So I choose Utah.

Steve: Why did you feel like you need an advanced degree? Like couldn’t you just become a pharmacist in Taiwan?

Janice: Well in Taiwan mostly from Taiwanese, they are most the pharmacy and Medicine controlled by Taiwanese. I’m from mainland China. So I decided I don’t really want to be a pharmacist. I like to get an advanced degree. So I can do research.

Steve: Okay, so just kind of an aside. Is that where you met my dad?

Janice: Yeah in graduate school. I think I went first time. Yeah. I met my husband in University of Utah. He’s electric engineer major. So we met in the library and so he took me home. He has a 1950 car took me home from that time. We start dating.

Steve: And okay, so let’s kind of move on towards your research now. So you started studying at University of Utah and you got your PhD, right?

Janice: Yes. I got to my PhD, biochemistry

Steve: Biochemistry and I remember a long time ago. You told me you were thinking about getting your MD, but you decided not to get it. Why did you

Janice: in Taiwan at least want to get either MD or a pharmacy degree. I thought that time MD takes seven years. I’ll be too old and never dream I went to graduate school another four years to get my PhD.

Steve: Okay, so you got your PhD and then and then what next?

Janice: Okay that time. My husband got the job in Maryland. He graduated a year before me. So I just go with him to Maryland to see the environment and my professor. Dr. Dickman said, oh, I know somebody in IH, do you want to meet him maybe when you graduate you can get a job there get a postdoc there. So once I was in Maryland so called and IH, the doctor name’s Leon Hypo and when I called they said “oh, he left long ago” I said, can I speak to somebody in that department and one of the doctors?

Okay, you come anyway, and I don’t really need a postdoc, but you can visit there. So I went to visit I talked to him and he said I don’t have A job but I can introduce you to somebody else in my department. So I met Dr. Maxine Singer who was my first supervisor. So I talked to her and I talked to another few doctors when I went back to Utah. A letter of acceptance already on my desk. She has accepted me as a postdoc

Steve: and were you studying this disease already or no?

Janice: No, no.

Steve: No. not at all. Okay.

Janice: Yeah, she’s a very good Molecular biology bac chemist. So I learn about chemistry in her lab a lot. Then I did another post doc with dr. Martin and I learn virologist. So I become a virologist that time, after six years of postdoctoral training. I think I need to be independent. So I looking at a nice and IH for a job and I got to be a Unit head at a nice

Steve: so you skipped a lot of steps, how does a female scientist become a unit head? Is it just something you apply for and

Janice: I applied for it. I did six year postdoc and I have very good Publications.

Steve: Okay.

Janice: Yeah. So

Steve: so as a unit head you can research whatever you want?

Janice: So I, that time my research was presented Gene regulation and how I become permanent. I can tell you a story on how I become permanent. And that time I just become a section unit head which is not permanent it’s temporary and I need a permanent job and Georgetown University looking for a women virologist. So I went to interview I got a job right away. So my boss at IH has to offer me a permanent job because I was offered another job at the time. So I become the first unit head to become permanent in 1983

Steve: Wow in all IH?

Janice: No, no. That section.

Steve: Oh that section. Okay

Janice: Yeah, that department

Steve: had no intention of taking the Georgetown job.

Janice: No.

Steve: No, it is very clever. All right. So how did you stumble upon glycogen storage disease?

Janice: Okay. I always study then I switch to liver Gene regulation. The many of the gene has been isolated and characterized and we were looking for a some differentially expressed genes in an animal model.

Steve: That means nothing to me.

Janice: Okay, we’re wanting to express in one condition not the other Condition. It’s called a mouse is like hypoglycemia.

Steve: Does this have anything to do with glycogen storage disease?

Janice: No, but Yeah, so we isolate a bunch of genes and so we just sequence and characterize changing one of the gene. The many many liver gene has been isolated, characterize.

Steve: What does it mean to isolate and characterize a gene?

Janice: Your body is encoded by a lot of genes each one at that time in the 90s. You have to be, each one has to sequence and characterize what protein that encode.

Steve: Okay. So this is that I remember studying this in high school. This is these are the sequences of

Janice: nucleic acids, DNA and then translate to mri then go to a protein

Steve: okay to advance for this audience. But okay. Yeah go on

Janice: so many many of gene liver has been cloned isolated.

Steve: Why did you choose the liver? Like is this just something you already

Janice: I’m interested.

Steve: Okay

Janice: Yeah, and one of letting never being isolated is glycogen storage disease type one thing which is glucose 6-phosphate taste. That one was causing glycogen storage disease was known for many many years, but the Gene can never, protein can never isolate it because they believe it’s very fast soluble never can dissolve in water. So you cannot sequence you cannot characterize.

Steve: So let’s back up a little bit. What exactly is glycogen storage disease like what is what are the symptoms?

Janice: Okay, the patients can now suffer fast. So you eat three meals a day in between meals if you are hungry. You have your storage of, your body have storage of glycogen. Glycogen can convert to glucose so you will be happy

Steve: so glycogen is like a storage of energy that we can use later. Okay

Janice: Yes, but for this disease, glycogen decomposed cannot decomposed to Sugar instead go to the glucose 6 phosphate. That’s the compound before sugar.

Steve: Alright, so basically person with this Disease cannot synthesize glycogen into energy right?

Janice: no, cannot convert glycogen into glucose.

Steve: glucose which is energy, right?

Janice: Right

Steve: Okay. Got it. Okay. And so what ends up happening is they don’t have this store. They can’t access this to store energy

Janice: then they get hypoglycemia get seizures and if they do not take care of right away. They can die.

Steve: Okay

Janice: right.

Steve: All right, and how many people does this affect because I’m sure people in the audience

Janice: 1 hundred thousand. It’s very rare.

Steve: Is that considered rare because there’s billions of people in this world. So that means

Janice: Yep. It is rare disease.

Steve: Okay. All right, so–okay so people know what the disease now is did you sequence

Janice: So we look for the several of the genes we characterize we found one is very fat soluble we call hydrophobic. Okay, then we thought maybe this Gene can be the gene and code glucose-6-phosphatase

Steve: which is the cause

Janice: the gene deficient in glycogen storage type one.

Steve: Okay. So let me just summarize everything you just said so people with the disease are missing this Gene.

Janice: Yes

Steve: and you’re calling this Gene the glucose-6-phosphate gene. That is resting.

Janice: Yes right

Steve: and so I didn’t understand the other parts, but you thought that you’d be able to isolate this Gene

Janice: We isolated already, several gene. We sequence and looking the property of the protein and they encode looking one of the gene looks very similar to the predicted glucose-6-phosphatase.

Steve: Okay

Janice: Should be very fat soluble cannot be purified cannot be soluble in water. So we decided maybe this is the gene. So we set up the assay for the assay for the enzyme

Steve: assays an examination

Janice: tear, the function of the protein. so we set up how to test the function of the protein. The protein function actually very simple hydrolyzed glucose-6-phosphate to glucose as simple as I say people have done it for ages.

Steve: Okay.

Janice: So people can use to the liver assays and assays so they know the patient lacking this enzyme before they take liver biopsy. Then I say, oh you’re missing this enzyme

Steve: okay. So, let me just summarize everything you just said. So basically the patient is missing this enzyme and that’s how you can tell you have this disease.

Janice: Yes

Steve: very easily detectable.

Janice: You have to take a liver sample.

Steve: Yeah. Okay, right. All right. So how did you

Janice: so we just set up the in vitro assay,

Steve: No one knows what a vitro assay is

Janice: it’s not it’s just assay. It’s not that hard. For enzyme activity,

Steve: Okay, okay

Janice: so we found that this particular clone this gene indeed behave like the protein translated behave like glucose 6 phosphate

Steve: okay.

Janice: They can hydrolyze glucose-6-phosphate to glucose

Steve: So you just so you

Janice: in a test tube.

Steve: has to be isolated this Gene and no one had ever done that?

Janice: no one has done that.

Steve: Okay. So how does that lead to a cure? Exactly?

Janice: Okay, then immediately we clone the gene because for 50 years. Nobody can clone a gene. So we immediately At that time my boss was Sid Barry who is our scientific director at NIH who is happened to be the one working on glycogen storage disease type 1. So I went to him. He has patients. He immediately get a DNA get the blood from the patient. So I analyzed his gene see whether this patient have mutation energy. Indeed, he has the mutation. So we demonstrate the gene we clone. Indeed, It’s a gene missing in patients with glycogen storage disease.

Steve: I see, I’m just kind of curious like we’re talking about this right now as if it was quick and easy, like how many years does that did the whole process take?

Janice: Actually it’s very quick. We simply isolate a bunch of genes which are expressed in one condition or the other never intended to clone glucose 6-phosphate. Is it just happened to be, we are

Steve: You discovered by accident?

Janice: discover by accident and very lucky. We make the right decision when we looked at the gene, the protein could be glucose-6-phosphate. We immediately set up a li assay the whole system becoming very easy there happened to be my boss has the patient right at NIH so I can get the DNA and sequence his gene.

Steve: So, okay, so we at this point you’ve confirmed with Actual patients what is and this this might go beyond my comprehension, but what is actually involved in creating the actual killer? Like how do you treat it? So, you know that this Gene is missing. How do you get the gene in that person?

Janice: from the discover of the DC CH 2 actually cured to discover the drug to cure disease. It takes a long time.

Steve: Okay. So would you say that’s been the majority of

Janice: my, ever since I discovered the gene I’m working on glycogen storages I didn’t do anything else but the glycogen storage

Steve: right because okay. So why does the actual cure take so long compared to the actual

Janice: because we don’t know how to cure and the gene was cloned in 1993 and that time people start doing thinking of doing gene therapy means put the good gene into the patient who has a bad Gene. And in the beginning people actually choose how to deliver the gene to the patient’s the many different method. I was interested in viral Vector because it was trending virology.

Steve: Okay, so just to and we talked about this prior to this interview so I could dumb it down for the audience. But basically the way it’s delivered and correct me if I’m wrong is you literally put this gene into a virus that isn’t harmful

Janice: right

Steve: And you jnject it into someone in that for some reason allows this Gene to

Janice: to get into the tissue and function produce the correct protein

Steve: right produce in this in this case. It’s the enzyme right that breaks down that chemical into energy

Janice: Right, right

Steve: who came up with that?

Janice: Not me. Yeah. Okay, you can deliver the gene, a lot of therapy people would simply deliver the protein directly to the patient but for glucose 6-phosphate it is very fast subulate cannot solubilize. Nobody can isolate a functional glucose 6 phosphatase. So we know enzyme replacement therapy definitely not right.

Steve: So, what you’re saying here is you can’t just inject this enzyme

Janice: I cannot

Steve: because it gets absorbed

Janice: Nobody can purify it in there. Okay. I still cannot purify, I cloned the gene but I still cannot purify

Steve: the only way to cure disease

Janice: is the liver gene

Steve: Just kinda curious regarding this disease you mentioned that people can’t process energy. So people is disease do they pass right away or how did they treat it right now without the cure?

Janice: okay, before we cloned the gene Thomas Kingsford is the one who discovered a dietary therapy cornstarch therapy, the patient can take raw corn starch because corn starch slow digestion become glucose. So the patient without eating food at night, for example. They can last four to six hours without eating because they take corn starch usually four to six hours. So patient in general at night has to be wake up at least once to take additional cornstarch. So they will survive ever since cornstarch therapy discovered. They survived pretty well can too and they go to college even so

Steve: basically you have to take corn starch every four to six hours. It’s like a drug

Steve: Like a drug, yeah

Steve: Okay. Yeah and okay. So tell me about the process of the clinical trial like how does that work? So you have a potential cure that you’ve cured in a mouse?

Janice: So we decide to use different viral Vector. So there were adenovirus Vector turn out to be very toxic. So then the other vectors adeno-associated virus Vector which developed by many scientists,

Steve: So when you say virus Vector you mean like The different inert viruses that you attach this gene on

Janice: this is the active virus.

Steve: Yeah. Okay,

Janice: right. So it is not develop by my me but developed by scientists in the viral field and I just use one of them and what my contributions is, how to get a vector expressed glucose-6-phosphatase gene into high efficacy.

Steve: Basically efficacy means it works right?

Janice: Yes it works, right. Yeah.

Steve: Why do you guys use such big words when you can just say it works

Janice: Efficacy, really?

Steve: no one talk. No one uses the word efficacy.

Janice: Ah Okay.

Steve: Anyways, okay, so okay. So you tried this in a mouse first, right?

Janice: I tried in a mouse and we cured the mouse. The mouse you give newborn infusion and they survive to 70-80 weeks. So we cured so

Steve: so Mouse is a lot different than a human though. So uhm

Janice: well, I but many of the commercial company because the adeno-associated virus immediate gene therapy being discovered being used for other disease and so many commercial company. They already know that this non-toxic can deliver a gene can last in human probably four to five years. So they approached us to let license my Vector so they set up, set up the clinical trial

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So what is the process of a clinical trial? I don’t even know. Okay, so you have this cure. Do you know how the process works?

Janice: Well, the company put out set up a crater a collaboration with an NIH with test for preclinical trial method so we can get FDA to approve. So

Steve: How does this administered? is it just like injected in the

Janice: it’s just injected into the bloodstream. Okay, because the liver, when you do blood infusion most vector of the gene, everything, 90% go to the liver. So liver is the one very easy to be cured by gene therapy.

Steve: I see

Janice: So like this, the FDA approved in 2018. They start clinical trial in June 2018. So phase one to clean the whole trial they have initials 12 patients. So right now I believe there for eight or nine already tried. The outcome most of the, many of the patient no longer need corn starch. They can sleep overnight.

Steve: Wow, nice

Janice: but we do not know how long will it last, yet. So it’s the only in the first year

Steve: I see I see and then but right now is this commercially available or no?

Janice: No, it’s face ½

Steve: Phase 1/2, Okay, and it’s only until phase 3 that

Janice: yeah, they may want to skip phase 1/2 if everything work well, because the company not me, wants to set up my test center test. So they hope to get into clinical trials

Steve: everyone with this disease would want to try this, right?

Janice: Yes. The problem also is you know, they have immune response to the vector even that Vector is not toxic.

Steve: I see okay

Janice: so, so far, I think eight patient responds well

Steve: I see I know you never did this for the money and this is your life’s work here. But just how valuable is this research and what are like some of the business terms. Do you know? Like

Janice: well, what if the drug works? They, we have, NIH have royalties and I should have whatever royalty belongs to me, the drug belongs to NIH not me.

Steve: sure of course, of course, right. But how much does this treatment cost? Do you know?

Janice: we don’t know.

Steve: Okay, are we talking like thousands, millions?

Janice: No, that’s there’s I was told one of the clinical trial for one of the disease is 1 million per dose.

Steve: Wow. Yeah. How many doses do you need to cure?

Janice: one dose.

Steve: Oh, just one dose.

Janice: Oh, yeah.

Steve: Okay, so a million and I mean it’s worth it to not have to eat corn starch every 4 – 6 hours before this.

Janice: Yes. Yes,

Steve: so I’m kind of curious this all these private companies out there doing research. Why hasn’t any private company tackled your disease.

Janice: That’s a private company, Ultragen is a private company.

Steve: Okay. Okay. Okay.

Janice: Okay, to be honest. They’re very, there are many rare disease developed can be cured by gene therapy. Why many company now seeking to me for glucose-6-phosphatase because it is very easy to follow whether your disease is corrected or not. Take one blood, see your glucose level. That’s the reason it’s

Steve: So your disease is very straight forward

Janice: Yes very easy to follow. Yes

Steve: meaning like it’s easy to test for which is a simple blood test and it’s just a single Gene

Janice: single gene

Steve: and okay, and then the way it’s delivered is simple too because it goes to the liver. Yes, the liver related to disease

Janice: yes. That’s what among so many rare diseases. They choose my disease.

Steve: I see I see and then from that they can expand it to more complicated diseases.

Janice: Yeah, Yes.

Steve: Do you know whether your methods have been expanded to any other disease cures so far?

Janice: I’m an odd one development method they already start Factor 10 for example, but they already succeeded in gene therapy. And so my disease is just one of the follow-up and when they seeking to looking for glucose 6-phosphate it’s fairly rare disease because easy to detect easy-to-follow

Steve: right and then this whole thing from just you telling me a story which I’ve never heard before it just was kind of fortuitous that Patients were there you had access to the patients you could do these quick tests to see what this Gene was missing and it’s only one gene. Do most diseases have more than one gene missing?

Janice: they have mitogen family. So far gene therapy work, mostly single gene. Yeah

Steve: Gene single. Wow. So going forward. Are there a lot of these diseases that are just single Gene?

Janice: Yes

Steve: Oh really? Okay

Janice: many of the gene, but many of you have to be easy, to be delivered. liver is gene is one of the easy to deliver gene

Steve: I see

Janice: and for, a lot of DC affect the brand, it’s very hard to pass the blood-brain barrier to deliver the gene. Yeah

Steve: I see Okay. So this is kind of like a very specialized, at least today.

Janice: Yes.

Steve: So if anyone out there is interested in curing diseases. How would you recommend that they proceed today? Like let’s say someone’s in college, right now and they want to do what you do. What is the recommended path?

Janice: Well at first you have to study you follow your interest and follow your talent. So and sometimes you have to be lucky you have to be in the right place the right time.

Steve: So if I’m in college right now, do you recommend I study biochemistry. Do you recommend I follow your path and work at NIH or like you obviously need money to do this, right? You can’t do this on your own.

Janice: No research is very expensive, but if you go to college you can get Grant. It’s the same thing if you are good. Okay, when what I recommend most people working in my lab focus, focus is very important don’t attack ten different projects focus on one or two. Also do not only do one. You do one or two projects and focus and concentrate, start a very hard and try to set up all the region.

For example, glucose-6-phosphatase, 80% reagent developing my lab. I’m very focused, I cloned the gene and make the mouse model and make antibody which the antibody to detect the enzyme. The one works only in my lab, commercial one doesn’t work either.

Steve: I see

Janice: so you have to be focused and work harder. You don’t have to work super hard, but you cannot just touch 10 different things. Nothing works

Steve: Okay, and then when you became a unit head you decide you want to go out on your own. How did you come to that conclusion?

Janice: I like tov everybody in their career, they want to be independent Right?

Steve: Is that true? That’s not always true. But could you have not been independent for your entire career if you chose? I mean it’s kind of like starting a business in a way. What you did is what I’m getting at here right? You could have just worked for in someone else’s lab doing someone else’s research for

Janice: if you, you have your own idea. You want a company, what you think you want to do and you have to be independent. I always have idea what I want to do. I don’t want to follow people around.

Steve: right.

Janice: So I want to have my own lab.

Steve: And so what’s the best way for someone to get their own lab?

Janice: You have to know what do you want, focus on a thing, develop a thing, become an expert then people seeking you instead of that you have to apply

Steve: were you already an expert when NIH gave you a lab?

Janice: I think I was pretty good. I percentage in regulation already

Steve: Okay, so back when you’re a postdoc. You already developed

Janice: I have some very productive, in my to postdoc, the first post that I published eight good papers, which is very rare

Steve: I see. I remember when I was growing up you told me never to go into your field

Janice: and fortunately I say research scientists nowadays, it’s not easy to get a job. And there’s so many people working on biology major in biology in college is one of the problem major topics, right? and the research position because this is so expensive to do research and you need to apply Grant and Grant before the percentage of people can get Grant become less and less.

That’s why I said if you really want you really really interesting in research. Maybe you should get MD degree then doing research. So you have alternative if you couldn’t find a permanent job, you can still practice medicine.

Steve: So what’s the difference between the private sector and the government, working for the government?

Janice: I never work on private sector, I think private sector. You probably have to work with or follow so many Direction, it’s difficult to be interest in what you do and only doing what you want to do.

Steve: So I want to kind of end this interview with the funny story in high school. I cannot come up with science fair project for the life of me. So you suggested that I do a project related to your research and my project that year was the effects of cyclic amp and retinoic acid on PSG gene expression to this day. I have no clue what that project was about and I remember my I remember you prepared me a cheat sheet on the back of my poster board.

Of all the possible questions I could get asked and when the judges came by I would just read off these answers and so my final question for you is like I don’t quite understand what you do, but do you actually understand what I do for a living now?

Janice: not really.

Steve: okay and this podcast do you understand how the money is made on the blog and the podcast and?

Janice: not exactly either.

Steve: Okay. So let me give you a quick lesson here then. So this podcast doesn’t actually make any money really there’s some sponsorships. But the money in there is Trivial, the podcast is there for me to meet people that that can you know help you we can help each other later on and it’s also a way for people to follow you like you have people that you follow right? And so people follow me on this podcast and by nature of following me. And then you know whenever I do release a product or a book or what not, people will buy it.

And so the main money makers are you know, people listened to my referrals and so whenever I refer something I get a cut of the business or I have my course where I’m actually teaching someone it’s like teaching a university class for example, and then of course, there’s advertising whenever someone’s listening to other companies can advertise on the behalf. So but you understand how the e-commerce store works?

Janice: That, I do.

Steve: that’s right. Yeah. Okay. Did you, this is the last question. Did you ever Envision that I end up doing this as opposed to engineering or?

Janice: totally not anticipated. I thought you were working as an engineer. Maybe you open a company like electrical engineer company never thought it would be doing this

Steve: and growing up. Did you foresee me? I say, I can’t remember back that far. But do you remember me being interested in these things growing up?

Janice: I am very bad in the New technology to be honest, so I have to say I don’t anticipate you having a business like you have now.

Steve: So in the event that there’s someone out there who wants to do what you have done as you so you already gave the advice to focus but in terms of studying it seems like college education is necessary, right?

Janice: Yes.

Steve: Okay. You can’t learn. stuff yourself go apply to a company and

Janice: okay. I think graduate school, actually is very important for you to learn how to do experiment. In my days in Taiwan. We don’t do very much experiments in college. So when I went to graduate school, I learned everything from the beginning maybe an American college. I think they have a lot of lab work it’s proper better training then I was in Taiwan in college.

But still you need graduate school learn how to do independent thinking, you cannot follow people everything follow your professor your never have your own idea. How can you become independent?

Steve: Sounds like there’s a theme here, you have to go out on your own which is one of the fundamental tenets of Entrepreneurship and it doesn’t matter in case my mom here. She’s worked for the government for what’s been 40 years?

Janice: 40 years

Steve: 40 years. Yes, but yet, you know, she’s still doing her own thing. She’s researching other diseases finding cures, entrepreneurship doesn’t necessarily mean that you’re not working for someone else but it just means that you’re pursuing things that you want to be doing. So, I hope you enjoyed this interview with my Mom. Hey, thanks for coming on. I know you don’t normally do these things

Janice: No, this is my first interview.

Steve: Okay. Well, thank you.

Janice: Okay.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. And what can I say? I’m super proud of my Mom for everything that she has accomplished and when I compare myself as a purveyor of fine handkerchiefs to someone who has discovered a cure for a disease there really is no comparison, but I am glad that my mom finally kind of understands what I do for a living. For more information about this episode go to mywifequither job.com/episode300

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

299: How To Buy An Online Business The Right Way With Chris Guthrie

299: How To Buy An Online Business The Right Way With Chris Guthrie

Today I’m happy to have my buddy Chris Guthrie back on the show. Now a lot has changed since I last interviewed him in episode 53.

For one thing, he’s bought and sold a bunch of businesses in the past 4 years and he recently joined Quiet Light Brokerage as well.

So today, we’re going to break down Chris’s process on how he selects businesses to buy.

What You’ll Learn

  • Where to look for potential deals and how to find them
  • The typical multiples for different types of online businesses
  • How to vet good companies to buy
  • Common mistakes when buying businesses for the first time
  • When should you sell a business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I’m with my friend Chris Guthrie back on the show and a lot has changed since I had Chris back during episode 53 now for one thing. He’s bought and sold a bunch of businesses in the past four years. So today we are going to pick his brain on his process on how he selects businesses to buy.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo helps brands build relationships across any distance delivering email marketing moments. Your customers will appreciate, remember and share in good times and bad. And since it is all driven by real-time e-commerce data, you can make sure every interaction feels more personal. Now when you have a 360 degree view of the customer the growth possibilities are endless. So visit klaviyo.com/mywife and try for free. That’s KLAVIYO.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

I also want to thank Privy who is also sponsored the show previously tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does privy do? Well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now I’m using preview display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this when it implemented this form email signups increased by a 131%. Now, I’m also using their new cut pop up feature to recover a Abandoned carts as well. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free and if you decide to need some more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast, Today, I’m happy to have Chris Guthrie back on the show. Now, Chris is someone who I interviewed back in episode 53 where we discussed his WordPress plugin business. But since then Chris has joined Quiet Light brokerage and the two of us got back in touch and my buddy Scott Valker’s event brand accelerator live and as it turns out in the past four to five years. Chris has bought and sold many businesses and made a ton of money in the process. And I know for a fact that many You out there listening to this would rather buy an existing business then start from scratch and start making money immediately.

So today what we’re going to do is we are going to break down Chris’s thought process on how he selects businesses to buy and will also take a closer look at the business selling process and why Chris has chosen to sell some of his businesses in the past as well. And with that welcome to show Chris. How you doing today man?

Chris: Steve, Thanks so much for the warm welcome. I’m doing well.

Steve: Yeah, welcome back. I mean catch us up what’s been going on in your life for the past five years and how you ended up a quiet light of all places?

Chris: Yeah. I mean the past five years, actually I guess five years exactly ago would be when I started a sales backer and then we’ve also just kind of during that time as well. We were doing Amasuite which is our research tool set for for selling Amazon and basically just like a lot of different software type stuff essentially five years ago and then moving forward up to the presence. I was actually looking for a much larger business to buy and I’ve been kind of going down that path got fairly close on moving forward that but I would have you been using the SBA program which we can talk about more details as well, and ultimately I just decided I was like well if I’m gonna buy this business it was going to be a personal guarantee for about 4 million dollars.

The deck component of that deal and I was like, you know, I just don’t feel like I want to take that big of a swing and when I’ve already built a decent amount of wealth up from running various online businesses over the years and so I was talking to my friends Brad Waylon who’s also broker at Quiet Light and he said, you know, you should just come on Quiet Light. You’ve been doing this stuff for years. I’ve known you for about 10 years and essentially ended up meeting up with Mark and Joe the two owners of The Brokerage. I’d already met them before in the past events by met up with them and in February of last year and at actually it was March. Yeah traffic and conversion summit though.

And Mark basically informally interviewed me, beer / pizzeria place. I love about midnight and then the say hey, we’re gonna bring you on the summer and so that’s, that was it.

Steve: so you’re working at quite light and yet you still run all these businesses and I think you just had a transaction late last year also, right?

Chris: Yeah. Yeah happy to tell you about that as well. Yeah. Basically I the way that works with Quiet Light is the only bringing on Brokers that have experience with with this process of building buying and selling kind of collection of every every side of the transaction. And so that’s why you end up with like people like myself or Brad. I know he’s done I think about 20 or so content transactions and then the way it works as well as we just take on the individual Brokers rather. They take on the amount of work that they can handle and then you know, they can pass their lead days or their their deals to other Brokers that have more availability at various times or they just bring on additional Brokers if they need to.

Steve: so, I know you’ve started a lot of your own businesses from scratch and you also bought existing businesses and you’ve sold existing businesses as well as your own. So I’d like to kind of focus on the buying process. So first of all, what were your motivations for just buying Business in the past versus starting from scratch?

Chris: Yeah. So very first real success. I had online was with building Amazon affiliate websites specifically just review type websites and I just kind of found that process of like, okay, I’ve got to create the content myself because at the time I didn’t have any money and I was just learning everything so I was doing all the concept myself and once I started doing it, you know, it always be like this time period where it would take before you can actually get anything ranking in Google and before you start to see results.

And so I just was like, what can I do to kind of just kind of go past that process and go a bit further ahead and that’s why I start to look towards buying and and I started doing some smaller Acquisitions, but I was buying stuff like in a five-figure ranges, like maybe eight years ago or so and.

Steve: Okay

Chris: And so then I started to decide okay. I need to actually have some more capital before I can really buy more stuff and that’s when I started doing, you know building more from scratch about five years ago or so and and then more recently So I start buying more well now they’ve have more capital available to deploy.

Steve: So back in the beginning. I guess if you were just to start doing this again. I don’t know if you’re in the market for buying and selling or starting from scratch today, but can you just kind of talk about your thought process? Like if you have the money would you always buy or like when do you buy versus start from scratch?

Chris: That’s a great question because you know when I would talk to people, you know, I’m 36 now. And so when I was first doing this about 10 years ago, that’s when I first left my my day job. I would always talk to people and they were further on in their careers and they have more cash and I’d say well, why would you you know, why wouldn’t you just write the content yourself? You can save money and I was like, yeah lacking the concept of obviously that they have not enough time to do that. So really I just kind of found that it really comes down to what it is that we’re at might in your career and the cash available and things like that.

Like for me the buying process is as more of like, okay, whatever they want to focus on what type of niche I want to get into. I want to get into whatever business on against your other and then going and going down that path. On the buying side, If you have just straight cash, then that’s obviously makes it a simple transaction. But now there’s programs that I wasn’t even aware of at the time and I don’t think were as really available for online businesses. But now you can use like the SBA loan program where you’re putting 10% down on a deal and then the rest is financed through the government essentially.

Steve: back when you were buying businesses. Would you have bought a business not knowing anything about it? If you’re a newbie, would you recommend someone buy or just start from scratch? Learn the ropes and then buy?

Chris: yeah, that’s a tough question. I think that I think it does depend a little bit on your skill set. So if what you’re doing your day job is somewhat related to a business that you might be interested in buying and it can make sense to just go straight into acquisition mode. If it’s something where you don’t have as much experience that it might make sense at least to try and start something from scratch to start right just to kind of get a better sense of the process.

Steve: Hmm

Chris: And also too it’s just your risk tolerance. Like, you know, if you sort of start an eCommerce business and let’s say you’re just launching products and Amazon. That’s something that you could start to get a feel for the platform everything. And then once you have that experience, then it’s much easier if you were to buy something to be able to feel like okay. I’ve already got some skills here to transfer so but I do think it really does depend too on just someone’s individual risk tolerance, their personal financial situation and their experience level.

Yeah. I think that if you have the experience and you Sure, go ahead and go and buy but for me personally, I always like to start something from scratch before I would really, understand and model before I would try and buy something in that same

Steve: And is this SBA loan that you were just talking about. It sounds great 10% down backed by the government. What are some of the particulars and what’s the catch?

Chris: Yeah, I mean the catch is that there are different requirements for a deal to be pre-approved. Like when we put something together to to list a sell through the Brokerage, we reached out to SBA lenders that we’ve worked with in the past to get stuff pre-qualified and So what they’ll look for is the look for at least a few years of tax returns. The business has to be filing separate tax returns that can’t be commingled and things like that. It also has to be a US based business, which is a bummer for some of our uk-based Sellers and others around the world. And then also too, they look for things that that could be problems with the business, right?

So when the lenders trying to approve a deal they’re looking to make sure that they’re not going to be left with an issue of holding some of that the

Steve: Sure, of course

Chris: I believe it now, I believe these are the particulars but I’m not a specialist on the program itself. But I believe the lenders really only hook for 25 percent. Whereas the federal government some hook for the 75% alone. But the interest rate is the, is prime plus 2.75% So it ends up around 7 percent right now and it’s a 10-year Loan program. So the you know, when we’re selling these online businesses their the multiples are usually you know, much lower than 10 of course.

And so then you’re able to run these businesses, pay the debt and then also be able to work towards, you know, trying to grow the business as well. Well, I’ll buy all buy, be able to get, just go with that first 10%.

Steve: It sounds too Good to be true. Actually just

Chris: yeah, I mean it is nice. That’s why I was looking to go down that path. The other thing that I will say this as well. It’s kind of nice as well. Especially if you’re more better verse is you can they rebalance the law or they automatically rebalance alone every annually, so if you wanted to pay that back the loan faster and you do that and then also lowers your payments, you know, rather than like if you do that with a mortgage

Steve: Right, the payment stay the same. Yeah. So

Chris: yeah, Exactly, so it’s great. It’s just there’s you know, there’s there’s different specifics about being able to approve that. I know there’s forms you’ve got to go through. I haven’t bought a deal personally using SBA yet. So I haven’t gone through the horse myself. But yeah, it’s a great option. Not every transaction is like Not every transaction is available to to be awesome like that but it opens up the buyer pool for us from what’s inside as well.

Steve: So back in the day when let’s I guess we can talk about like the last business that you purchased. What are some things that you look for when you’re buying?

Chris: yeah, that’s a great question. I’m always looking for especially if I can find it, just immediate low-lying fruit that I could do to improve. So like the last was what this like a second last business I bought. It was a content inside it was a smaller sale. I bought it for 75,000. I bought actually through Quiet Light before I joined on at the team. Now, it’s kind of like well, once you’re on the team, you can’t really buy buy from the stuff that’s coming through the brokerage.

Steve: Oh is that right? Okay, I didn’t know that.

Chris: Okay. Yeah, it’s just better to keep things separate keep the yeah to put those out to clients instead, but yeah, I basically just bought that site because I was like, well, I’m looking for something bigger, but you know, I’m obviously also as well looking for Additional cash flow and in the case of that side. It was just I could see there were some clear improvements to the out earnings that could be done. Like it was just using AdSense since like I need I could use ad Thrive or media Vine or one of these other newer ad platforms that can pay out a better RPMs for the for that things.

And also to look on the traffic side. So like I like it just you know, what can I do on the learning side? And what can I do on the traffic side to improve and if there’s like low-hanging fruit on both? That’s great. And also I try and think about you know, so what’s the long-term strategy could be in terms of after I’ve made those improvements. What can I do and now in some cases if it’s a smaller site and I don’t want to devote a lot of time to it. I might just do those low hanging fruit things and then just kind of you know, that’s it.

Steve: Yeah, right.

Chris: right exactly. But if it’s something that you see that has much more potential then obviously you’d want dive in deeper than that, but that’s kind of like a high level overview.

Steve: So everything you just described is what kind of depending on your experience like, you know about these ad networks. So for someone kind of brand new They wouldn’t necessarily know how to improve the site which kind of reinforces the idea to me that you should probably get some experience under your belt before you before you start buying.

Chris: Yeah, I mean that’s and that’s where I think that when I was talking about that earlier example, like if you wanted to buy an e-commerce business, well just you know go out and find something that you think that you could sell on Amazon and just relatively low commitment in terms of the amount of cash to to deploy certainly in comparison to buy something. It just gives them an experience that the platform and and see if you like What it’s like running that type of business, you know, and you can get at least a little bit of a sense and also some experience before you buy something. So I would I would say that that’s probably the better path

Steve: Are you allowed to talk about the particulars of your content set? I’m just kind of curious myself what the multiples are on content and I think you just sold that company, right?

Chris: Yeah. Yeah. I can I can share just like the general Niche. I just can’t share the specific URL. It was

Steve: yeah, that’s fine.

Chris: Yeah. It wasn’t on Automotive space. I bought sites like I bought a site in the gardening space years ago, and I didn’t know anything about gardening but I but the previous owner at new women that was actually knows. Yeah, but I’ve got a site in the garden space, but then I also have a site in the crafting space and the one the crafting space the woman that was helping me create content for that site. She knew someone that was also a gardener and so I had that person help create content for the gardening side. So it’s like I kind of just I don’t necessarily have to know a lot about the niche. I just kind of care more about what how it’s getting traffic house making money.

And so the same thing with this automotive niche. I don’t know anything about cars that much in particular but I do know about what it takes to to make money with a website. And so in that case I just basically did a lot of those improvements and after I saw pretty dramatic increase in earnings, actually the owner started to see the earnings up to the previous owner started see the earnings uptick. He was actually was going to pull the deal and so I just call them and say hey look, okay.

Steve: Whoa wait, I thought the deal was done like how how could he pull out?

Chris: So I’m going back. Like when I first bought it like when I first bought this deal I went yeah, I was talking to him and he was about to back out and I said, okay. Well, how about I just give you a revenue split, you know, I’ll give you a slightly more cash upfront and also just split like whatever the increase is over the Baseline a 50/50 with you and he already had like a much larger business that he was working on. And so I was like, you know, you’re obviously selling this because you have a much larger opportunity than this one and he was like, okay, let’s do that. And so I was able well to kind of help keep the deal on track and buy it from him. But yes, that was how I bought it and then when I sold it was just okay.

I did all these improvements and I saw pretty dramatic increase with the earnings by including adThrive and some other stuff that I was doing and so I don’t have to selling you’re basically almost exactly a year later to a friend of mine because yeah, it was okay that I’ve already recognized a lot of the improvements and this case this is a transaction where it was more of like a make the improvements get the more of a Buy and Hold type approach and then holding a pass a year I could could recognize the gains this capital gains long-terms tax treatment as opposed to ordinary income tax.

Steve: Are you allowed to talk about so what multiple did you buy for? You said you bought it for 75k.

Chris: I bought it, I think it was high to is 2s. I don’t even remember the specifics. I guess I should look that up ahead of time.

Steve: That’s okay. Is that typical for a Content? So I’m just kind of getting out trying to get an idea of what the multiples are for various Industries, I guess.

Chris: Yeah, you know, it’s not necessarily typical. It really is it’s tough because even when I talk to potential clients in the on the brokerage side, you know people ask well, what’s the multiple for this and it’s like well, I need to know more about the niche course. Yeah, the financial cetera. So they really do kind of kind of very but I’d say it fell within a somewhat typical range for that business and then ended up selling it for right around the same type of multiple as well. But because I approve the earnings it was like, okay. Well the number that’s being multiplied is much larger. So

Steve: so it was making let’s say twenty five thousand dollars in profit when you bought it roughly 30. 25

Chris: yeah, yeah.

Steve: and then you improved it. Can I ask you like what you built it to in just a year?

Chris: Yeah, it was up to about eight thousand a month when I sold it.

Steve: Oh, okay so dramatically so you basically tripled the profits.

Chris: Yeah, it might have been a little more than 25,000 when I first bought it in terms of the ranges at the time but what I had it at when I sold it was about yeah about 8,000 or so a month

Steve: and then when you sold it Did you get a similar multiple?

Chris: Yeah, it’s somewhat similar again. I wish I would have looked up all the earnings again.

Steve: oh no it’s okay, We were just looking for ranges here. I’m just curious

Chris: Yeah, Yeah, it was pretty similar on both sides. And I mean really it was like the main real win there was just that because I increase your earnings substantially. That’s really where I was able to make more money. It’s just because the the know the total number of us much larger than what it was in the past.

Steve: So can I ask you why you sold it? I mean you grew it so rapidly and at this point you’d already made back everything you paid for it. It sounded like it was generating money seemingly on it is very passive. Right? because it sounds like it was ad driven.

Chris: Yeah.

Steve: So what were your reasons for selling it?

Chris: I’m so glad you asked that because I think that’s one of the things that that experience and in hindsight. There are multiple times that they’ve been things that have been like that for me where I’ve had like a huge success and then it’s like okay. I’m not going to sell it because exactly what you just said, it’s you know, it’s not that much time and you know, everything’s great. It’s going to continue to be great. But what I found and experiences that things don’t always stay great and that sometimes especially if you have multiple different projects here running. It’s almost always better to sell because it just freezes up that that mental energy to focus it elsewhere. And so for me like this transaction was just I was still I was still at the time on the hunt for something much larger.

It was like, well, here’s something I can do for cash. So I know I can improve it and do these things to do it, but you know, I was looking for something bigger and so it’s just more that I’ve found that if you A lot of stuff going on that you just kind of at something ends up falling off somewhere. And so either stuff needs to be large enough for you to have a team of team that can help manage it full time or it’s just you’re gonna have issues sometimes and so for me, it’s just I’ve had stuff like that is like, well, here’s here’s something simple. I can lock in the win and coincidentally because I did sell to a friend of mine. He told me the other day that his earnings are even higher than I had it and I said well, okay that’s good for you. You know, I don’t want think of poorly.

Steve: Yeah. Sure. Of course. Course, so presumably let’s just assume that you got a 3X multiple again for this content site. I mean, you don’t remember the particulars, but it was probably between three and four, I would guess right?

Chris: Yeah.

Steve: All right, so that means that if you just held on to it for three more years. Passively you would have gotten that money back. Right?

Chris: Yes, but the ordinary I’m at a fairly High ordinary income tax rate. And so when I sold it I was able to do long-term capital gains, which will be 20% for me as opposed to, you know, it starts at 15 percent or well 0 depending on your income bracket and then 15 then 20 and so it actually would take a little bit longer than that turn back all of the money as well.

Steve: So can you kind of Define for the listeners out there who don’t understand how that works. So when you’re selling you’re not taking the lump sum. You’re allowed to amortize that and take long-term cap gains. Can you kind of explain that process?

Chris: Yeah. So again, I’ll say that obviously, I’m not an accountant and you need to talk to your your account in particular. But with almost every deal I’ve done I always try and make sure that if I’m going to sell it it’s almost always at least past the one your whole period I’ve never had something where I bought and then I sold it like less than a year. But when you do that you can you can do basically when you sell it and you’ve had it for more than a year. It would be something like, you know I came to a stock trade where you buy Shares and Tesla, you hold it for a year.

You’ve had some gains and then you sell those shares and if it’s after the one year mark, then you can qualify for a long-term capital gains. It supports, as opposed to ordinary income tax rate. And so the same thing applies to yeah a business where you’re selling it and so that’s kind of the process and so long term capital gains is its, you know, it starts at zero percent and I believe it stays that way until you reach a certain level of income. I don’t know exactly what it is

Steve: Yeah it’s okay

Chris: and then it’s 15% and then it’s 20% is the cap currently.

Steve: Yeah, I guess the main point here is that when you sell you get you get this lower tax rate, whereas when you’re running it, you have to pay ordinary income on all your gains for your business for the most part.

Chris: Exactly. And so the thing too is that you know, I immediately have that capital and it’s okay. I can use that cash right now for you know, whatever else it is. I want to do.

Steve: that’s actually was my next question. So when you went into selling this, did you already know what you were going to do with that money?

Chris: You know, I for me it was more just like okay. I want to lock in the Win and I want to have the cash available to just as a buffer to be able to use for anything. I want to be able to do and so it wasn’t something where I was like, I know immediately what I’m going to use the cash for it was more just a kind of have it at me to use it for the next transaction. I’m just going to use it for maybe like real estate or something else like that

Steve: All right. So how do you find your companies?

Chris: Yeah, so so I’ve done a lot of deals through just private type sales and finding people in In them directly and I’ve also just done, you know, like the most recent one was through just buying through quiet light brokerage just saying for the email list essentially and getting notified of all the different deals and also too you know, if you’re out looking to buy, you know, sign up for signing up for multiple different brokerage email lists and things like that. You can get a sense of what the deal flow looks like as well. But that’s

Steve: what do you get access to just from signing up like you obviously don’t get the financials right away you have to probably fill out an NDA or something. What does the process look like?

Chris: yeah the way we do it is, you know, you can see if you, right now if we just go to the website you can go to you don’t Click by the top of the just quietlightbrokerage.com and you click the buy Link at the top that will take you to every listing that we have and then it’s basically like an executive summary of what the business looks like. The multiples being sold out the revenue things like that and then you’d fill out your contact information and then you’d be able to get to sign an NDA. And then you’re given a details for that business.

And so that’s essentially the process but even as it is now you could just sign up for the email list just to get a sense of what comes through and that’s even something that would make sense. If you’re trying to get comfortable with the buying process or just what stuff is selling for what it’s looking like that’s a good kind of starting spot.

Steve: So like in real estate the seller pays all the fees. Is there any harm in going through a broker to buy?

Chris: No, actually because the the yeah, the sellers always the one paying the fees and so it’s the way we work is its hundred percent success based. So only if we sell is there a fee that goes through but yeah that fee is only applicable to the seller. So

Steve: as you’re looking through these listings and let’s say you fill out the NDA and you get more information in your experience. What are just some like red flags that you look for when you’re buying?

Chris: I think it’s just you know, I look for longevity of the business. I look for you know of growth opportunities. Like I mentioned the low-hanging fruit things like that. But a lot of its just at least in the buyer side initially, it’s just kind of where do I think I can take this business moving forward, you know, what are the competitive threats and we you know, we in the questionnaire that we put together we include things like, you know, where the competitors and things like that and and they’ll list out who they are.

And of course you would as a buyer. You don’t want to do your own due diligence to dive even deeper and look for it other competitors and things like that. But a lot of it’s just yeah for me. It’s just the initial part of life. Okay, what would I do with this business? If I owned it and how would I prove it and things like that?

Steve: So let’s break that. So, longevity. What do you mean by that does the business have to be around for X number of years?

Chris: Well, so I’d like I think it’s definitely a plus, especially I think this various to buy business model, right? So if it’s a Content website and you know, it’s been out and ranking for seven years. I’m talking to a friend of mine that has same situation right here. Yeah, that’s much more attractive to me than a like-for-like site that’s been around for three years. Right? And it’s just shows that it’s had slightly longer a staying power suppose as opposed to a shorter history. So things like history do help but it also is you know, sometimes with in e-commerce for instance, you can see eCommerce businesses that get ramped up and doing substantially well in early stages and so.

It really can vary by business model but longevity and just kind of I also just think like, okay. Well, what are they selling right? Okay, is it If I can see think of an example, if you’re selling something that’s that it’s based on a specific technology, but you but if you do research, you know that like another better technology is going to be coming out to potentially replace that

Steve: sure

Chris: Something like that would be an example, right? But that’s sort of what I would look at a little bit

Steve: just going back to your content site. Like there’s some risk factors was most of that traffic Google traffic?

Chris: Yeah. Yeah, exactly. And that’s and that I’ve had that happen right I’ve had sites were you know you’re making great money and all of a sudden you’re not not anymore.

Steve: Yeah. Okay. So I mean I guess most of the listeners aren’t e-commerce. So let’s talk about e-commerce a little bit. So let’s say you’re looking and you see Amazon businesses versus businesses that have their own e-commerce presence. Can you kind of comment on some of the things that you know buyers are looking for in both of those spaces?

Chris: Yeah, you know it’s interesting that you mentioned that example because I was just before we had our cause on a call with another buyer interested in one of the listings I’m selling right now. And you know, he was commenting that he doesn’t want to buy businesses that are just selling on Amazon. He’s only interested when they have you know, multiple different channels where they’re looking for, you know, if those got wholesale Channel, Shopify and Amazon for instance, but then also talk to buyers that because of the teams they built they have operational efficiencies around what they’re doing on Amazon and they have really good processes for building ranking products and things like that and they’re only interested in stuff that’s on Amazon.

So it’s really kind of again it varies the buyers and what they’re interested in. I would say that if you’re a business owner listening right now and you’re looking about how to maximize the value I’d say focus on the things that make you more comfortable if you think that, you know, being a hundred percent on Amazon is a risk then you do your best to try and scale up what you can on your Shopify store or you know equivalent platform that can help reduce that that business.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So can we talk about multiples? Because I know everyone’s always interested in what you can buy and sell companies for. so for in Amazon business and I know there’s gonna be a lot of particulars here and depending on the size of the business that’s going to change too. But if you could just kind of provide some sort of range and where the breakpoints are in terms of Revenue of the business.

Chris: Yeah. I mean it’s and I know you kind of preface it with saying that there’s you know, what some of the pig you know that there’s a particular as they can make things different. I would say that to give a broad range and I will say that you can see e-commerce businesses as low as multiples in the two times range. And so that’s 2 times on the trailing 12 month. We call seller discretionary earnings. And so that’s basically you know what the business is earning but then there’s also things that you might be doing the business like let’s say there’s one owner and then there’s a one staff member that’s being paid and you’re paying yourself as an owner on the payroll.

Well, the way the industry is kind of align itself is that you can add back the value of one owner of working up to 40 hours a week back in the value of the business. So that payroll line item will be included down in the back schedule. And so we looked for expenses like that that the new owner wouldn’t have to pay for and then we include that in the ad back schedule after the net income line. And so add those together and that’s where we get the seller discretionary earnings.

Steve: So let me just translate what you just said just in case people out there don’t understand. Basically you’re allowed. So let’s say you’re paying yourself in your business. You are allowed to add your salary back into the value of the business as an ad back and up and ad back is basically ways that you can get money back and added to your valuation.

Chris: Yeah, exactly.

Steve: Okay, right. So you said as low as two which sounds really, is this for, what are the difference between Amazon versus your own e-commerce store?

Chris: Well, so let me just finish that thought on that was so I’d say let’s like to point something so like yeah, high twos low mid twos on up to you know. High fours high fives, it can really run the range I’d say that very common range can be in the 3s mid to low 3s High to high threes on seven-figure type transactions.

Steve: Yeah.

Chris: Once we start seeing larger multiples is when they start to get up to the range where you know, they could be it’s more like private Equity type buyers and things like that.

Steve: Is it like above seven figures then at that point or how big do you have to be to attract those type of buyers?

Chris: Yeah, that’d be more of like an eight-figure type range

Steve: Okay. Alright. So let’s take a million-dollar business. Let’s say. And can we talk about things that would drive it to the lower end of that range versus the higher end of that range, like what the different factors are?

Chris: I would say that the higher end of the range would be if there’s really strong year-over-year growth. We look at the growth transferability, the documentation. Those are kind of the things that we look at in terms of how easy it’s going to be for a new owner to take over the business. What type of opportunities just going to be to grow it. if you were to see like a this to businesses and you know once got somewhat declining revenue and you know, there’s you know, and so that’s going to indicate something that’s this, you know setting that wrong the wrong direction. Then that might be something that would drive it down to the you know, two timings.

Steve: Okay

Chris: exactly. Whereas if you’ve got your viewer growth of say 20% Okay, that’s nice. If you got your over year growth of 50 plus percent then that’s even better and so it can kind of shift in that regard and what I’d say too is that really, I can’t all have examples. I say it’s always like to really get evaluation and something completely nailed down. You have to talk with someone to get the specifics because every business is going to be different. So that’s where it’s like.

Steve: Well, let’s take your highest multiple transaction that you’ve done thus far. What were some of the characteristics that allowed it to go for such a high multiple.

Chris: Yeah

Steve: and don’t have to tell me about the company just tell me you don’t have to go into specifics, but just tell me what the characteristics were.

Chris: Well this one’s kind of the, in this case. It’s sort of an interesting business. the main thing was that they had a huge audience of people that been using this particular

Steve: like recurring Revenue?

Chris: Yeah. It was like recurring Revenue. They had like a huge audience around this company and the products that they were they were offering and it was also just there was a clear path where they’ve been hamstrung by just living off of the proceeds in the business and not really able not really devoting too much the resources back into to growth

Steve: I see

Chris: and so you know, and so we list the businesses. We listed it like a four times multiple and ended up selling it right about that that number actually so

Steve: So obviously you can’t have that with an Amazon business right having subscribers and recurring Revenue.

Chirs: Well, if you’re looking at the recurring Revenue side of things, you know, subscribe and say, those numbers are interesting to include, you know, if there’s a consumable Part of it in the business and so they actually can help drive up multiples as well because they know that even though it is Amazon and you know as much control over those customers there is some element of recurrent revenue from from those people.

Steve: I was just thinking in terms of an audience with this business.

Chris: Yeah. I mean that would be more of like a e-commerce business where they had you know other additional

Steve: I guess what I’m trying to get at is like how valuable is like having an email list and and you know SMS subscribers, for example

Chris: I would say that all those things kind of work together to help push the multiple up, but it’s not like something where it’s like oh because you have an email list with this many subscriber. Now you get this extra thing. It’s more of like, how does everything as a as a whole we’re together to drive the business forward. And then what is the growth look like for everything all together? Right? That’s kind of what helps to drive and look at the multiples

Steve: and that deal that you worked on. I mean, it sounds like that business had a lot of potential sold for high multiple. What were the reasons for that owner wanting to sell?

Chris: they’ve been working on it for like eight or nine years and I think it was just a case of

Steve: You don’t know.

Chris: Yeah, I mean, it’s some point unless you’re really interested in just doing the same thing for a really long time. Yeah, everyone gets to the point where they want to sell, I think

Steve: okay and just get a big cash out.

Chris : Yeah, because you know, then you get all that cash and you can decide you know in a lot of cases to these owners have all have another business. Like I’m the one I was on the collar today. He’s got other business already up and kind of going and he’s like, okay this one’s taken off and I’ve had the other one for seven years and it’s time to just You know sell that one and forget my attention and have a nice kind of financial event and kind of go from there.

Steve: I know Chris. You know, what I like about you is you don’t a lot of different things you’ve done SAS tools you’ve done e-commerce and you’ve done content. Can you kind of comment on the pros and cons of each one of those verticals from like a multiple standpoint and I guess how much work is involved?

Chris: Yeah. It’s a great question. yeah, I’ve done a lot. Yeah, I’ve done a lot of different models. I think that it’s I’d say that the highest multiples were probably be more likely on the south side of things.

Steve: Okay

Chris: just because there are a lot of the, the margins on SAS are just you know, in a lot of cases pretty incredible and then the growth potential is also, you know, if you find something that can really scale the business then you know, it’s just a question of how much cash you push back into it. To more forecast in the future

Steve: but Engineers are expensive too right? you need a support team. I don’t know. I’ve never run a SAS company before.

Chris: Yeah. No, of course. I think that’s the thing right? It’s I think that ultimately, I would say never never go into a business model just based on what multiple there might be four potential exit. You know, I think that it’s always makes more sense to go with go in the direction that’s most interesting to you. Like if you really like the idea of physical products brand and want to build something up and and you like being able to you know, you get Product samples, you can see that the tweaks you’re making with their suppliers to you know, come up with each products. That’s great head down that path if you like working with writers or creating cut the content yourself. Then something concentrated is makes more sense.

For me, It’s just sort of a natural progression going across different models and trying new things but I would say that the SAS tends to be higher multiples e-commerce and it’s a e-commerce in the content would follow behind that. But it also again it hate to say this going to said it so many times but it really does vary on like the specifics because that’s really what drives

Steve: the only thing we can really comment on ranges, right? So

Chris: yeah

Steve: I did a general framework there. What do you like about SAS vs e common, content? What are some of the cons I guess of SAS?

Chris: some of the cons I’d say is definitely the the technical side of things, you know, if there’s and this will vary based on what Niche you’re in, but you know, if you’re working and you’re building something that’s platform dependent in your in the shadow of a larger company then, what moves they make an influence how you have to make decisions in your business. You also have you know, the engineering side of things where you’ve got, you know, however many Technical Resources you have at your disposal and you know where you can focus their attention. The other content

Steve: Do you find marketing more difficult for a SAS business versus e-comm or content.

Chris: Definitely. Yeah, I think so.

Steve: why is that?

Chris: I think the challenge is that, sometimes it’s just finding those customers. Right? Like if you’re thinking of, I’m thinking of just buying my own SAS, it’s like okay, you know, how am I going to Market to people that are selling physical products on Amazon? Okay. Well, I do know that there’s lots of Facebook groups and things like that and I know there’s people with podcasts and things like, that have audiences and so I can go to those people and Market to them there but the marketing is, you know, it’s different than you know, if it’s an e-commerce business or a Content site and you’re just creating content that you’re trying to rank in Google and monetizing the traffic that comes through.

But the other kind of says well, it’s just yeah, I’d say that there’s a lot of competition and SAS as well. So, you know, if you find something that works well, then you’re likely to seek a competition come through as well.

Steve: What about on the content side? What are some of the cons there? That’s the, content is generally one of the more passive ways, right?

Chris: Yeah, I would say with content it’s you know, it’s sort of like, your biggest partner really with content is Google and a lot of ways, and so, you know, whether you want them to be your partner or not. They really are like this partner the background that you know, depending on the algorithm updates that come through you might like them or you might hate them. Yeah, we had a have a Converse brand with the former employee of mine and one of the things that’s because for him part of the way that I helped that him and wanted to end up hire him on full-time as he helped build like a Content site from scratch with me and I just kind of gave him the advice and what I wanted to do and so he took the those skills and applied it to creating content for the brand that we have.

And you know, there was an update where because we met he made a mistake of accidentally attributing the post that we have from medical professionals, the recruiting the content to his wife who’s a graphic designer. Google’s like, okay why this person is not qualified to comment on these medical things and so then ended up like Dramatically dropping the traffic in half, right?

Steve: Oh you got hit with the Medical Update. Yeah

Chris: Yeah, it says so but it was because it was like a an accidental misattribution on like the back end of our content management system of applying the wrong author to the article just threw like a tactical mistake essentially but yes going back to like the content side is you know, you’ve got Google as a huge partner and the algorithm updates and things like that. And so with content it’s always back to you know, the content you’re creating, how well is it served the intent of the person that searching for that content.

And then also like what is the backlink profile look like for your site, you know where you’re getting higher promoting your content and things of that nature. Content certainly were if you’re not Technical and you’re not as interested in doing physical inventory then content is a very attractive thing. That’s where I first started studying. I don’t have any money and I was just like, okay, how do I make money with having no money at all? And that’s why I went with content initially, you know that get it go

Steve: So I want to talk about you real quick. What are your future plans in terms of deals?

Chris: Yeah, right. Now I’m really focused just on the the broker side of things then also. I’m trying to think back to just like potentially new ideas as well. I’m looking at new software type businesses that I can start. I’m looking at, as well even if just new content type sites. I’ve met a few people. I went to the ad Thrive events after I sold that site. I was like, let me just go out to ad thrives, I can’t remember, we’re in Texas. I think it was Austin, or maybe it was Dallas, but I went to that ad Thrive event last year and I met a lot of people that had been running their sites for like eight years or so.

And it was like kind of interesting because I’ve never had a Content site really that I’ve had for that long and they were just still, you know, still passionate about what they were doing. And so, you know, it might be something along those lines as well kind of be inspired me to think about what’s like a bigger picture content-type play that I could do that I could see running for a long period of time. So I guess I’d say that I’m still kind of up in the air in terms of what my next steps are. I remain open to, you know new opportunities for buying things, but I’m also looking at new ideas as well and just trying to balance everything with what I’ve got as well.

Steve: it sounds like software is I mean, I’ve always known you as a software entrepreneur and it sounds like that’s where most of your interest lies.

Chris: Yeah. I mean, it’s software’s great. I mean, it’s just, you know you’ve asked about the cons earlier but like the pros when it was hospices like it’s really nice to know. Okay, especially when it’s recurring Revenue that it’s like okay. I know the very least I need to make this much money this month unless the chance and how dramatically increases. And so yeah software is fantastic.

And I, basically the very first business I ever sold was the content website back in 2010 and I used some of the cash from that content site sale to finance the first WordPress plugin that I did and then that kind of led to kind of going down some of the software path as well. So

Steve: And just to be clear you’re not a engineer or a developer yourself, right?

Chris: No, just more of a marketing sales type guy. So yeah

Steve: so you have like a technical co-founder for most of these projects?

Chris: Yeah, most of the time I have a partner in the cases that WordPress plugin. I hired someone that I went to a local WordPress Meetup in Seattle and then just said, has anyone know here that anyone know anyone that does WordPress plug-in development and then found Nick that way and then I’ve worked with him for like five, six years now or so, but yeah, and then and he’s a business partner, but that’s a lot of the times I’ve done that is just kind of partnering up that way.

Steve: So Chris, where can people find you for I guess advice in the buy and sell side over at quite light.

Chris: Yeah, I think the best way is to just send me send me an e-mail chris@queitlightbrokerage.com. I’m happy to get on call with people and just talk about you know, if they’re looking to buy and they want advice, you know, I can tailor that advice more specifically in that format than through a podcast. But yeah, I’m happy to talk to people that probably the best way to reach out.

Steve: All right, cool. Sounds good. Well Chris, I really appreciate your time man, this was very helpful.

Chris: Thanks, Steve

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now starting a business from complete scratch is a grind and you can easily jump start the process by buying another business for sale. And if you can manage to just break even for three years then it’s going to be worth it. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode299.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

298: How My Student Sally Makes 6 Figures Selling Cross Stitch Supplies Online

298: How My Student Sally Makes 6 Figures Selling Cross Stitch Supplies Online

Today I’m really happy to have Sally Wilson on the show. Sally is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course, she resides in the UK and she sells cross stitch supplies over at CaterpillarCrossstitch.com.

Sally has been a joy to have in the class and in this episode, she tells us her story and reveals how she has managed to generate all of her sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Sally got started with crossstitching
  • Sally’s motivations for starting her business
  • How Sally validated her niche before she began
  • How Sally generates sales
  • How Sally built an audience.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses.

Now, it’s been a while since I’ve talked about successful students in my e-commerce course, so this month I’m going to be having a bunch of six and seven-figure students from my class on the podcast. And today, I’m happy to have Sally Osborne on the show and she sells cross stitch kits online over at caterpillarcross-stitch.com. And she’s an amazing woman as you’ll soon find out and we are going to learn how she became successful.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Privy also offers a low-cost email solution for e-commerce Merchants. So if all you need are the basic email autoresponder sequences, like abandoned cart went back campaigns pre and post purchase flows. Then Privy might be an ideal solution for you. So bottom line, Privy allows you to turn the visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So head on over to preview.com Steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s PRIVY.com/Steve

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over thirty percent of my revenues. Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who shopped in your store in exactly what they bought so let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who’s purchased a Red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full Revenue tracking on every single email sent now Klaviyo is most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Once again, That’s my mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast today. I’m really happy to have Sally Osborne on the show. Now, Sally is a student in my creative profitable online store course and she resides in the UK and she’s been an absolute joy to work with in the class. She is an avid cross stitcher and she sells cross-stitch supplies over at caterpillarcrossstitch.com and she’s been doing quite well. So, I decided to bring her on the show to tell her story and reveal how she has managed to generate all of her sales and with that, welcome to show Sally. How are you doing today?

Sally: I’m good. Thank you. You?

Steve: I’m very good. I’m so glad that we could get this rescheduled. I know that things are really hectic for you over the holidays, which I assume is a good thing.

Sally: Yeah, definitely good.

Steve: And you know a holiday season is really busy for us too, so it all worked out.

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: So Sally, please tell the audience about your store, what you sell and how you got started.

Sally: Okay, so my business is called Caterpillar Cross Stitch and we sell modern cross stitch kits. Some cross-stitch patterns and magnetic needle minders which are an essential for all stitches and then some other accessories as well to go with stitching like, project bags, pins. All kinds of bits and pieces. So, it’s been going for just about four years.

Steve: Oh, wow. I didn’t realize it’s been a long. Holly.

Sally: We just had… Not full-time, but just had four years for your birthday.

Steve: Nice.

Sally: But in that time, I have had two children. So, it’s only been the last year really that it’s been full-on concentrated.

Steve: Hahaha. Okay, and are these supplies of your own design or are you searching from somewhere?

Sally: So yeah, I design absolutely everything myself. So, everything is made especially for the brand. Nothing’s white labeled. So, it takes longer and everything is made by hand and it’s unique but that is our USP.

Steve: I see. So, everything is made by hand meaning you package everything?

Sally: All of it. Yes.

Steve: Oh okay. Wow!

Sally: Everything’s done in-house by the team. All of the designs done by me and no one else has the designs. You can’t buy them anywhere else. And then, there’s no competition in that sense. Like there are other cross stitch designers and kits and things but, some of them and the other websites do sell all kinds of other brands and other companies and they all kind of sell the same thing. So, my designs are exclusive to the website and then all of the other items like the needle minders and the bags are all designed by me. And we have all the stock and do everything here.

Steve: That is incredible. So, in terms of you mentioned team, how many members do you have?

Sally: So, there’s me and I tend to work. Well, it’s pretty much full-time if you actually add up all the hours. But it’s only three days in the week and then there’s three other part-time workers.

Steve: Okay. Yeah because you have kids…

Sally: But that counts my husband.

Steve: Yep.

Sally: Yes. Hahaha.

Steve: Do you count your husband as a kid too? Or… Hahaha.

Sally: Well, no hahaha. So, he… I sort of rope him in as often as I can, but he works full time. He’s an engineer…

Steve: Oh, he’s an… Okay, perfect.

Sally: Yeah, I keep saying to him that you left your job and did this with Jen and I’m like, “When are you going to quit?” He actually doesn’t want to; he loves his job so…

Steve: I did too actually and so I was just doing all the tech stuff on the side. I didn’t actually quit until I had my own thing. Just kind of completely by myself…

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: So, I understand how he feels. So, in terms of the materials like… So all the designs are yours, but in terms of the materials, are you sourcing those locally? Overseas?

Sally: So with the needle minders, they’re made in China. And the bank’s actually come from a factory in China as well.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of finding those vendors, did you actually go travel to China? Or do you use Alibaba?

Sally: I used Alibaba. I remember from your course saying, you know, you needed to be persistent and all the tips you gave us. So it does take a long time and a lot of patience and finding the right person and I think just communicating effectively exactly what you want and being really specific with the design and the spec because some of it can sort of get lost in translation, sometimes. But once I found sort of reliable and great factories and contacts there, it’s been okay, actually. So, with repeat orders and once they know what they’re doing I sent over the new designs… Or if there’s a new product and you know work together to develop it. So, it’s gets easier as it goes on.

Steve: What were your challenges during that phase, when you were looking for suppliers?

Sally: It wasn’t too bad to find suppliers. I probably tried to contact maybe five or six. Different companies from Alibaba. Looked at their reviews and how long they’ve been trading and things. But a few of the problems have just been like materials. So, in terms of the metal that’s used for the needle minders, which is essentially an enamel. Imagine like an enamel pin. It’s like that but magnetic there’s a magnet on the back, but it has to be a certain thick and brass alloy and it can’t have any other metals in it. Otherwise, the piece itself becomes magnetic and defeats the purpose. So, I did have probably 1200 of them shipped to England and they were all wrong.

Steve: Oh… Did you end up eating that cost? Or…

Sally: No, they replaced everything but it took another month. We’ve had some, where the magnets like again or probably a thousand. All the magnets came off but, not before I shipped them out, only after I ship them out. So, I then had to bear the cost of replacing them all. All the postage costs. So that was a bit of a nightmare, but generally it’s all been okay. So, I think we’ve got over the hurdle so far now.

Steve: Okay, are you using inspectors now or do you trust your vendor enough?

Sally: We just go for it now. Today sounds awful, I don’t even get samples. I just go for it because they’re not huge items. They’re not… It’s not like the sort of $50 or $100 they’re quite small and the people are so good that if there is a problem they tend to replace them for free. And in terms of the time I’d prefer to have the turnaround quicker. Get them advertised, get them sold, get them out there and I do a lot of pre-order as well. So, people will buy all of the needle minders up front and then they’ll be shipped out three weeks later. So, I’m quite hot on getting it turn around as quickly as possible and out the door.

Steve: That makes sense. And then these vendors that you deal with, how do you communicate with them? Is it through WeChat? Skype? Email?

Sally: Email. Just email.

Steve: Cool. Have you met them? Have you gone to China to meet them at all? Or it’s just…

Sally: No, I’ve never been. I’d like to go but, to be honest there isn’t really much… I don’t need to go and there’s only a few products. It’s only like the enamel metal factories, the magnet Factory and then like the fabric canvas bag factory. So, it’s kind of a standard product and I think everyone knows what they’re doing so… Maybe one day but with the kids and stuff at home right now, I don’t really get a lot of time.

Steve: Yeah, it’s tough. I’m lucky to have you on this interview and I know their bedtime is pretty soon.

Sally: Yeah, it’s nearly half 6:00 at night. So, yeah.

Steve: So, before you decided to invest in this, how did you know that your items were going to sell? Like, how did you validate your niche?

Sally: Well I spoke to you about it many times. So, what I did if you want to sort of a bit of background, so I trained as a lawyer and practice law for years and then it probably been about eight or nine years. And then when I had my first child, I was on maternity leave and I had a year. Which I know is a lot longer than some people get in America that I thought right? I’ve only got a year to figure out what am I going to do because I thought this is my opportunity and I had been reading your blog for years My Wife Quit Her Job and I thought, right… I’ve got to do it.

So, I think my daughter was about five months. I did your course every nap time every morning every evening and went through probably about six different, ideas different options spent a lot of time on keywords and market samurai and speaking to you and I’d always loved crafts. I’d always been quite creative. I think that’s what I was missing with law and everything just kind of fit in, really.

I probably I did sell some patterns on eBay, but that wasn’t really sort of the target audience anyway, and I was wanting to go for the full kit. So, the full package with threads and needle and fabric and pattern and everything you need ready to get going. But they sold really well just the printed patterns that was on eBay and I did loads of research on Facebook. So, I found out that there was like 50 plus Facebook groups dedicated to cross stitching there is about seven different cross-stitching magazines. Loads of what they call floss tube channels. So, it’s YouTube and the cotton thread in England in America is called floss. So, everyone has lots of channels.

So, it was more I did do the specifics and I did run the numbers but it was more of a feeling which I sort of pondered over for probably three months and it was a general feeling of actually… This community is underserved. It’s really passionate. It kind of ticked every box. I got to design stuff make stuff with my hands the people that bought the products, continue to buy them. It’s not a one-time purchase and then you don’t see them again and it’s a real community feel. It’s not just I don’t know like a mug or something. It’s the stitching can take one month; it can take six months. They will have them up in their houses forever. They’ll give them to someone for Christmas.

They become these kind of heirloom works of art and then they sort of, we’ll come back for the next one. So, it just kind of ticked every box and it just felt right, in my gut. I think that’s all I can kind of describe it as a really.

Steve: Your products are very design-related, right? because you’re designing everything. How did you know that people were going to like your designs? Like did you just had confidence in your own designs that they would sell?

Sally: So, in terms of the design… I don’t really have much of a design background other than doing art and graphic design and stuff at school or college.

Steve: That’s a background right there. Hahaha.

Sally: Hahaha yeah. And I always just loved arts and crafts and stuff, but we did put some bits and pieces up on Reddit. There’s quite a big cross stitch community on Reddit and I think before I’d even started the business because you’re not really allowed to market it or sell anything from there, but in terms of the designs, I did get some feedback and people said they liked them. But yeah, it was a bit of a risk because I’m not technically an artist and it’s a good question because I didn’t really know if people would like them or not. I just thought let’s go for… And there wasn’t anything like that out there.

Steve: Okay.

Sally: I did a lot of research on everything that was available and everything was pretty much the same kind of style, a bit old-fashioned and originally, I started out with a collection of… It was only five designs but each design was available in three different colorways and they were all baby birth samplers, which is one of the main reasons traditionally that someone would get into cross stitching or embroidery would be the birth of a child and they would stitch their name and the personalization on which is another option that I offered.

So, it just worked out quite well, but I have adapted things over the years. I’ve learned exactly what people like, bright colors and people kind of liked animals and cute things, but I try to keep I’m quite modern and not to… I don’t know, hipsy if you know what I mean.

Steve: Hahaha. So how much money would you say, you invested to get started?

Sally: So, your course, I bought a new camera which I didn’t need but I just wanted a new camera and I know you say you don’t need to buy all of this cool equipment, but I also really wanted to do my own Flosstube channel. So, I did get a new camera which was probably 400, 500 pounds, your course. What else did I get? Oh, so I got software to design the patterns. So, the software is quite specific. So that was probably a hundred and fifty pounds and then the Shopify website becoming whatever that was. I think $25 per month. And that was it really… I suppose other than that, the materials.

I started off buying really really low quantities less than 100 pounds and I remember my husband originally… Like he’s very supportive but he’s also quite pessimistic about of things and he’s very cautious and said, “Don’t worry we can sell things on eBay.” And I was thinking, that’s not much of a gopher attitude but there wasn’t really much risk and there wasn’t really much invested.

Steve: Okay, that’s great. So, under a thousand dollars is what it sounds like.

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: You know, what’s funny is your husband is a lot like me. Maybe it’s because he’s an engineer. I had the exact same attitudes when I when I got started at first too so… Hahaha.

Sally: Oh really? Haha. It works quite well because I’m quite spontaneous and impatient and I just go for things.

Steve: So, you wouldn’t describe yourself as technical, would you? Did you have any problems with the site or any of the technical aspects of getting started?

Sally: Well, I did originally because I thought as I pretty much watch every one of your videos, and thought, “I know. I will code the entire website myself. How hard can it be? And then I quickly realized that I was probably going to spend the next 2 years if I was going down that road and thought, “You know what? I don’t need to do all of it myself.” I think like you say, you need to pick what your best skills what you’re good at and everything else. You can always find someone else to do it. There’s always an option don’t waste time basically. So, I went with Shopify which was perfectly fine. I found that quite easy to set up and have loved it really ever since.

Steve: Cool. Did your husband help you at all with it? Or because it’s a beautiful-looking site.

Sally: Thanks. No. Weirdly, he’s not… He’s quite into the numbers and accounts and things like that. But he doesn’t really do anything with the website, no. He’s now been transferred into fulfillment and stock check and stuff like that.

Steve: Yeah. So my wife… Like this is over the holidays, she invited me out to lunch at the office and I walked in she’s like, “Oh my god, look, there’s some boxes there that need to be moved.” Haha

Sally: Yeah, I actually saw that on Instagram.

Steve: Yes. Exactly.

Sally: That’s why I’m like… Basically, a lot of you here you just do this. Haha

Steve: Exactly haha. So, let’s talk about your first sale. How did you get your first sale?

Sally: So, I think I pretty much set up the Facebook page, Facebook group, Instagram account all at the same time and the YouTube channel. The website went live pretty much at the end of my… Was it the end of my maternity leave? In fact, it wasn’t. What happened was I had a year off which was the year of 2014 and then from the January 2015 it took me a long time to do all of the designs and do all of the… Get all the suppliers and everything and get everything up and running. So, my first sale was until the end of 2015 and that was just via the website. So, it’s gone live.

I don’t know I’d probably didn’t even look at analytics. I don’t know how they got there. I just knew it wasn’t a family member and I didn’t know them. It must have been a real sale. And but I think just from Facebook, I spent a lot of time looking at the kind of content that worked and the people were sharing. I tried to make loads of connections with other Facebook group admins and see if they can kind of share my content and stuff. But yeah just grew really organically in the beginning.

Steve: Is your… So first of all, just for the benefit of the readers you get most of your sales from your own website, right?

Sally: Yes, almost everything.

Steve: Oh almost everything? Okay. So, you’re not on Amazon. You said you were on Etsy earlier before we started this interview.

Sally: Yeah, the kits and patterns aren’t on Etsy but there’s a couple of needle minders but with the Etsy fees that they deduct, I’ve put the prices up of the item. So, if someone was to buy it makes more sense to just get it from the website.

Steve: I see. Okay.

Sally: They’re just there. I don’t even know why they’re there. They’re just there for the sake of it to be honest.

Steve: So, everything… Basically, the majority almost all of your sales come from your own website.

Sally: Yeah, pretty much everything.

Steve: So, do you know whether they come from your YouTube channel? Or Facebook? Or exactly what?

Sally” So, I actually looked at this the other day. So, I do a lot of email marketing.

Steve: Hmm okay. Are you using Klaviyo?

Sally: I use MailChimp culture. I have looked into klaviyo and it is something that I am going to spend a bit more time doing since MailChimp and Shopify have parted ways, earlier this year or last year. But I would probably say it was something like 50% Facebook, 30% Instagram, 10% YouTube. Email marketing a pretty big chunk and then it kind of knocked 50% of Facebook, but most of it Facebook basically that I’ve quite a large following of the Facebook page and also in the group which I put a lot of effort into. And also, just a lot through Google search.

Steve: Okay. Can we talk about your Facebook group strategy? Like how did you… When you first started out when you had no fans and nothing what were some of the things that you did to kind of get started?

Sally: So, I practiced law with my camera tries to get some great shots. I kept sharing other people’s content Rachel Miller, who I think you had on quite a long time ago. I did her free… I basically used as many of her free resources as I could and used her… Sort of copied her tips and everything and she’s got a Facebook group. That’s really really helpful called. I think Facebook… Massive Growth or something?

Steve: She changed it recently. Yeah.

Sally: But I just kept sharing images people love memes. As well funny memes about shopping for supplies and then having to hide them from your husband or something. Like they’ll be a cat driving a car and what do you have over there? Like hobby lobby, all have a sale on and the cats like I’ve got to get there now, but funny things like that. So, I would just keep sharing and another thing that I wanted to mention was, I’ve always tried to be really make really good contact with anyone in the group. They might not necessarily be a customer.

But always remembering people’s names and having conversations with them people will talk about their children and the Facebook group is not just for sales. It’s also just to it’s this whole community of support. And people don’t talk about everything but we do welcome all kinds of other conversations if something’s happened that day, something happening their family and it really is this group of friends, and then the sales is way further down the line. But people are so loyal and you have that… They know me, they know the brand.

Steve: So, you’re very active in this group yourself and commenting…

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Sally: Yeah, there’s me and then two of the admins. Just because you’ve just got to 5,000 members so there’s a lot of… there’s a lot going on. So yeah, I just need a couple of other people to help.

Steve: What are some things that you do within that group to kind of foster the conversation or it’s probably organic at this point, but in the beginning have…

Sally: Yeah in the beginning. So again, I think it might be Rachel Miller’s kind of advice was to post maybe three times a day, but always different styles of things. So, one could be an image, one could be a video. I would always share the content across all platforms or sort of repurpose it. Obviously, I wouldn’t put off a full YouTube video on Facebook, but I could do snippets of things and then ask questions, really. Not so open-ended like, “How’s your day been?” But one of the designs was this.

We say holiday and vacation themes. And we might say, “Oh, where’s your best vacation?” Or whatever and everyone’s talking about that and what are the elements within the pattern which was called seize the day. So, a mixture of things just to get to know people and get them talking without being too obvious. Like, “Can everyone please comment?” Things they might be interested in.

Steve: Hehe sure. And then occasionally, you’ll just slip in like a new product that you’re thinking about releasing or design?

Sally: Yeah. And the thing is I kind of tailor it, depending on the main Facebook page or the group. So, in the page, which is a little bit more… It’s not formal but just it’s more personalized in the group and I will ask more questions in the group. So for example, we do charity products as well and one the other week, people can vote on what they want and what they want to support and everyone voted for the Australian bushfires to support them.

So, I designed a koala needle minder which is in production and everyone’s pre-ordered that and but then, that money can go to Australia straight away and we’ve done one for cancer research, and also for mind which is a mental health charity here in the UK. But they’ll be all sorts of questions. So, I’m trying to think I’ve also started doing events and workshops. So it’ll be,” Which day of the week do you want events on?” or “Which… What kind of a location?”

Steve: Are these live or are these virtual?

Sally: The events are in person, real life events. So yeah, that was November 2019.

Steve: Oh, that’s why you’re so busy.

Sally: Yeah. So, this… To do a few more and hopefully take it a bit further. Maybe sort of do London, Birmingham, Manchester there have been quite a lot of requests to come to America, but I’m not quite sure I can handle that, just yet.

Steve: Well, take your entire family if you do.

Sally: Oh, yeah. Definitely. I mean we could do a whole road trip.

Steve: Exactly

Sally: Yeah. It’s like a big friendly community in the Facebook group.

Steve: And then, do you run any paid ads at all?

Sally: Yes, so I always… I mean I didn’t really, in the early years. I think it just takes a while to get your head around to ads. But in terms of Facebook, I actually was contacted by Facebook expert which just pops up one day. I clicked on the link on the business page or business manager and I’ve got this now Facebook expert in marketing who calls me every month and we go through all of the ads so I have sometimes 2 ads running and within that, there’s three different ad sets.

So, one might be quite broad to find new people, one is retargeting and then one is quite specific if someone’s interacted with an Instagram post or they’ve watched sort of 25 seconds of a Facebook video that haven’t bought, we’ll retarget them. There’s lots of variation on the Facebook ads and I’m slowly learning more as we go along and then being more confident to increase ad spend.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Let’s talk about your YouTube channel. So, what type of videos do you put on there?

Sally: So, tutorials how to cross stitch, how to use a hoop, all about the needles and what kinds of fabric because you can stitch on pretty much anything also time-lapses. So, if you keep that camera in the same place and take snapshots bit like stop motion and then while you’re stitching those can turn out pretty cool. Also, Vlogs of like craft days out so if you imagine like a convention or something. And I will Vlog if I go to anything like that or like a stitching market or whatever.

Actually, what else I’ve done? I’ve logged the events because there’s lot of people that couldn’t come. I’m trying to think… There’s all kinds of things in there but it’s all quite specific to cross stich.

Steve: Are those videos repurposed like on your… Do you have… You have a blog too I remember.

Sally: So, there’s the blog which is part of the website. So, it’s the Shopify blog.

Steve: And then to the YouTube channel, I guess you’re trying to get subscribers. But do you just have a link in the description to point people back to your site or are these like your Facebook folks going over to watch your YouTube channel and vice versa. Are they like separate channels?

Sally: So, on the YouTube. So I do repurpose all of the content in different ways. So yeah, they’ll be stuff on the blog and then that might I don’t know push people through to YouTube. I’m trying to have a think… So for example, we’ve got a project at the moment which is called stitch together. So, there’s people from all over the world and everybody is stitching a 3-inch square and it can be their name and then any kind of icon that represents them or where they’re from. And then they are being stitched together and we must have three or four hundred into this huge wall-tapestry-type thing and all of the details for that. That’s in a blog, that’s on all social media.

There’s a full video all about that on the YouTube channel as well. But yeah in YouTube, so I’ve done a lot of research on search terms and although it is a small niche, there is a large group of passionate stitchers and also there’s way sort of more younger people coming into as well. All of the time for various reasons. They could be older people that sort of new people joining the craft and in the description box.

I have links to sign up for the newsletter. So, they… I’ve designed a free ebook. So, there’s five different cross stitch patterns, which basically covered a whole year. So you’ve got valentine’s day, Halloween, there’s a bluebird, there’s all kinds of different patterns in there to basically suit anyone. So, there’s a link to that and there’s quite a high conversion of people that will come through the videos. If they’ve watched at least half of the video and then sign up, they can join the Facebook group they can shop but I try not to straight away be like go to the shop. It’s easier to say go to the group and sign up for newsletter.

And then I’ve got a funnel of probably ten emails when they sign up for the newsletter and that works quite well actually and it’s not too pushy.

Steve: And you’re giving value right? You’re giving away these designs.

Sally: Yes, they’re getting designs and then they’ll be more tutorials and they’ll be helpful blog posts and it’ll be something else before I say, “Oh, would you like to join our Stitch along project? And would you like to buy this new thing?” But yeah, I think there’s sort of how to wash your cross stitch, how to frame it those kinds of things.

Steve: Let’s talk about email marketing a little bit and your repeat business. So, are you running a bunch of these set flows? Is it primary your pre-purchase? How are you getting people to buy again?

Sally: So there’s probably 9 different emails in the welcome funnel, is what we call it?

Steve: Yep.

Sally: I don’t know the terminology. I just, I just know what I’m doing. So, there’s an initial email that goes out, I think 24 hours after someone signs up and they have the free ebook of the patterns and we also offer 10% off and what I’ve always done with the email list is, it might be smaller than some people’s but it’s very concentrated. So, I think this was one of your tips, was to see who isn’t opening they haven’t engaged with any or however many emails recently, haven’t opened them, haven’t clicked through and then I’ll send them.

There are two final emails if they haven’t bought anything. They’ve been there for a long time and they’re just not bothered and I’ll have these clear outs every four months which means that the open rates because it’s quite a concentrated list of people who genuinely are interested are like 40 percent now on pretty much everything.

Steve: Nice nice. And then for the people who have bought from you’re ready, I imagine a lot of as you mentioned before people who buy from you, they will often buy like the next design. And so, are you just periodically sending them out? Emails? Like when you have something new available and that sort of thing.

Sally: Yes. So, all of the… So when’s the new blog post that goes out, when there’s a new YouTube video that goes out. We also have Stitcher of the Month. So that person wins a voucher to spend in the store and they tell their whole story and they can go into detail about how they learn to stitch and what their favorite project is. It doesn’t have to be one of mine. It can be anything if they’ve done a cushion or an item of clothing, whatever. And people love that and although I’m not selling people still buy from those emails weirdly.

Steve: Yeah, you know, it seems like you’ve created a really good, really tight-knit community. And by sharing their stories, they’ll feel more a part of it and other people read these stories and they’re more inspired to get started crafting as well.

Sally: Yeah in terms of post-purchase, we have for something that goes out a while after that says,”Do you like your product? And is there anything we can do to help if you’ve got any queries?” Because sometimes people might need help completing the actual cross stitch. Although, we do include instructions and things. We’ll always offer that support follow-up and then you’ll leave and nice review or something.

Yeah, and then every time there’s a new release or a new product those will be kind of intertwined with the content emails but we also do stitch longs three a year which are kind of like imagine a subscription service. So, you’ll buy the materials and then every month, you’ll get sent a new pattern.

Steve: Nice.

Sally: So those are kind of, on top of just buying a kit as it comes. These are kind of like an added extra.

Steve: So, Sally so there’s a lot of people listening to this podcast who are kind of on the fence about getting started or they really want to start a standalone e-commerce store. What’s sort of advice would you tell some of these new people just based on what you’ve experienced?

Sally: I would say don’t be afraid because sometimes you don’t really… You can’t necessarily identify exactly what’s stopping you but, I think most of the time it’s fear and I think that to be grateful for everything that you have and I’ve been reading this book recently, which is Jensen Cello who says, ”To be grateful for everything that you don’t have yet and visualize the life you want.” Visualize yourself running that business and being successful and if you have that faith and that gratitude, that will completely overcome any fear.

I think that the degree of obviously having to validate a niche and be sensible and run the numbers and everything else, financially. But I think a lot of it is just being afraid. Afraid of what people think or how we see ourselves and if we don’t know anyone who’s an entrepreneur, who hasn’t done it before. I would say, “Just get going. What’s the worst that can happen?” It’s been the best thing I’ve ever done.

I’m so glad I found your blog but I think it’s really hard to take that leap and when you’ve trained in a job and that’s almost who you’ve become and what people sort of view you as to then say, “Oh, by the way, I’m just going to leave this career and set up this business.” And for the first few years, you really have to block out any negative comments from other people.

I’ve had some really patronizing comments said to me, over the years and I just smile and think that’s fine, you can go back to your 9 to 5 if that’s what makes you happy and I don’t necessarily talk about it a lot to other people. I just think that’s fine because I’m… Honestly, it’s one of the most fulfilling things anyone can do, is having that freedom over your life over your working life leads to happiness basically. So, I would just say get on with it basically stop making excuses and get on with it.

Steve: So Sally, if you were just kind of pick like your top two challenges that you personally faced in starting, what were they? And you know, if you have any advice or on how you overcame those two biggest obstacles with your business.

Sally: One of the biggest obstacles… I would say, I haven’t necessarily anything practically. I was thinking you can get over; you can learn anything if it’s the website. These days there’s so many resources out there. You can type anything into Google or YouTube. And as long as you are focused, you can always figure everything out. Nothing’s too difficult. I think the main challenge is doubting yourself because you’re alone and you’ve gone from usually work if you’ve been working somewhere.

There’s a larger team and you’ve got a boss who’s saying, ”Oh well done for this” And there’s always someone to ask for help. Often, you’re working alone at home you in the house all day and I think it’s so easy to doubt yourself and think, “Hang on what on Earth am I doing?” You know, I haven’t got a clue. So, I always say to people the number one thing is, resilience. Keep going. Don’t stop you’ve got to believe in yourself and not looked for anyone else or reassurance or to pat you on the back? You’ve got to have laser focus and determination.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, that’s a good answer. With your husband, your husband’s been supportive through this entire process?

Sally: Yeah.

Steve: When did he become a believer?

Sally: Probably… I don’t know a couple of years in maybe. I think… I mean it’s because I’ve had the two children, it’s kind of been a bit up and down, but once I started getting going and the growth has been insane. And again, I think in the early years, it’s so hard because you’re putting so much content out there. You’re working hard. You’ve got these products that you really believe in but no one can really find you.

You know, you’re not at the top of Google search results, but once everything starts to come together, it can grow quite quickly and I really found that over the last 18 months. It’s kind of exploded and I think that was the point where he thought, “Hang on a minute actually.” And now, he’s completely on board and is loving life and funding retirement. That’s yeah won’t quit his job.

Steve: Hahaha. So Sally, I did want to give you an opportunity to tell the readers where they can find you, where all your various groups are, have them sign up for your list. I’m sure there’s people out there interested in cross stitch. I didn’t tell you this actually, but when we first had our first child, we actually did a little cross stitch project too. So, when you mention that there’s a lot of people that do that. Yeah because you want something as like a keepsake.

Sally: Yeah. Did you actually search it?

Steve: Well, I did a little bit of it. But my wife did most of it.

Sally: Oh. You know an awful lot of people, it’s kind of like this weird secret. An awful lot of people come up to me and they’ll go, “I actually do cross stitch, you know?” And they’ll kind of whisper it as if it’s one of those hobbies that you do in the house. No one really talks about it and…

Steve: It’s quite relaxing. Actually.

Sally: Yeah, it’s very relaxing. It’s like yoga for the mind.

Steve: Exactly.

Sally: I asked you did a blog post all about how it’s great for people to kind of zone out at the end of a hard day and there’s a lot of male stitchers. That’s a whole new thing, there’s a lot of male floss tubers but there’s children are doing it, teenagers are doing it. If your kind of stressed or anxious, you’ve got new mums on maternity leave that have been with this baby all day and they’re thinking, “I just need to relax and you know, just zone out.” So yeah, there’s a lot of people doing it.

Steve: And it feels great when you’re done.

Sally: Oh, it’s amazing. That’s so amazing. Because the thing is, you’re not just doing it for the sake of it. Like, you know, you can go for a run or something. But this way, you look at it. You think, look at what I’ve achieved and then it’s on your wall and you can show off to everyone. So, the website is caterpillarcrossstitch.com I’m actually launching a new business that I don’t think I’ve told you about.

Steve: No, you have not.

Sally: It’s called loveitstitchit.com and it is a new design platform that it’s my new tech startup. But it’s not launching until February 2020. So, I can’t tell you too much about it right now, but that’s really exciting and that’s been something that I’ve developed from feedback from customers over the years YouTube is Caterpillar Crossstitch Instagram is at Caterpillar Crossstitch and Facebook is Caterpillar Crossstitch.

Steve: Well, that’s great Sally. I really appreciate you coming on the show and finding some time to come on and you’ve just been fantastic to work with over the years. I just really love your enthusiasm and I guess the most important trait that I saw on you right away is that you’re a go-getter like if you get stuck on something like just keep hammering at it until you solve it and it’s just persistence and that drive that makes you really successful.

Sally: Ohh well, thank you so much for all of your help. I couldn’t have done it without you.

Steve: Thanks a lot Sally and next time I’m in the UK, I will definitely look you up.

Sally: Yeah, definitely. Thanks so much.

Steve: Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now. Sally is a very driven woman and I have no doubts that her business will hit seven figures at some point. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode298.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Oh, I also want to thank thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

297: The Financial Repercussions Of Corona Virus On Our Businesses

297: The Financial Repercussions Of Corona Virus On Our Businesses

Today, we’re doing a special episode because I’m in lock down at home with my entire family and I’ve got nothing else on my schedule for today.

And my partner in crime Toni Anderson also happened to have today free, so I decided to bring her on the show today to talk about how Corona virus has affected our businesses.

We’ll also discuss what we believe is the right way versus the wrong way to handle your business in a financial crisis.

What You’ll Learn

  • What to do when you’re dealt a bad hand
  • How to turn lemons into lemonade
  • The right way to handle your business during a crisis
  • The financial repercussions of the Corona virus on our business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today, I have my business partner Toni on the show. And as you may be aware, we decided to postpone our annual e-commerce conference the seller Summit earlier this month. So in this episode, we’re going to talk about all the decisions involved the financial repercussions and what we are planning instead. We will also discuss what we believe is the right way versus the wrong way to handle your business in a fine. National crisis.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over thirty percent of my revenues. Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who shopped in your store in exactly what they bought so let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who’s purchased a Red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full Revenue tracking on every single email sent now Klaviyo is most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Once again, That’s my mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy who’s also a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does privy do? Well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. Now, there are a bunch of companies out there that are managing email capture forms, but I like privy because they specialize in e-commerce. And right now I’m using preview display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this when it implemented this form email signups increased by a 131%. Now, I’m also using their new cart saver pop up feature to recover a Abandoned carts as well. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free and if you decide to need some more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today we’re doing a special episode because I’m in lockdown at home with my entire family and I’ve got nothing else on my schedule for today and my partner in crime. Toni Anderson also happened to have today free. So, I decided to bring her back on the show today to talk about life business the event industry basically everything and if you don’t remember Toni, this is actually her sixth appearance on the podcast and we run the seller Summit together, which is our annual Ecommerce Conference and we also launched a Blog and course over at profitable online blog.com late last year. So, how you doing today? Toni? Thanks for taking the time to come back on.

Toni: Thanks for everything. Do I have the record of the most appearances?

Steve: That’s a good question. I think you do actually.

Toni: I think I do. I hope I do. I mean Jen might have me beat but that’s okay.

Steve: No, she’s only been on twice.

Toni: Okay. Yes. I hope I have the record. This would be cool.

Steve: I thing you have it by far by like double.

Toni: Okay. Awesome. I feel special. I feel special. Thanks for making my day.

Steve: Hehe. Well, let’s first start by talking about the Seller Summit. I mean for me personally; I cannot remember the last time that I was this stressed out about a business.

Toni: Yeah. I can’t either this has been an absolutely crazy like two weeks for us personally, you know you and I with the with them Seller Summit stuff.

Steve: I mean I must have spoken to you every day for like a month about it. That’s stressful in itself. Haha.

Toni: Haha. I feel like not only have we spoken, we’ve texted, we’ve messaged, we’ve exchanged emails. I feel like the level of communication. Is it like a def con six or something?

Steve: Yeah. And I remember at the beginning of March was specifically stressful like events left and right. We’re canceling or postponing shows like ours like Prosper decide to postpone, South by Southwest shut down that was pretty major.

Toni: One traffic and conversion. They actually kept saying they were going to keep going and then I think at the last minute realize that they just couldn’t, couldn’t do it.

Steve: It yeah, totally. I mean, I think, I think what most people don’t realize is that event insurance that you buy actually does not cover infectious disease and a lot of the…

Toni: Who would have known.

Steve: Yeah. I know who would have known that this never happens, right? And a lot of the upfront costs involved with running an event are prepaid. And once you’ve paid obviously it’s hard to get a refund for.

Toni: Absolutely and you and I get a lot of questions about running events and I think my advice and your advice is, it’s a very risky endeavor financially. They’re great and they’re fun and I love them. And you know, I’ve been doing this for 11 years now, but financially this is not a this is not a way that I would recommend people build a business in any way.

Steve: Yeah. It’s not a profit center. It’s not a huge profit center for the amount of work involved. Yeah. I actually read that South By may never come back as a result of this. I think I saw an article the other day.

Toni: Wow.

Steve: So, my heart goes out to all the event planners out there and I mean this is just a hard time.

Toni: Absolutely and I think it’s really a hard time. I mean for us it became pretty clear cut that we could not have an in-person event in May because of just the current situation. It was absolutely irresponsible and unsafe to do so, even if we could legally do it, which I don’t think we can’t right now because there’s a ban in Florida about groups getting together, but I think even before that happened you and I just felt like it would be super irresponsible for us to even ask people to try to travel and just create it creates such a risk. It’s really hard for these people that have conferences that are like in this end of summer because there’s just so much uncertainty right now. What are they going to do? Right? So, it’s like everybody who has an event basically in 2020 is in sort of this limbo.

Steve: Oh, yeah, totally. I mean, I know like I was super stressed leading up to the point where we decided to postpone and what’s funny is that you are unfazed. I felt by everything until the NBA got canceled then all of a sudden it got real.

Toni: It did, it did, stuff got real right about then. How am I going to spend? Well, you know, I mean, how am I going to spend my iBook my summer vacation based around the NBA Playoffs so that I have every night free to watch them. So, what you know, what’s going to happen now?

Steve: I think you may have even shed a tear over the over the NBA.

Toni: It might happen.

Steve: Yeah kind of. And for all you guys who know Toni she never cries. She never cries. Yeah haha.

Toni: But when news broke of the cancellation or the postponement of the 2020 NBA season.

Steve: Oh man, you were crushed. I remember you texted me. You’re like, “Oh my God, forget the seller some of the NBA’s done.”

Toni: Hahaha that’s right! Yeah. Well, of course I saw meme the other day that said if you told everybody in the South that the 2020 college football season could be saved by social distancing. No one would come out of their house for two months.

Steve: Hahaha.

Toni: We like our basketball and we like our college football. So yeah, it’s crazy.

Steve: Yeah. So, what I want to do today actually was. I wanted to talk about like the right way and the wrong way to handle a crisis. And by right or wrong, of course, this is our interpretation of it. There’s in reality no actual right or wrong answer but I just kind of want to talk about our philosophy and how we handled Seller Summit in a way and you know a bunch of my friends actually had tickets to South By and guess what? They decided not to give any refunds at all and instead. They’re allowing people to go again in 2021. If they’re in fact, is in fact, if they don’t go bankrupt and another friend of mine Derek. Derek Halpern. He actually paid for a sponsorship to a council event and they refused to give him a refund if you wouldn’t believe that.

Toni: Yeah, it’s ughh man, it’s tough.

Steve: Yeah, I mean, so it’s unclear as of yet how some of the other business’ conferences are going to be handling things. But at least in my mind, refusing to give refunds in the case of a worldwide pandemic just seems a little wrong to me.

Toni: I agree absolutely and I think right. I mean I think at this is such a weird situation, right? Because things are tough for basically everybody. This isn’t something that’s just hitting one industry or another. I think everybody’s being impacted by this. I mean the news of Amazon. I don’t I don’t know the exact term but they shut down the shipments right? For non..

Steve: Yeah, you can’t. Basically, add anything to your Warehouse. So, if you go out of stock, your out of stock. Basically.

Toni: So you think about this, you know, I’m sure the global, you know, the general public does not understand the impact that this would have on many of our friends and colleagues because a lot of people are not only do they support their own families. They have employees or contractors that work in these businesses. And you know, if you have stock, you’re okay for now, but at this point this could dramatically impact a huge amount of FBA Sellers.
Steve: Absolutely. I actually have an acquaintance who just opened a restaurant last weekend and he’s basically screwed. I think I mean she’s importunate. Yeah.

Toni: Yeah.. Well in regards to the refunds I think for you and I it was almost a no-brainer to refund people’s money and I think you and I we had we had several very long conversations about our own personal financial hit for this because we’re on the line for money to the hotel and things like that and I think for us it was never a question of not offering people their money back because it just I don’t know anything else to me just.. I hate you know, you know, I’m pretty logical person but it felt wrong, right?

Steve: Yeah. I mean Here’s My Philosophy. I mean, I feel like you have to play the long game here. Like there’s a lot of money on the line and you can actually take people’s money in the short term, but it’s going to actually destroy your business in the long run.

Toni: Exactly.

Steve: Like if I bought a ticket to a conference and they refuse to give me a refund. Or if I bought a sponsorship not only am I not going back to that event, but I’m going to probably bad mouth them for the rest of eternity. Haha

Toni: Haha. You’re going to write a post, you’re going to rank number one, and it’s all, it’s all over for them.

Steve: I mean..

Toni: I agree though, I think for us, I think everything that you and I do together as a team and I feel like we both feel this way individually with our own businesses is we’re not in this for quick money or quick, you know, anything. Quick recognition, quick success. This is a long-term plan for both of us and our families and our businesses and doing the right thing today means long-term benefits. And if nothing else just like be a good person, right?

So even though for us it I don’t think we even like questioned whether we would give people refunds. I think that was just a I don’t think we even had that conversation. It was just understood but I think people that are, maybe not thinking that way, are just focusing on right now and I get the financial impact is huge on people. I totally understand that but I feel like you’ve got to look like five years from now. We are not going to be dealing with this but we are probably going to be dealing with some of these same customers and people that we interact with and our decisions today are going to impact that.

Steve: Absolutely! And just to be upfront about the Seller Summit like the event’s not huge but there are still hundreds of thousands of dollars on the line and you know, there’s money considerations, there’s long-term consequences and as you mentioned before that, it’s also what’s doing, it’s also about doing what feels right?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: So, I guess for the past month, I would say we, we racked our brains and we came up with a plan. It’s not an ideal plan, but I feel like what we did was a good compromise and a pretty good solution in terms of turning lemons into lemonade.

Toni: And you know, what’s funny is I think aside from the whole like Financial aspect of it, I was just super bummed about not having the… not having the event. I mean, these people are like friends of ours now some of these people have been coming for four years. I look forward to seeing them. I look forward to hearing how their business is doing. I look forward to hear about their family. I look forward to seeing their spouses, right? I mean, this has become so much more than just like a business endeavor. A lot of these people started out as acquaintances and have become friends of ours over the years.

Steve: Absolutely. I mean, we’re not doing… We don’t do Seller Summit for the money. There’s, there’s a lot of easier ways to make money. I do it for the community and the social aspects of it. At least that’s my reason for it. And I think you have similar reasons as well. Right?

Toni: Absolutely and definitely at a time like this feeling like, hey people need… I mean a lot of our sessions this year were focused on, are still focused on because it’s we’re still having the virtual event. We’re focused on growing your brand creating that brand off the Amazon your own store how to drive advertising how to drive organic traffic. We had an SEO session, which we haven’t had an SEO session in what 3 years? 4 years? So, we have these, we had a lot. We have a lot of sessions that are based on creating sort of that sustainable product that’s going to whether what’s going on right now. And so that was to me, like I feel like it’s so important that we still get that out there because I think I think people really need that in their businesses, especially today.

Steve: And you mentioned earlier like Amazon made a policy that they’re not allowing non-essential items into their warehouse. and of course, if you have your own brand, in your own website, you are you wouldn’t be affected by that. So, it’s like more important than ever to have your own strong brand.

Toni: Absolutely.

Steve: So, you want to talk about what we did? So first off, we offered all sponsors and attendees the option for a full refund, but then we actually offered these additional options.

Toni: Right. So, the first thing we decided to do was, even though we be together in person. We felt like these sessions and this information was so important that we wanted to still get it out. So basically, we’re still holding the Seller Summit May 6 through 8, but it’s a virtual event live. So, you log on to your computer basically like a webinar and you’ll get to log on our speakers will be teaching live. You’ll have the up… there’s opportunities for live QA.

Typically, before when we offered the virtual version of the Seller Summit. It was edited recordings of the sessions that were delivered two to three weeks after the event because it’s just too glitchy to kind of, stream live from an event. So, the people that have just the virtual path, would get the information afterwards. But they didn’t have that ability to ask questions or interact with speakers or attendees, online. This year since we’re not meeting in person were able to do all of that online and give people the opportunity to ask questions during the, during the talks or after the speaker’s done you can ask questions at the speaker and we’re giving some more extended QA time as well.

Steve: Yeah. I mean one thing that’s really unique about our event is our Masterminds. And I know for a fact that I was really bummed that the in-person Mastermind couldn’t happen because we can get together and so, you know. Toni now we talked about this and what we’re doing now is we’re having a virtual Mastermind and it’s going to be groups of 6 to 8 people and we’re just going to run it just like the real thing except it’s going to be over, you know Zoom or Hangouts however we decide to do it. But we’ll get a chance to have everyone their hot seat, where we can actually help other people with their business. And we decided to extend both the virtual Paths as well as the virtual Mastermind, you know free of charge to all ticket holders with the Mastermind pass, which I thought was pretty cool.

Toni: Yeah, because I think that’s a lot of the reason why people come to Seller Summit is for that, that first day if you have a Mastermind ticket, it’s the Mastermind session and that is just such a valuable component in building and growing your business. I know both you Steve and myself we’ve been part of Masterminds in the past and for me, it’s actually when I started an E-Commerce, I joined up with three or four other people that were also starting in E-Commerce, and we met at least once a month. We even met in person once just to kind of help each other get going and answer questions. So, I think this was something that we didn’t want to lose out on just because we couldn’t meet in person.

Steve: Yeah, absolutely and you know along the lines of just kind of value add, we’re basically doing this essentially for free. If you have a ticket you get the virtual pass. We’re going to have another event with all new content and a whole new live Mastermind as well. And we thought it’d be a good idea to just keep the spirit of the event alive and just anyone. Has purchased a ticket already gets access to these things.

Toni: Absolutely.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

So, I wanted to kind of switch gears a little bit and just talk about business in general. Like I personally have been getting a ton of emails and messages from small business owners and new entrepreneurs. They may ask me questions. Like, you know, “Is this like a terrible time to store my business?” or “Is Ecommerce dead?” or “Is importing from China no longer an option?” and you know, it’s funny me and you… You have a couple years on me I think but we basically both started our blogs during the last recession. Right?

Toni: Yeah. Sure started my blog as a business because I was blogging in 2006, but I kind of turned into the business blog in 2008, which I think was sort of the I don’t follow the economy as well as you do but is it wasn’t that when it sort of sort of bottomed out.

Steve: Yeah, it was 2008. So I started the end of 2008, but I tell people that I started in the beginning of 2009 because that’s when the so – we officially launched and come to think of it my e-commerce store started in 2007, but we kind of weathered that that first down turn back in the day also.

Toni: Yeah and for me. We, I mean we have very two very different blogs, right you’re teaching people about business. I’m teaching people about saving money. So, for me recessions are awesome because everyone…

Steve: Hahaha.

Toni: Everyone wants I we were talking yesterday. So, my traffic stops 40% because everyone wants to know how to save money right now and I do a lot of home school information on my site. So those posts are just going crazy right now. So, for me recessions are awesome as far as the happy housewife blog for you. I know it’s a little bit different because if you’re trying to start a business, you know, there’s could be capital involved and I don’t know people are willing to spend. What is your impression of all that right now?

Steve: Well, you know, all I can say is I just went back and through all the archives at mywifequitherjob.com, around this time. Like they’re not published anymore because it SEO reasons but actually went back and looked over some of the older posts and the reason why I started mywifequitherjob.com was because I was one of the reasons was I was worried about losing my job and I told myself screw it. I’m just going to go out on my own I don’t want to have to have this worry anymore. And that’s actually one of the reasons why My Wife Quit Her Job was born. Do you remember why you started to Happy Housewife or you mentioned that you turn into a business and in 2008, right?

Toni: Yeah. So my husband had was dealing with some injuries from a deployment and it looked like he might be discharged from the military without like six months shy of a retirement date so he wouldn’t get any of the military benefits and I was thinking well, you know, I’ve got all these little kids at home daycare is going to eat up a paycheck. So, what can I do from my living room and that’s when I went, you know full in on the blogging because I thought well, maybe it maybe I can make this into you know least pay our rent right least get our rent paid. But yeah, that’s basically the same reason I started because I thought well, you know, my last real job was bartending, hahaha you know, I didn’t really want to go back to that. So, I thought hey let’s try this blogging thing. See what happens.

Steve: So, it’s that’s amazing. I actually didn’t know that so we both kind of started it because we were worried about like I was worried about losing my job at you were worried about your husband losing his job, right?

Toni: Yeah. Because he had put basically been like our primary… I had always been doing, like I sold on eBay. I did all these like odd jobs, but it wasn’t anything consistent right? That could, I could count on like okay every month we’re going to make x amount of dollars and I felt like, you know, I got to step up right now and figure this out, but you know, I think and this is just I mean, you know of your listeners should probably know me well enough to know how I think yeah at this point.

Steve: Yeah. It’s your sixth time.

Toni: Most people have to work from home except for our and I will tell you like our First Responders and people that are like, I mean y’all you’re doing amazing. Like I actually messaged one of our mutual friends Chris and said hey, hang in there. Like we really appreciate you but a lot of people that work at standard, you know, nine to five job are working from home right now and there’s other people that maybe got furloughed right? We know some people that got furloughed or you know, their hours are cut drastically because they work in like a service industry where there’s not a demand right now. This is like the golden opportunity, right?

Steve: I totally agree.

Toni: You don’t have to commute, you work at home, you know, you don’t have to sort of sneak at your lunch break to you on your computer at work to watch a webinar or to get something started. You have and you can’t go anywhere and do anything right now. So, take this extra time and start building your business. I mean, this is just like to me this is like golden opportunity for people.

Steve: And people are asking me whether E-Commerce is dead. Well, guess what? When everyone’s stuck at home, like we’ve been doing more online shopping than ever.

Toni: Yes. Yeah!

Steve: And then I know there’s some statistics in China where like the amount of eyeballs glued to their devices increased 20% and that’s going to happen here in the US as well. No doubt about it.

Toni: Absolutely.

Steve: And someone asked about importing from China. They’re pretty much they have it under control all the Apple stores in China are open and we actually are getting a shipment this week, as we speak. So, all of our factors are online, are your factors online too? Toni? For your E-Commerce?

Toni: Uhm yes, and we actually had a Surplus anyway, so we were good. This, we were able to weather this pretty easily. But yeah everything that I’ve heard from other people everything. I mean we have another friend that’s importing like paper goods like books and journals and she’s totally online hasn’t been an issue. So, I think things are very much back to normal on the China side of things.

Steve: I mean, I’m personally really bullish about e-commerce. I mean, especially in the face of this downturn more and more people going to be ordering online and this is going to happen for a long time. I don’t see this as a short-term thing. Yeah, I agree. So anyways, if you guys are a little bit disheartened about what to do. I mean you basically have two options. A lot of people want to give up at this point and because of that it’s actually a period of a huge opportunity here. So, you can move forward, you can press on, you can rally the troops, you can make lemons out of lemonade, you can double your ad spend while it’s cheap, you can acquire new leads or you can you know, sit back and play the victim curl up, watch Netflix. Lay off your stash cutouts, sat there scared.

Toni: Well, that sounds like a great opportunity right there.

Steve: You got to make you got to make a decision, right? I mean, do you want to just sit back or do you want to do something about it? I mean as you mentioned earlier.

Toni: Yeah, and I think I don’t I mean, I don’t know exactly for you. But I know one of the reasons why I was able to see such success with my blog early on is because I started in a time of opportunity and I really just went like, I mean an I had little kids at home and we still had a regular life. I mean there was no quarantine Nor self-shelter-in-place whatever they’re calling it and you know, I would get up early, I would stay up late but I was determined to make it into something because I felt like there was such an opportunity at that point. Like people were afraid people were looking for ways to save money. I felt like I had that information to share and I wanted to get it out as quickly and has been the best way that I knew how back then and so I think if you know, it makes me think of our friend that we talked to last week Kevin who had a business idea. We gave him some feedback and he had us an outline and a business plan by Monday, right?

Steve: I hmm yeah. The next day basically. Yeah.

Toni: So, take this there’s just to me that’s like it’s just screams opportunity for so many people even people that maybe weren’t thinking about it to begin with. As we talked about in our blog course. Everyone has a talent or something about them that people want to learn more about that you can share and eventually make money from online. And so, this is the time when you probably have more free time than you’ll ever have again for the rest of your life. This is the time to take advantage of it.

Steve: And what’s nice about blog, my blog actually is I have like an archive of all these posts that I wrote during the recession during the downturn and here’s a couple things like I’m just want to share a couple of these posts. One was how we increased our profit 147% with our online business and that year, year-over-year profits increased 147% revenue growth was 94%, our margins increased by 6% traffic increased by 200% and here’s the thing instead of sitting back and I’m kind of like patting myself on the back right now from 2009. So, we actually ended up maxing out AdWords, we actually ended up increasing our ad spend, we ended up buying in larger bulk and we actually improve the packaging of our goods and then so I do, I do to income or I used to do 2 income reports every single year and then the mid-year for the downturn the year over year profits were up 75% revenues were up 72% and traffic increased by 91% in the mid-year. And then once again, I’m patting myself on the back here again, but apparently, we did a complete site redesign during the downturn. We optimize their ads and we increased a lot of the automation for our store.

Toni: And let’s remember that you did all this while working a full-time job. You were not laid off or anything like that. You still had your 9 to 5.

Steve: That’s correct, and I’m actually surprised because you know, it’s fun to look back, even though the writing was terrible for these posts, but it’s interesting that we… It’s almost like we double down on the business during the downturn because everyone else was scared.

Toni: Hmm when I think people tend to give up, right? And so you can take that as another opportunity.

Steve: Here’s one thing I just noticed, you know during right now, when everything is everyone is scared my ad spend or my ad cost, I should say have been reduced dramatically. I think a lot of companies right now are cutting back on their Ad spend and so our ads which were still running are getting really cheap.

Toni: You’re just, so you’re just a best-case, best case, best case, best case.

Steve: Well, I’m just telling you like it how it is. This is what I’m saying. I know I think everyone’s cut especially the big companies, the big box stores of cutting back, big time. And so yeah for the little guy, you know, we don’t have any overhead. So yeah, we actually had the advantage actually it back in 2009, our overhead was like $80 a month to keep our store running and I think the blog was like five bucks a month or six bucks a month. And just for hosting I’m sure yours was the same right?

Toni: Oh, yeah. I mean I oh, absolutely. I was trying to think of what I actually paid for back in 2008 and I would say my once-a-year domain renewal at what 1497 or whatever it was and the hosting which I don’t even I mean it was under $10 a month for sure and now is back for all the hosting companies had deals, you know, I don’t I don’t even know who is hosting my sight back then.

Steve: Yeah, and I know you pretty well. You’re pretty cheap. I’m almost positive. that you kept the expenses to the utmost minimum.

Toni: Yes. Well, we didn’t have any money back then when I started blogging like we didn’t I didn’t have any money to start a business. I mean, I was totally relying on just putting content out there.

Steve: Yeah. No, that’s true. I mean we had some money since I was an engineer and that sort of thing, but you know me I’m pretty cheap. I keep expenses to a minimum anyways.

Toni: Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, we were a one income military family living in base housing. Well, I can assure you we did not have a lot of extra money back in the day. Haha.

Steve: Well, there you go. I mean, that’s why Blogging is great. Right doesn’t cost any money.

Toni: Absolutely. You just need an internet. A decent internet connection. Which and now I feel like there’s a lot of companies out there like currently offering discounts on services. Like I just got an email from my hosting. I use Liquid web now and I got an email saying they were doing no overage charges if you have like ‘cause my traffic spiking, you know, and they said we’re not charging you for any extra usage all that’s just going to be included for the next, you know, 60 days. So, a lot of these companies even virtual companies are offering some really sweet deals and discounts to people.

Steve: Oh, yeah. Absolutely. I mean things are slowing down and everyone’s going to be offering deals. So, it’s actually a really good time to get started.

Toni: Yeah for sure!

Steve: So, Toni, what are you doing right now during this downturn with your business?

Toni: Other than trying to make a virtual Summit out…

Steve: Well besides… I was more talking about Happy Housewives. But yeah, the Summit we already talked about. So yeah.

Toni: So I am, I actually posted this today in our in our blog Facebook group that I am focusing on I have a ton of content geared towards that Frugal Living saving money, you know how to bake things from scratch and so I’m making sure that those posts are clean, updated because some of those posts I wrote in 2009, 2010. and you know making sure that they are getting pushed the top. I’m going live on Facebook almost every day. I actually think this is really valuable. I was watching a friend of ours Leslie Samuel go live this morning and I thought you know what, in a time like this people actually love that. I mean, I’d go Facebook live occasionally anyway, but people love that interaction people love seeing another human at this point because I’m people aren’t leaving their house. So, going live reminding people of the content on my site republishing things if I need to, I wrote two blog posts this week, which is two more than I’ve written in a month…

Steve: Oh, is that right? You’re not putting up content?

Toni: I put out. Oh, I refresh old content. So, I go through and completely revamp old posts and just republish so the contents different but it’s the same, you know, core titled things like that. But I put actually to totally new posts up this week one with a load of resources for people that are home with their kids everything from like, you know, all these places that are offering like virtual museum tours and things like that to like educator published, public, publishing companies that are offering freebies for parents as well.

So got that up there and then got a like hey, this is how you can homeschool your kids if they’re home with you for the next month. So, I got that up there and just trying to get that content that on my side. I still have over 3,000 post. So, trying to get that content that I’ve legs really relevant back out in front of people using social media.

Steve: I should be reading that. So, what’s funny is our kids at least my son they basically just threw him a work packet and said do it.

Toni: Yeah. Yeah

Steve: Yeah and I don’t think I think the schools here are really prepared for a virtual classroom. So, I could I’m probably gonna end up reading that post on the homeschooling.

Toni: Well, yeah, and I think parents just it… Like if you have not homeschooled before had your kids home with you on a regular basis, it is definitely a very different lifestyle. As you know, I mean, I know you work at home and I know your kids are home now with you, but I think there’s a lot of things that you can learn from home school parent just like how to get your day so that you can… Because if we think about this for so many years homeschooled my kids and worked from home almost full time. It’s definitely possible to do but you have to sort of restructure how you think about your day and I think it’s definitely do-able for people but it’s just going to be different.

Steve: I know for you, it’s Child’s Play. For me, like you actually have to keep them on a schedule. Otherwise they’re just gonna goof off the entire time.

Toni: Yes, yes, although this week was my kids’ spring break anyway, so this was sort of a weird week for us because they were on spring break already. So, I didn’t want to you know, throw… Become a schedule crazy person right away.

Steve: I had my kids were so disappointed that they canceled Russian math.

Toni: Oh, I’m sure your tears, tears of sadness

Steve: I mean, I broke it to my daughter says like, “Oh my god, what am I gonna do?”

Toni: She cried, cried all day.

Steve: So, for my businesses as I mentioned, I’m still running my ads full force and you know a couple of people asked me whether I was going to start drawing them down because business is a little slower now. Mainly because you know weddings aren’t happening, right? Or they’re getting postponed. They’re not getting cancelled. Although if they hang out enough. Maybe they will cancel. But you know, so Google Ads for example, those are cost per click so you don’t actually pay until someone clicks and the Facebook Ads are significantly cheaper. Now the conversion rate is lower, but it kind of offsets each other. So, when you take that into account, it’s actually not a huge deal. And on the blog side, I’m actually creating content like crazy. So, I launched my YouTube channel month ago and now like I have all day to just film stuff. So, I’m getting really ahead on the curve. I might even consider upping the amount of videos. I upload per week.

Toni: Yeah, I think that’s what the people don’t take anything else away from all of this. I think they need to take away the fact that you are that, you have more time than you’ll ever have. And so, this is your opportunity like this is your chance to start creating stuff and as I mean, like even with YouTube you don’t need to really any money to start a YouTube channel.

Steve: Yeah. Absolutely. I mean, this is the best time ever to be creating content and I think with all the deals and everyone being scared. This is actually the best time ever to be getting to E-Commerce as well. People aren’t going to be shopping at Brick and Mortar. They’re all going to be buying everything online for a while now.

Toni: Yeah, for sure.

Steve: And for blogging I mean if you’re it doesn’t really depend on what medium right? If you’d like to write start a blog, if you like to talk into a microphone start a podcast, if you’re good on camera, you know start a YouTube channel.

Toni: Yeah

Steve: And Not only that, you can even repurpose your content, right? So, what I’m doing right now actually is I’ll write a blog post and I’ll turn that into a video and I’ll turn that into a podcast and I know you’re doing something similar as well.

Toni: Yep. Yep. I’m doing a lot of… I’m basically turning my blog posting to Facebook lives just because that’s where my people are. But yeah, you can whatever wherever your people are is where you should be, you know repurposing that content for sure.

Steve: Everyone is scared. So just don’t be one of those scared ones and start doing something with all this extra free time that you have.

Toni: Absolutely and there’s no risk. There is zero risk.

Steve: There’s no risk. We’re still running the Seller Summit May 6th to the 8th if you guys are into E-Commerce join us virtually. It’s going to be one big hangout. I think we’re even doing like an opening party, right? A virtual opening?

Toni: We are, virtually opening party haven’t figured out how that’s going to look yet, but it’s going to be awesome.

Steve: And if you want to hang out with people other than your family and like a Mastermind environment consider joining our Mastermind as well. If you want to learn about e-commerce my free mini course. Course is over at mywifequitherjob.com/free. And if you want to learn about blogging, we also have a free mini course there too over at profitableonlineblog.com/free as well.

Toni: Just a plug for the blog course since you know, that is our business together, you know, you get to see videos of me not just Steve. So right there get the free course.

Steve: Which I’m here is like a huge attraction to the course.

Toni: Hahahaha.
Steve: So, we both know that Toni is a lot better than I am at building community and being social in general like I’m an engineer. You know my I’m used to being in a cave where someone’s just checking me pizzas every now and then but I mean that’s one of the reasons why we work so well together, I think.

Toni: Absolutely I know how to order pizza and you know how to…

Steve: Right. You just check the P… You don’t even ask me what toppings I want anymore. You just check it in.

Toni: Just start throwing them in.

Steve: All right. Well, I mean, that’s basically all I had to say Toni you got anything else to add before we get off here.

Toni: No, I mean I just I can’t say it enough guys use this opportunity. This is your chance. So, do something amazing.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode now running a business is not always easy. But now that everyone is terrified right now. This is the perfect time to plan ahead or get started with your own business while everyone else is panicking more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode2 97.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

296: 6 Ways To Become A Millionaire In The Next 5 Years With Steve Chou

296: 6 Ways To Become A Millionaire In The Next 5 Years With Steve Chou

If you are living paycheck to paycheck or saddled with debt, you probably think it’s impossible to become a millionaire unless you win the lottery or inherit a large sum of money. And it’s true. If you continue down your current path of spending all the money you earn or working at a dead end job, you’ll never ever become a millionaire.

But if you formulate a plan, start now, and develop the right habits, you can easily learn how to become a millionaire within the next decade (or sooner depending on the path you choose to take.

In this episode, you’ll learn all of the different ways that I’ve personally made a million dollars in the past 20 years.

What You’ll Learn

  • 6 ways to become a millionaire in the next 5 years
  • Why you will never become a millionaire working a regular job.
  • Why becoming a millionaire requires some amount of luck
  • How to improve your luck

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

295: Cathy Heller On How To Make Money As A Musician

295: Cathy Heller On How To Make Money As A Musician

Today I’m really happy to have Cathy Heller on the show. Cathy is the host of the popular podcast “Don’t Keep Your Day Job” and she inspires thousands of listeners every day to find purpose in their life and get paid to do what they love.

She’s been featured in Forbes, Entrepreneur Magazine, HuffPost, the NY Times and prior to her podcast, she made a 6 figure living with her music as a songwriter.

Today, we’re going to explore Cathy’s journey and how you can turn your passion into a career.

What You’ll Learn

  • How the music licensing industry works
  • How Cathy built a career licensing music to tv studios
  • How to make money with music

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today. I have my friend Cathy Heller on the show. And in this episode we are going to talk about how to turn your passion into a career and develop your own personal brand.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over thirty percent of my revenues. Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who shopped in your store in exactly what they bought so let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who’s purchased a Red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full Revenue tracking on every single email sent now Klaviyo is most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Once again, That’s my mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy who’s also a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, what does privy do? Well Privy is an email list growth platform and they manage all my email capture forms and I use Privy hand-in-hand with my email marketing provider. And right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers which I then feed to my email provider to close the saleso head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast today. I’m really happy to have Cathy Heller on the show. Now, Cathy is the host of the popular podcast Don’t Keep Your Day Job and she inspires thousands of listeners to find more purpose in their life and get paid to do what they love. She has also been featured in Forbes entrepreneur, huff post and the New York Times, but prior to her podcast. She actually made a six-figure living with her music as a songwriter. Now, we’ve all heard the term Starving Musician before and today we’re going to do is we’re going to explore Kathy’s journey and how to turn your passion into a career and with that welcome to show Kathy. How are you doing today?

Cathy: I’m good. And thank you so much for having me. It’s definitely a line then the title of your show and what you do in the work I do it’s such a good fit. So

Steve: it’s very similar actually.

Cathy: Yeah, I love it.

Steve: So Cathy, please tell the audience kind of about your early years as a musician and how you got started in that industry.

Cathy: Yeah, you know, I came out to LA when I was 24. I’m 40 now and I came out with my beat-up old Volvo. and I just wanted so badly to do music and as a kid growing up. My parents had a really tumultuous marriage. My mom struggled with depression. My parents got divorced my dad left and I felt very invisible and there was a so much heaviness at home. And the one thing that was my constant was music and I would write songs and I also felt so invisible at home because my dad left and my mom was suffering so deep in her depression that I wanted so badly to be seen and I thought oh the best way to do that is I’ll become a rock star and then People will see me and they’ll hear me and I can take all this music that’s inside of me and I can put it out in the world.

And so I just moved out to LA. I was just like unrelenting, you know, like I’m doing this and of course the streets are not paved with gold and it was hard at first. I got a job and got a roommate and I was doing all the things that you do like just paying the bills and I was feeling like, oh my God, I know that these people who own record labels are like, they’re all two miles away from me here in LA, but I I can’t get in the door. And so I worked really hard. I was just like so on it and I wound up writing songs and they were not good and then I wrote songs that are a little better and I got demos recorded and finally finally after two years. I got signed to Interscope. I couldn’t believe it. I was actually sitting no joke, when Lady Gaga was recording Paparazzi. I was in the studio and it was so surreal. You know.

Steve: are you guys friends?

Cathy: No, we’re not friends. No, but Ron fair was my producer, He’s also her producer and I became friendly with him, but that was really short lived because that ended a few months later. I got a call from Ron that they were not absolutely certain that they would sell lots of records with me and they just couldn’t take that chance and I got dropped and I remember being on the side of the freeway. I got the call. I pulled over I cried and I was like, what am I supposed to do now? Like go get another quote unquote real job. I’m going to feel so invisible. I was so close. So I was So defeated, but I had no other choices. So I thought so I just sucked it up and got a pant suit and went on interviews and a friend of mine said to me if you want to just make money you should either do Finance or real estate because you’re not going to get to do what you love. Anyways, it just make money all your life.

And I was like, oh great is this what people do when they grow up? It sucks. So I got a job working for this guy in Brentwood Who Sold commercial real estate and he paid me well enough that it was like golden handcuffs. He paid me a hundred fifty Grand. I was 26. And I was like, okay, this is fine. Look I get to wear cool jeans. Look, I’m eating spicy tuna rolls every day and then it was like I didn’t come out here for this. So after a year and a half I was like this is awful like having the money and now being this unfulfilled shows me that this is no I cannot do this. So I thought there has to be some other way to do music other than being Beyonce, there’s gotta be so I started doing research and I find this article that shows me that all these Indie artists were Licensing their songs to shows like Grey’s Anatomy or two commercials like Tropicana or Old Navy and I was like, what? What is this road?

So I thought what if I put all my energy in that and I decided to quit my job, which now on my show, I teach people like build the bridge first, but then I was just so exhausted of not recognizing myself in the mirror. I quit my job and I had a little tiny bit of savings like 3 months and I just started to pound the pavement and I started to look at that Question. Which is who are the people who were those people choosing music for film and TV. It turns out there called music supervisors. And so I started doing research on IMDb to write down the names of like who was doing the music for each show who is doing the music for One Tree Hill who is doing the music for Pretty Little Liars who was doing the music I started making lists and then I started looking for email addresses and then I started to reach out and about six seven months later.

I started to find my way and it’s amazing because I was 18 months after I went into this for the first time. I started making three four hundred thousand dollars a year doing that and I did that for a decade. I did music for all those shows Pretty Little Liars, Switched at Birth, Criminal Minds, younger Parks and Rec. I wrote music for Crate and Barrel, Walmart, McDonald’s, Kellogg’s and they pay really well is the thing especially advertising. They’ll pay you 50 60 70 grand for one song and it’s a non-exclusive license, which means you can license it to other people. I did stuff like that all the time and my husband and I were able to buy a house our very first house and then from there what wound up happening was other artists started to read about me because there were full page articles with like half a page of a picture of me in billboard magazine, variety magazine, the LA weekly, I was on the cover of the USA Today music section just because I was paying my own way.

I didn’t have an agent. I didn’t have it. I was just like going for it myself, you know building it as my own business like I was employed for myself. And so it was making news. And other artists started to reach out and say oh my God, could you pitch my music also or oh my God. Can you teach me what you’re doing? And I wound up not knowing what to do. But I knew I had to do something and so I started teaching classes in my house. Then I started moving those classes to a local theater. And then I started an online course called six-figure songwriting to teach people how I made six figures in songwriting and that course wound up making two million dollars a year.

Steve: crazy

Cathy: and that was crazy. And then what was awesome is about 25% of the students every year in real time. We’re getting their songs on TV. So they became the ambassadors and that started to just fill the class. And then with this one woman Amy. She said to me your class is so motivating that it would be relatable to anyone with a dream not just musicians because you help people be resourceful you help people get out of their overthinking and you help people take action. You should start a podcast and I was like, I guess I could I was pregnant with my third daughter and I thought I’m Going to do that. So I start a podcast to help people go for their dreams thinking like I would have like 16 listeners. And this was January 2017. And so we just had our three-year anniversary and it’s just been amazing because we’re now at almost 15 million downloads.

I’ve gotten to interview people like Howard Schultz who created Starbucks and Barbara Corcoran and Mandy Moore and Jenna Fischer from the office and the list goes on and on and it’s been amazing to have these conversations with people who made a living at all different kinds of things. And then I wrote a book and that’s the whole story.

Steve: You’re very eloquent so I can completely understand why your podcast is doing well.

Cathy: Thank you.

Steve: Let’s so let’s talk a little bit about just the music industry. Like how does it work? I know there’s people out there listening that are really into music and they would love to make money with their music. So, can you just give us an idea like, I’m completely Green in this area too.

Cathy: Yeah. I mean the thing is with any industry. I think that when we’re all growing up we will reach for the highest branch that we can see and so let’s say you’re a kid and in your in your household and and the neighbors that you have on your block. Let’s say you’re a creative kid, but the your parents aren’t creative. Let’s say your dad’s an accountant. And your mom is a teacher not to say those are not a creative people, but they don’t have a creative job.

Steve: sure

Cathy: and let’s say the one creative person, you know is a neighbor who lives two doors down and he works. Let’s say in marketing he gets to work on print ads. You might think, Oh, I guess because i’m creative and I’m always told that I’m good at Art. My parents told me that like, I’ll be like Dave who lives two doors down. So I’ll go get a job in marketing at an ad Firm. Do you see what I’m saying? Like

Steve: yeah, yeah

Cathy: we will only reach for what we can see. So I think with musicians we don’t see lots of nuances. So what we see is either you’re famous. You’re Sheryl Crow your Taylor Swift or you’re nothing that’s not the way it works. What people don’t realize is that right now, especially in terms of music licensing, which is what I did it is the absolute most profitable thing a musician can do if you get in your car and you try to tour around the country and you try to find fans to come and see you at a club in Missouri at a club in St. Louis. I mean, you’re lucky if you get eight people, right and it’s expensive and you have to sleep on couches and pay for gas. So touring unless you’re famous touring is not the way and you’re not going to make tons of money from selling records because people don’t even buy records anymore from famous people.

They just buy the single they just buy, you know, there used to be a time with with music where in order to get that one single. That Cindy, Cindy Lauper had you had to buy the whole record.

Steve: Yeah Yes.

Cathy: So the margin was great because artists would Even thought I only have one great song on the record, they’ll spend the whole 12 bucks. But now no they’re just going to spend 99 Cents and then we have one song. So you’re not going to make money from records. You’re not gonna make money from touring. So it starts to it starts to feel really Bleak except for the fact that we have more content now than ever. There is streaming services. You’ve got Hulu you got Netflix. You’ve got HBO GO you’ve got all that cable channels. You’ve there’s so much video ever we go to when you go to put gas in your car. There’s a video now. So wherever you see video there’s Music needed. so that means that the opportunities are so ripe. It is the best time to be a musician the way I see it.

And so the opportunities are great. And the way that it works is that when you are a music supervisor, let’s say you’re working on a show like Grey’s Anatomy and you’ve got 22 Episodes in a season. You’re only going to have one budget to cover the entire season. So if somebody says your whole budget for this season for music is let’s say $200,000. Okay, but then the director tells you but in the Last scene of the last show of the Season we absolutely need this U2 song. Well that U2 song is probably going to eat up $75,000 of that budget for that one use. So now you’ve got $125,000 to play with and you might have six songs that you have to place in every single episode across the 22 seasons. Do you hear what I’m saying?

Steve: Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Cathy: So now let’s say you’ve got five grand a track you would prefer if your music supervisor to find an indie artist because you don’t have the money for a famous artist and you’re Looking to give people those opportunities because it makes the show cool to discover bands. So then you can be making $5,000 to give somebody use not ownership but use of your song. Now, Imagine if you did that once a week it adds up right? I have a friend who made a made a relationship with a music supervisor who worked on Days of Our Lives. They do a show every day. They need songs every day. She made a relationship the woman said give me a song for every day because they use many songs a day not just hers and they only pay on that thing I think they paid her 1,500 bucks a song. But you made fifteen hundred dollars a day for songs. Do you hear what I’m saying?

Steve: Yeah. Yeah

Cathy: in the ad world just so people are aware because in the ad world if your Tropicana if your Pepsi you don’t do an ad every day, you might you might do one big National spot every four months every six months. So you have a much bigger budget and you’re probably only going to use one song in an ad so they’re not going to pay you 5 gran. They’re going to pay you 60 Grand 70 grand because in the ad world to use somebody like Charlie Puth to use somebody like Lady Gaga would cost them a million bucks. So they’re happy to pay an indie artist 70 or 80 grand because it’s saving them a ton of money and if the if it’s an ad they’re not their goal is not trying to show somebody this famous artist song.

Their goal is selling a product. So as long as the music fits they’re going to pay you so I made so much money doing ads I would do like six ads a year and then I would do a bunch of TV stuff and it was easily three four hundred grand every single year.

Steve: So the question is how do you actually get these gigs? Because presumably there’s thousands and thousands of musicians competing against you right?

Cathy: That’s right, except that there’s thousand thousands of people everywhere who want to do what they want to do, but they don’t do a lot about it. So of the pool of thousands of people you’re going to have like just one percent of those people who are actually going to show up and commit to doing it. Most people we get so hard on ourselves we get so easily defeated we don’t get into action. So there’s two things. Number one, you’ve got to write the right songs, which means you got to write your way through crappy songs. You can’t write three songs and be told they’re not good enough and give up.

Ed Sheeran was who’s a great songwriter was talking about this and he said have you ever gone to a cabin in Vermont? You haven’t been there in four months and you turn on the faucet and it starts to run like like brown sludgy water and your friends I go. I guess we have to go eat pizza in town and you’re like, no we can eat here. We can the wat just give it a second and 14 seconds later the waters running clear and Ed Sheeran said I had to write My way through the brown sludgy water to get to the really good songs. Like we have to A, write those songs. And and in order to do that. What I teach in my programs is in this would go for any business is you have to know the difference between a hobby and a business. A business means I’m serving Someone else, someone else is going to pay me for it a hobby means I don’t care what anyone else thinks.

So what I did is I approached it. Like I’m going to reach out to these music supervisors and instead of saying here listen to my record. Listen to my record. Like I’m throwing spaghetti at the wall and forcing something on them. I’m going to say what story are you telling, What story do you need to tell and they’re going to write back and feel so refreshed by it. They’re gonna say I’m so glad you asked we don’t need breakup songs. We don’t need love songs right now. That’s what every artist is sending me. I don’t need that. I need a song about sisters. I need a song about overcoming the odds. I need a song about female empowerment whatever they’re working on then you say I’ll be right back and you go to the studio and you use it as inspiration, you write something and you find a way to be authentic and tell that story.

That’s what great artists do if you listen to Randy Newman, right? He wrote all the music to Toy Story and everything else. He can find a way to sit with a director and say what do you need and then he can use his magic to make it sound like him and at the same time help tell the bigger story. That’s not just his story but it’s a story that the movies telling so that was my one approach and then the second approach is get a

Steve: How do you get a hold of the music supervisor in the first place is that information readily available?

Cathy: The email addresses are everywhere, but the In is how do you break through and get your email read and this is another thing that I teach in every program I do because most people go right to the pitch. Hi. My name is Cathy. Let me send you a 14 paragraph email telling you everything about myself and why you should listen to my music. It doesn’t work. They have no reason to want to just sit there waiting for someone to like give them homework and then give you an opportunity. You have to make it about them. You have to make people feel seen. That’s what people crave so I would send these really short and sweet emails and I would say I would I would tell I would ask a really simple question and I would make it something that felt personable and I wouldn’t just send my music I would ask them something I would make a connection with them as a human and then and then I

You know, what I decided to do about six or seven months into this process I up the ante and I remember early on I made this cute little PDF it said mochas and music. I put a picture of myself playing guitar then a picture of a Plus sign and then a picture of a Starbucks latte and I put Step 1 tell me your favorite Starbucks drink step two tell me what date and time to drop it off to you and step 3. I’ll come to your office and leave you some music and some caffeine. And I remember sending that messy Scrappy PDF and I put it in an email and I sent it to like 65 or so people and 20 people are so didn’t respond and then another 20 said no, thanks or don’t send me stuff like this and then there was about 28 people who said sure and I wound up going to 28 offices and bringing lattes.

And a year later billboard wrote an article and said Cathy Heller license her song to 28 shows and it was every single one of those people because what has to happen before we go to the sale is there’s got to be trust and intimacy that’s built.

Steve: sure

Cathy: because then they will actually listen to your music. And so what wound up feeling like a scary thing that I could have just been overthinking and not doing I sent that PDF and I got me in the door and what I try to tell people with any business is you don’t need a 500 thousand clients. You could have six clients in your professional organizing business and you could quit your job. You could have 20 delis that sell the homemade granola that you make and you sell it to this few delis and you could be in business. So I wound up those those became my core clients a few of them want to introducing me to a couple other people. I then had maybe 10 other clients in the ad world. And that was it. I would then just keep up with those people and check in with them and make personal relationships with them and I would fly. Out I flew to Minnesota to meet with those ad agencies.

I flew to New York City. I wanted to join in so that the relationship became more and more intimate and it worked, I put in the time I was unrelenting but that’s what I’m saying. Most people don’t do any of those steps. What they do is they they wait tables and they tell you what they want to do and why they’re not doing it and then you’re really not competing against them you’re competing against the for people who say I really want this. I’m going to make it about the other person. I’m willing to listen To what songs they need because I want to have a career. It is a business. I’m going to get out of my own way, but my ego aside and write the music that they need that I also love and you know what those songs are songs. I feel so proud of.

Their not Jingles, their beautiful songs that help tell stories the way that Christina Perri wrote A Thousand Years for Twilight. It’s a beautiful song. Ingrid Michaelson, Snow Patrol, Regina Spektor, there’s great artists who sit and talk to the director and they get to be sent the scene of the show and they say, can you write a song for this scene? Why would you not want to do that? It makes it easier to write you have an Inspiration Point. I loved doing that and I’ve used all of those same tactics now to build a seven-figure business doing the other things that I now do because they’re all the same points. I think that that girl Amy was right. She was like help other people started business and I was like, I will.

Steve: It sounds like to just kind of summarize everything that you just said, you have to get the attention somehow by doing something different than other people, I’m doing and then after that it sounds like it’s all about the relationship

Cathy: a hundred percent. It’s about the relationship. and I think that we build businesses backwards. For those of you who want to do anything music, pottery, painting, you open a yoga studio. What most people do is we go off in our laboratory by ourselves and we think oh my God, I have to come up with something brilliant. And then I’m going to spend all this time developing this app or all this time making a line of 20 different kinds of embroider t-shirts and we spent all this time building something on our own we put it out in the world and no one comes, no one cares and we go see forget it. I failed. No, a business. You got to take someone’s order. You have to make it for them. If it’s going to be successful. It has to have radical, radical empathy at the core because business is about now.

No, it’s not just about you. Someone’s going to give you their hard-earned money, which means they’re letting you know that they value this thing. So instead of putting the pressure on yourself and going off in the corner and spending all this time overthinking it telling yourself, You’re not good enough and Trying so hard to build something someone wants because you’re guessing, do what every other successful business does, what Coca-Cola does, what Mac does I Apple every single company they would have focus groups. They would reach out to the person who they think is their demographic and ask them. What color do you like? What flavor do you like? When do you use it? What do you need? What’s the pain Point? How can I solve the problem? That is what I wound up doing in the music world.

I then did that with my podcast? That’s why I became successful because I kept asking my audience. What’s your pain Point? What shows do you want to hear how can I involve you? Oh, they wanted to hear themselves on the show. So I started to interview listeners, read their letters. It’s not hard when we make it about them. So I think in any business it is about the relationship because business is the ultimate relationship and if there is empathy and if there’s understanding you are built to serve and if you’re serving your serving because you heard the other person you’re not blind just sort of shooting, you know darts in the air it won’t work.

Steve: So before we kind of move onto the kind of like the fundamentals of business. I was just kind of curious like when you’re going in for the music licensing, how do you know how much to charge?

Cathy: Oh, that’s a great question. And I love talking about pricing for any business because I just get it and I love that. I now get it because there was a time when I didn’t. But as far as any business including the music business, there’s a market there’s already a market and when you do a baby bit of research, whether you’re going into the Cosmetics industry, you’re going to make handbags, watches. There’s already a market there’s a low end and high end and so I believe when you’re starting out you should start out start out low to middle and try to then eventually the get yourself to the high end of that market. So I would always try to see the forest for the trees. So when it came to that when music supervisors would say we love this song we want to use it. What do you want for it? I would say what’s your budget and they would usually say whatever it is five grand, eight grand now, they don’t make commission.

So it’s not like they’re trying to save some room for themself on the car to give them self a kickback it they’re employed. There’s a corporate job. They work at Netflix. They work at CBS. So I trust them so usually I would say let’s say they wrote back. And said, you know we have 25 grand for this McDonald’s spot. So then I would write back and say great. I would really appreciate it if there’s any wiggle room if you could go up to like 30, but if not, I want to work with you. I want to do this and they would always sometimes they would say yeah, we’ll give you three grand more or sometimes they would say no that’s really all we have. And I would say let’s go and I never never never turned down a license.

There was a movie called Southpaw with Jake Gyllenhaal and Eminem was doing a lot of music for it and I got a call from the guy doing the music supervision, and he said we have one Scene where Jake Gyllenhaal goes to visit his daughter and we need a song like yours, something really feel good. Can you write something like that? I said, yeah, he said but we we’ve used all this money on Eminem. We only have a few grand. Would you be willing to do it and I said, a hundred percent, a hundred percent. Well the music supervisor for that that movie wound up going on to do other things including this Haynes commercial and he used my track and when I was featured in, I believe it was variety magazine. The Reporter asked me you know, can I reach out to anyone for quotes and I gave him a bunch of names and it was that music supervisor.

He’s now John Houlihan. I think he’s now head of Music at Fox. He’s moved around a little bit and then the quote he said was I will always work with Cathy because she was such a generous artist. She was not going to get in the way of a project. She saved the relationship rather than trying to make more money on something. So

Steve: so it sounds like the Lessons Learned there are always let the other person respond with the offer first.

Cathy: Oh, A hundred percent

Steve: so you don’t actually a little ball yourself. Yeah, and then two, just say yes.

Cathy: Yeah. And what’s also awesome with pricing is that when people tell me I can’t leave my job. I can’t leave my job. I say because there’s already a market for whatever you want to do. If you can just look at what it would then pay you, you can figure out how many hours of that thing. You have to sell or how if it’s a service or how many things itself you’d have to sell and then you can figure out. Oh, I would just need 50 customers to buy this thing and I could leave my job and it starts to make it so much more tangible than sort of like pie in the sky and oh, I’ll never be able to do it.

Steve: So Cathy, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about your book. Don’t keep your day job, as I mentioned before I finish the book last week and it really resonated with me because it’s basically the story of my life.

Cathy: Wow

Steve: as an Asian. I was predestined to be either lawyer, doctor or engineer I chose engineer

Cathy: yes

Steve: I actually really like my job though. But when you when did you realize that you didn’t have to follow the preordained path like, were your parents supportive of you go in the music industry?

Cathy: my parents were not really, no one was really home. If you know what I mean.

Steve: Okay

Cathy: my parents were so in their own crap with their divorce with their pain. My dad was on his third marriage. My mom was not emotionally stable. So I was really clinging to any anything for myself. I was kind of fending for myself. In fact, if anything my mom told me I was crazy when I came out to LA. I think it was really threatening to her because she was the star of her High School theater Program. She won like the senior superlative in the yearbook most likely to be on stage, you know to be a star that kind of thing and she never pursued it and she was unfulfilled and unhappy about that my whole life, she felt like she gave up her dreams to get married and be a mom and she sacrificed and she was so she felt like such a sadness and from that I learned something really important, which is that the opposite of depression. It’s not happiness, its purpose.

I think that we need to feel like we’re contributing and we’re living on our terms and she didn’t so if anything I think there was either no comment or it was sort of like you’re crazy. You know, it’s not going to happen. You should give it up. Yeah.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

So let’s say I’m a listener of this episode and I’m in a dead-end job or a job that I just don’t like, what advice would you give them from as a starting point?

Cathy: Well, the very first thing that I realized having talking to my listeners so much is that most people there’s a, there’s a whisper inside of you that knows that you’re not happy. But sometimes you don’t have Clarity on what you want to do because for a very very long time you stopped asking the question, what do I want to do? Because you’re trying to, as kids we grow up trying to get the love and approval of our Parents and so we stay within the lines and we don’t want to get hurt and and and Beyond just trying to get the approval of our parents often times. We’ve all been through so much heartache. There’s been there’s been death. There’s been a divorce. There’s been a loss there’s been rejection. And so we tell ourselves, you know what I’m not going to dream so much because if I dream if I open my art heart I’ll probably get hurt so we cut ourselves off from even knowing what we want.

And so the first step is we have to sort of come back home to our self. We have to spend some time giving ourselves the space to feel and to dream maybe make a list of like five lives that you’d love to live. If you didn’t have to worry about the Practical part just to start to awaken yourself, to what’s really in there. Maybe write a letter to yourself at 7 years old, you know and see that little kid with the funny haircut with the red shoes. And what do you have to say to that kid, you know, or maybe write a letter to yourself from your seven-year-old self. Like what do they want? What did they really want to do? There’s a whisper in there. There’s a if something Brings you Joy. There’s probably a clue that that thing might be something you want to do more of and then maybe there’s a way to find how you can provide a need for someone.

You know, we’ve had people on our show, this guy Greg Franklin was living in Missouri. He was miserable. He was working at a dog food factory. He started listening to the podcast. He was like, I don’t even feel anything anymore. I’m like numb. I hate my life, you know, and he started a one-day explore and Facebook sent him a recipe for cheesecakes and he made a cheese Cake and it was terrible and the next day he made another cheesecake and then Facebook kept seeing that he likes cheesecakes and they kept sending him recipes and one day he made three and it was not bad. So he brought two because his family needed one. He brought the extra two to the fire station and the local fire department was like, thanks and this is in Missouri in a small town and they liked it and they called him a week later and said did you drop off those cheesecakes last week?

And he said yeah, they said they were delicious. Can you bring back 12 because one of our Chiefs is going to have a birthday and he really liked it. He I don’t know how to do that, but I’ll do it and it started to build and he started to sell cheesecakes in his small town until finally, He actually got fired from his Factory job. There was an accident on the machine and he got fired and he posted in our don’t keep your day job Facebook group on that day you guys I just got fired and then he wrote and I googled it because my wife said you won’t believe this, it’s National cheesecake day. He got fired on National Cheese Cake Day. I didn’t even I didn’t know there was a thing

Steve: Me neither

Cathy: so she said that’s a sign. you had to open up your own cheese cake shop and he did and he said if I can make enough money to pay the rent, I’ll keep it open for three months and we’ll see and on the very first day they opened the line was around the block because people were so curious about a cheese cake shop because it’s so unique and he made three times the rent in the first day and now other listeners of my show have driven hours to see him, you know, we had this guy who owns a chain of grocery stores in the Midwest, call him he heard him about him on my show and he started carrying his cheesecake. It Is just amazing what happens when you take those messy steps and just explore so I would say first you got to explore stuff. Take yourself to a museum, write about it when you get home.

Take yourself off to a play, Feel. What does it feel like is any ideas come to you then if you already kind of know what you want to do. Is there anyone you know, or do you have a friend who knows someone who does that? You have a friend who knows someone who’s a travel writer because you want to do that. Could you take a class? Could you go take your foot, your camera and take some pictures and there’s so many ways to start to experiment. And then if you’re like no, I really do want to do this. Okay, so we now have to validate that idea. We have to gather a few people in your life who might be the right person who you’d be selling those cake pops to and we got to ask them some questions, you know, you get a few moms after a car line.

And you say I have a feeling of the three of you were the kind of people who would buy these for birthday parties because you make the cutest parties for your kids. Can you come over and can I give you a taste test and can you give me feedback on what you like what you don’t like what you pay for them? And then you start to get First client.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

I would just want to add that you probably don’t want to ask your friends because they’re, often times, they’ll give you feedback to not upset you.

Cathy: That’s true.

Steve: So I actually prefer using the exact method that you described except going through, no total strangers and there are Services out there also that will

Cathy: how do you do that Steve? How do you find totals? I like that

Steve: Yes, so there’s services so so for example, so I sell online, e-commerce and so oftentimes what I will do is I will post like a complete description or even like Landing page for a product and then I will send, there’s a service called pickFu and basically it uses Amazon Turk. I’m not sure if you’re familiar with that.

Cathy: No

Steve: but Amazon Turk is there’s all these people they get paid to take surveys or give their opinion and So within 10 minutes you can get and you can do some demographic targeting too. So you can say I only want women over the age of 35 who like shopping on Amazon or different demographics and within 15 minutes, you’ll get feedback and often times, these people will write paragraphs.

Cathy: Amazing.

Steve: you know about whatever you’re posting, you can ask about anything. One thing that I have my students do is I have them just post their e-commerce store when they’re ready to launch on pickFu and with the simple question. Hey, would you shop at this store? Would you trust this store? Does it come across as like someone who doesn’t know what they’re doing? and you’re often astounded by the results. So you might think something is really good. But from the eyes of someone completely neutral, they might have a completely different opinion.

Cathy: That’s amazing so smart. I love that. Thank you for sharing that. So good.

Steve: So I’ve been running this podcast for quite a while also, and I guess one reservation that my listeners have is how do I know? I can make some money with this like that’s their primary worry like, everyone knows what they like to do. The question is how you can monetize it?

Cathy: Well the very first thing that has to happen is you have to try to sell it right?

Steve: Right.

Cathy: But before you go to the sale I try to teach people like you should never never never never never sell because what you need to do is realize and we told the story in my music Journey, but for every seven deposits you make with a person you can take a withdrawal, there needs to be an emotional bank account the relationship matters so much. So in order for people to buy from you there has to be an intimacy there has to be a trust. They have to know that you, you make the thing that they need when talked to Seth Godin. He was just on my show for the second time. I said Seth what is marketing he said marketing is communication. Marketing just means I effectively communicated what I do to the person who needs it. That’s it. So that needs to happen as a Runway on and on and on long before you invite them to buy the thing.

Now once you created that trust then all you’re saying when you have the quote unquote sale is Hi person, who I’ve been showing up for who I now know the thing that I know you need it’s here if you want it, that’s it. So in order for that to happen, What is the thing that you’re creating? Let’s say you want to be a professional organizer and you’re like, I don’t know if I can make money at it. Okay. Can you find a few people who might want that and can you offer to give them an hour of your time for free? three people you’re going to come over and say I’ll clean. Let’s see your closet today. Let’s do your bathroom today. Can you get a testimonial? Can you ask them some questions that they like it? Would they want more? Now, They might be like I got a taste of it and it was great. What do you charge?

Well, I do a package 5 hours is $350. Okay, great. If they say yes, you can sell it. Do you see what I’m saying? Like those two things have to happen. Don’t try to sell something before you give someone an experience of it, you know, when you go to the mall and go to the food court they try to get you to The sesame chicken it’s smart, because you take one bite of it and you’re like I’m going to eat it now. If you go to buy a car, you test drive it first. So we forget that we set ourselves up to fail because we go I’m afraid of selling. Yeah, of course, you feel icky selling you’re going on to either your Instagram or you’re sending an email or you’re walking up to a stranger saying I got to prove myself to you and try to sell you on something that I don’t know if you need or want it but I’m going to try to convince you that doesn’t work. That’s why you feel icky about it.

Steve: A lot of people are actually afraid of doing that legwork that you’re talking about. So what I try to tell people is create deposits using your terminology in the form of content.

Cathy: Yes, totally.

Steve: Is that is that something that you talked too with your readers as well?

Cathy: Yes. I mean I my content right now, which is my podcast what I love about it is I have complete control over creating it. No one has to tap me on the shoulder and say you’re allowed to do it. It’s like I can go make a podcast any day. I want I can go ahead and post on it. To grab every day if I want to and I do and I write my own post and I post things on IG, IG stories like all of that. We have complete freedom to do and when we do that we are making trust we’re building intimacy and the more that you do it from a place of being vulnerable the more that you do it from a place of inviting people into something that’s not just about the product or the service but there’s you all over it.

You’re going to find people who say well, of course I could get this same product from Fifteen other places but I like her, so you have to figure out what is it about you that you can start bringing into the content and people, people’s problem is they don’t find themselves interesting so they don’t think anyone else will. but but you are interesting and also people feel like who am I to make content? I have nothing exceptional to say. When Adam Grant was on my show, He said you don’t have to say something new, if you say something true and it is it’s a fact when you’re scrolling through Instagram, let’s say you’re having a hard time in your marriage. You can never see enough post that tell you that it’s normal and it’s okay to fight.

If you’re feeling low about yourself. You could never see enough post that tell you your enough. It’s okay. You got this. Everyone’s broken don’t compare yourself to people online that you can never hear that enough, right? if whatever it is, if you love scrapbooking and someone’s making a piece of content about how they’re doing hand lettering if you love that stuff, you can never see enough of it. So you gotta show up and creating content is one of the best ways to make deposits. Absolutely.

Steve: when you created that course for the first time in years. You sold what 500,000 that first-year? How did you get those people?

Cathy: Same thing we just talked about that’s why I love teaching business. The first thing I did is I realize I cannot just sell people on a course. First of all, I didn’t have an email list because I wasn’t in that business. I was in a B2B business selling music to Netflix and Lionsgate all that stuff, had no email is had no podcast had zero Instagram nothing. So I was like, I can’t just show up online and sell a course. It’s not going to work and even though I had been teaching in my living room and in these local theaters, that was a list of like maybe 200 people who I had met take these classes who live locally who had already taken it. So that was not going to be my audience. So I said the first thing I need to do is go online and create something for free. And so I made a free cheat sheet of like the 10 things that I learned that people need to know if they want to license their music.

And when I made the ad instead of saying you can get rich and make six figures I leaned into vulnerability. I remember making an ad where I said, you know a few years ago. I was depressed. I pulled over on the side of the road. I got dropped. From a label. I started to get a real job. I hated it and I wound up finding my way into licensing music and it’s completely changed my life. And these are the 10 things that I needed to know and I want to give it to you for free. So we had about a thousand I think it was 1012 people downloaded that freebie and then

Steve: This is all on Facebook ads or?

Cathy: Facebook ad.

Steve: Okay

Cathy: I think I spent $100 on it. I didn’t know what I was doing. I think my audience was way too broad. I don’t know how to make it specific. You know. I still don’t buy the way I hire someone to do that. It’s so complicated but in any case I was fine. I got a thousand people and then I sent an email to those thousand people and I said I’m going to do a free masterclass and I decided that the free masterclass would not be this slick like perfectly curated webinar that I would actually show up and just teach everything I knew with no slides and be sincere because I believe that the sincerity would be the most important part because there’s so many webinars. There’s too much hype.

And so I went on and I was pregnant with my third daughter at that time and I was just me and I just spoke right to the camera and I taught them every single thing. I could possibly fit into that hour. And at the end I said, I’m going to teach a class if you want to join me and the very first time I launched it, it was only $9.97 and I think my very first launched we had a hundred and forty seven people sign up. So I made a hundred and forty seven Grand then a few months later. I launched

Steve: This is from the list of a thousand people?

Cathy: Yeah.

Steve: That’s an amazing conversion rate.

Cathy: Yeah. I didn’t even know that it was at the time. I was like, oh my I guess I thought everyone would sign up. I didn’t even I didn’t know anything about anything but I wound up getting better and better at the class. I wound up getting testimonials. I wound up feeling my way through it, you know, I added value to the class. And then eventually I raise the price the class to $1997 at first. It was a year for $997. Then it became $1997 for six months.

Steve: Did people balk at $1997?

Cathy: No. No, they didn’t in fact, we had our biggest launch when I when I find out that price, you know, it’s also at least stepping into your own confidence about what you’re selling. And at that point I was like you need this this doesn’t exist anywhere else because it’s not an online course where you watch videos I show up every week. I listen to your music. I give you feedback then every single month. I would bring in the music supervisors who I knew and they would listen to the music and that is completely

Steve: that sounds like a tremendous value. It’s almost too cheap. I would say even at $2,000

Cathy: Yeah because you can’t get that anywhere else.

Steve: Yeah, you can’t. Nice.

Cathy: Yeah. It’s and then it yeah, then that’s when I started making 2 million a year because It was 2 Grand and we would launch it twice a year and it was just like so easy to get to that number.

Steve: Yeah, do any of your clients ever have this bike mental barrier that it’s selling out like they want to become the next Beyoncé or the next Taylor Swift. Is writing music, you know commercially would they would that be considered selling out in the minds of certain musicians?

Cathy: a hundred percent and and I’m I want to just give a shout out to Jeff Goins because we were talking about it before we hit record because he’s a mutual friend of ours and I had him on my show and he wrote an amazing book called Real Artists Don’t Starve and one needs to hear this point because yes, this comes up and it is such a lie, and it is such a limiting belief and I’ll tell you what, I mean. In Jeff’s book in the first chapter. He talks about Michelangelo and he talks about how Michelangelo was revered and still is as one of the absolute greatest artists of all time. If you go to the Vatican and you look up at the ceiling, you can’t even talk you have to whisper because it’s so beautiful and what Jeff says is that he was commissioned to do every piece of work he’s ever done. He was told exactly We went to paint he was a told exactly what to make and what and what to use.

And what what to do whether it was the David sculpture or whether it was the paints that you know, he was going to use and they told them we need you to make the biblical scenes and use the ceiling and use these paints. Does it make it any less beautiful? No, Jeff’s point is that for years the initial artist who set the bar for what it means to be an artist like Mozart. Mozart was commissioned to write these Symphonies. That is the way artists. I worked forever, John Williams He know he does the composing for all the Steven Spielberg movies is he less than because he writes that music? No. What are we talking about? We’re talking about people who started to see artists starving like in the last, you know Century like in the La Boheme rent era people living in Alphabet City and we started to make it a beautiful thing to be starving and so somehow if you’re starving you’re a real artist, that’s not true.

That is not true. It’s still the case that in today’s landscape. If you look at the people who are making the most money, they’re either in the real estate business or they are artists. They are people like Jerry Seinfeld. They are people like Taylor Swift and those people and I can tell you because I worked at her I’ve not worked I had a record deal, every conversation is about. Okay. What is the audience going to want what single should we put out they are doing tons of testing they are doing tons of work to figure out how to basically make you a brand. You become like Mickey Mouse. They’re like, oh Okay, you’re going to wear Elton John you’re gonna wear this clothes and this costume in you’re going to have this kind of gimmick. You become a character

Steve: So it’s a lot more deliberate than it looks

Cathy: Yeah and it needs to be

Steve: That’s basically what you’re saying, yeah

Cathy: Yeah because Pete we need to care about the person. How is it selling out if we’re asking ourselves the question what do people want? That’s the opposite of selling out. That’s calle, I’m using my gift to now do something that’s not just for me

Steve: right

Cathy: It’s going to speak to the hearts of, when you go to a Paul Simon concert and he plays you all his new music your kind of like waiting for One song that you know, we need that that’s should be what people care about they should say no, I’m gonna play you can call me out because I know you’re going to get up and dance because it’s our song. It’s not just my song. Now, That’s our song. That’s what artists do they lift us up. So, yes people do get in their own way and think that they’re selling out they do that in business to like, I will absolutely I’ll tell you one quick story. We had this guy on my show named Brian Janoski. He’s a Potter and when he started out he wanted to be an artiste he wanted to make Avant guard sculpture and he was starving. He was starving, starving and it was awful.

and once in a while his work would get praised and put in some art journal and he was proud of it, but he was starving and one day this woman asked him if he could make these like pastel ice cream bowls for her and she would pay him and he was like, well, I need money I’m starving. So he made her these pastel ice cream bowls and he wanted getting a call from a friend of her saying I love those. Can you make some more then he gets a call from a little Boutique saying, oh we have women coming in and somebody mentioned. I want unless all photo. Can I sell? My shop next thing he knows Urban Outfitters is buying thousands of those bowls from him and he realized you know what I put up such a fight and I’m so happily sitting at a potter’s wheel now every day making these pastel ice cream bowls and I’m making hundreds of thousands of dollars and I like it.

I like the like something I made it’s actually a better feeling to make something someone likes than to make something three people like who needs to be starving. So now he’s got a Huge Factory, he works in Philadelphia. He’s employing hundreds of people. He’s sold all over the world thousands and thousands of orders every single week and on the side once in a while. He makes something that only him and two snotty art people like, but otherwise he makes now all kinds of things he makes all kind of

Steve: You know what’s funny is one of the first students whoever took my e-commerce course was a Potter and he started out with that same attitude. And now he can’t keep his Pottery on the Shelf. I actually just had them on the podcast too, but it’s Same story. It sounds like we have very similar audiences actually.

Cathy: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: So we’ve been chatting for quite a while. I wanted to give you the opportunity to talk about your new book. Don’t Keep Your Day Job. Where can people find it. What is it about?

Cathy: Yeah.

Steve: What was the inspiration for the book?

Cathy: The inspiration for the book is that it literally hurts me to see people who like their lights are turned off because like they’re not they don’t feel juice every day when they go to work and I believe that if you were born and put on the planet you’ve been assigned to do. I believe that God doesn’t make extras. I believe that every person needs to be feeling that that feeling that they’re doing something that they’re living life on their terms. I know that the number one regret of the dying is that people feel like they didn’t live their life and they sat it out and it hurts. And so this book is to awaken you to the idea that you are absolutely needed that you are enough that it is possible.

It walks you through some ways of starting your business some ways of actually tangibly like some some Tactical things that you can do. Also on my website CathyHeller.com. There’s a quiz you can take to help you figure out which career path might be best for you. And yeah, I think by the end of reading the book you will feel like a shot of adrenaline. Like I can do this there’s room for me and you can start to take some steps at the end of every chapter. There’s some like takeaways and some some questions you can ask yourself so that you can actually move through the book and I would I would suggest maybe read it with a friend create a book club so that you guys can keep each other accountable and support each other and brainstorm with each other as you’re reading it because some really cool things are probably sitting in there.

Steve: And if you enjoyed this particular podcast interview, the book actually reads exactly like how Cathy talks. Haha

Cathy: Haha that’s true.

Steve: Cathy, Thanks a lot for coming on the show. I really appreciate it

Cathy: I love talking to you. You’re so good at what you do.

Steve: right. Thank you so much. Take care.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, the effect of coronavirus on ecommerce can only be a good thing and if you look at the stats on Klaviyo website, you’ll see that practically every ecommerce category is sky rocketing. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode301.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

294: Grant Baldwin On How To Scale A Niche Business By 3X

294: Grant Baldwin On How To Scale A Niche Business By 3X

Today, I’m happy to have my buddy Grant Baldwin back on the show. Grant runs The Speaker Lab which is a business that teaches others how to get paid and booked to speak.

He also has a brand new book out called The Successful Speaker which I highly recommended. Over the past few years, he’s tripled his business using a combination of automated webinars, Facebook ads and email marketing and we’re going to dissect his strategies.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to increase attendance for a webinar
  • What tools Grant uses to manage his sales
  • The conversion rates of live vs auto webinars
  • The primary way Grant has scaled his business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the my wife quit her job podcast. The place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my buddy Grant Baldwin on the show. Now, Grant is someone who took a very specific Niche and turn it into a seven-figure business. Not only that but he was partially responsible for increasing my top-line by millions of dollars over the years.

But before I begin I want to give a quick shout-out Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce cart abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show. Always blessed to have as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over thirty percent of my revenues. Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who shopped in your store in exactly what they bought so let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who’s purchased a Red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full Revenue tracking on every single email sent. Now Klaviyo is most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Once again, That’s my mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I’m happy to have my buddy Grant Baldwin back on the show. Now, Grant is someone who I’ve known for a long time now and he was partially responsible for introducing me to webinars, which is a strategy that I’ve used over the years to make millions of dollars. But if you ask Grant, he’ll take full credit for everything that I’ve ever done successfully. Anyway, Grant runs speaker lab, which is a business that teaches others how to get paid in book to speak and he also has a brand new book coming out soon called the successful speaker. And over the past few years. He’s tripled his business using a combination of automated webinars Facebook ads and email marketing. And today we are going to dissect how he’s grown has business so quickly and with that welcome show Grant. How you doing today, man?

Grant: I’m doing awesome. It’s always good to hang out with you my friend. Yeah and partially responsible. I don’t know man. Like I’m just kidding. I showed you the path you executed very well and the all the results are yours.

Steve: all that stuff. It’s evolved over the years. So I’m really curious to see you know, what changes you’ve made but for then it’s been three years since you’ve been on this show. And first question for you is, do you do any work? Because when I follow you on Instagram, it seems like you are perpetually on vacation my friend.

Grant: We like to travel we, I’d say this I’ll give you the joking answer and the serious answer. The joking answer is we do like to travel and we learn a lot on Facebook ads which leads to a lot of chase points which leads to a lot of free travel. So that has been very nice. The serious answer would also be like we have been very I say we meaning my Wife and I and our family have been very intentional to make sure that the business supports our life and not the other way around and so I think that I think you’re probably very similar in that. We enjoy work. I enjoy being an entrepreneur. I enjoy what it is that we do. Enjoy our team enjoy the students that we work with and the people that we get to help but like make no mistake like this is I still want to have a lot of freedom and flexibility and autonomy.

And so I tell our team all the time like I want to keep growing and building and doing what we’re doing as long as we get to still play by these rules. And once we can no longer play by those rules, like it’s no longer interesting to me. So for example, I live outside Nashville and Dave Ramsey just built a huge new headquarters here that was open up recently. And so it’s for five minutes away from it and passed by it regularly. And is this huge huge multi multi multi million dollar complex and neighbor of mine is a VP over there and give me a tour of the place. It’s a cool place, but I’m looking at it going like I don’t want that like I want to work from home and I like having again the freedom and flexibility to spend a lot of With the family and spend a lot of time traveling. And you know making memories and doing that sort of thing.

Versus like a traditional nine-to-five work from an office just because that’s what you know, a lot of people do so, it’s part of the fun part of the joy of Entrepreneurship is like you get to define the rules you get to the side like what makes sense for you. And so what works for someone else may not work for you. And so you just have to decide what what is it you’re trying to do what you’re trying to accomplish.

Steve: Absolutely my friend. We definitely do have the same philosophies. Give the audience a quick recap and remind them what you do and how you make money.

Grant: Yes. So for several years, I was a full-time speaker travel the country primarily the US speaking at a lot of, on education space a lot of with colleges a lot of high school stuff and then a lot with entrepreneurs and business owners, corporations, associations. And then sort of having a lot of people ask me like, hey, I want to be a speaker. How do you do that? And so then a few years ago, we started doing more teaching and training along those lines of teaching people the ins and outs of the speaking world. And how do you find a book gigs. And so that’s the core of what we do today. We have basically two Variations of a summer program where we’re teaching kind of some systems and structures of how to find a book gigs and the speaking industry whether you want to take a couple times a year or you want to speak, you know, full time.

We walk through how to do that. So one is more of a kind of a self-study program that we offer via automated and live webinars. And then the other is a kind of a group and one-on-one coaching program with myself and other coaches and that’s sold over the phone. So we have a team of enrollment advisors and they do calls on a daily basis and invite people to join that program. So so both programs ultimately teach a lot of the same material and content but once more of a kind of a DIY and ones were kind of on a in the trenches with you and also do several of the pieces for you some done for you stuff.

Steve: I’m always amazed at your success because I remember when I first met you I didn’t think that your Niche was that large actually to be quite frank, but you’ve turned this thing into a seven-figure business and I’m continually amazed.

Grant: Yeah. I mean, I’ve, I would say this, like there’s no shortage of people who are interested in speaking like speaking is one of those aspirational things that has been around for a long time it will be around for a long time. So that’s one of things. I think there’s a lot of longevity and stability and what it is that we do. So if we were teaching, you know Pinterest marketing there’s nothing wrong with Pinterest marketing, but I don’t know it’s interesting to be around in ten years is Pinterest marketing still going to be a viable strategy in 10 years. So, you know, who knows but speaking public speaking professional speaking is one of the things that has been around and we’ll be around and it’s kind of like equate it to like the number of people who want to write a book like it’s just a high amount of people that want to write a book and there’s a lot People who are interested in speaking. And speaking can also be very I don’t think device of is the right word but polarizing I guess where some people like, I love to be a speaker.

I love to sing on stage like that. Give me the mic that sounds amazing and other people like I know my wife, for example, she’s like just horrified at the idea of having to stand up in front of a group of people and it’s not that you know one’s better or worse than the other it’s just again if there’s a lot of people who are interested in speaking but just don’t know what to do. So I know for myself earlier, when I first got started a line that we use a lot is I felt like I had the potential but I needed the plan I had the potential but I need the plan. I like speaking. I knew I was an okay speaker. I want to do more speaking. No clue what to do from there. How do you find gigs? How much do you charge? who hires speakers? Like, how does this mysterious black box work? And so we found that there’s a lot of people who are in the same spot who is where I was where they have the potential passion about speaking. They love speaking they want to share their message, but just I don’t understand. How do I find gigs?

You know, there’s a lot of people who teach and speak about more of the art and craft side of speaking and we do cover some of that about how do Create deliver great talk and how do you stand on stage and deliver and how do you deal with nerves and all that stuff. And we do cover some of that stuff. But like if you’re a phenomenal speaker and like nobody knows you exist like you’re at a business and this is you know, not exclusive to just speaking with anything. I you can have an amazing product but there’s also the side of the business where you have to let people know what it is that you do. And so that’s that’s the core of what we try to teach.

Steve: so it’s been three years since you came on and you mentioned earlier that you tripled your business. Where did all that growth come from?

Grant: Yeah. So a big thing I would say would be doing the the high-ticket group coaching program that definitely move the needle for us because we had a lot of people who are asking like we had the the self study program which is $1,000 course that we’ve sold through again automated and live webinars. That’s always done fairly well for us. Facebook ads still work well for leading to that or email this is a good-sized now over a hundred thousand people and so the combination of those things has worked well provide a kind of a good base, but then doing the high ticket program definitely move the needle because we A lot of people who are saying Grant I want to do, you know group coaching or one-on-one coaching. I personally don’t want to do any one-on-one coaching. And so we are trying to think through what that model looks like. I also have been very intentional about not wanting to build a business based on me.

I tell our team all the time like this is not the grant show. I know that like, I recognize like on the face, my name is on the cover of the book. I do the podcast I do the webinars that sort of thing, but I don’t want people signing up for our programs thinking like they’re gonna get a ton of access to Me because that’s just this typically not the case. Like I’m sure they work with students and help students. But this is not like a one on one program with Grant and so a huge huge win for us as when people join our programs and they say, oh I worked with Eric. I worked with Rick or I work with, you know fill in the blank and like I had a great experience with them was like good because they, you know, we worked with them. We’ve coached them. We’ve trained them they’ve seen results and so them being able to help other speakers is incredibly rewarding that doesn’t just depend on me like this is not about me. This is not Grant show.

So that’s been very helpful of trying to build the group coaching thing. That doesn’t depend on me. Now that the group coaching thing has worked well, but the sales mechanism for of doing phone calls has been it’s been a new challenge which has been fun because when you know you last time I was on we talk to Tom about webinars and you and I geek out on webinars and the reality is is like if you have whether we have 10 people or a hundred people or a thousand people on a webinar, it really doesn’t dramatically affect our workload or how the webinars going to go. Like there’s there’s there’s hypothetically an unlimited number of seats of whoever wants to attend the webinar versus with calls. What you’re trying to do is they all they do inbound calls. And so we are regularly inviting our list or through Facebook ads for people to book calls.

And so it’s this delicate balance of supply and demand that we don’t want people to book calls, you know days or weeks out. We want them to ideally be able to book a call in the next day or two while they’re still interested and excited about it. But obviously, these are all one-on-one calls with our Team, we can’t send so many calls their that the soon as they can book is a week out but we can’t send to’ So if you where, you know, an enrollment visor has 12 open spots tomorrow and only two bookings like we don’t want to do that. We want to fill their calendars as best as possible. But again, it’s this kind of like delicate ebb and flow balance of you know, what levers to turn or pull and what knobs to turn and to make sure that everyone’s schedules are full but not too full where pushes things too far out.

Steve: So you’re running Facebook ads to human calls.

Grant: Yes. Yep human calls. Yeah, and it’s difficult and different in some ways and and better in other ways because you know when someone’s on an automated or a live webinar, you know, they’re just looking at a screen even though you may be calling them out. Hey, I see it. You know we got Steve here from the Bay Area. What’s up Steve? And you know, you can you can do that kind of touch but there’s something totally different with like one human talking to another human.

Steve: Yeah

Grant: about their business and what they are looking for and where their challenges are and how this program can help that specific thing. So, Certainly something that’s helpful about that. But there’s just there’s yeah, there’s a lot of

Steve: so if you look at your overall funnel, would you say that you grab people in? You have a free series. I remember. and then you’ve got your webinar. And then from those people are you doing the group coaching or is it completely independent?

Grant: Yeah. So basically I like we have a variety of different lead magnet. So you mentioned that you know, we’ve got some PDFs or we’ve got a the speaker fee calculator that’s done well for us people can find over at myspeakerfee.com, myspeakerfee.com. So when people ask us, Hey, how much should I charge as a speaker? We send them there. It’s a type form. They answer like seven or eight questions and it tells them what they should be charging as a speaker. So we use that quite a bit. So we have a variety of different like lead magnets like those that work but everything we do all the lead magnets even this new book everything points to one or two places. We either point to the automated webinar or a point to book a call all the calls to action on the website. If they point to like any content the podcast or any of these lead magnets, ultimately it’s going to end at either the book a call. Or attend the webinar. So those are the two calls to action for everything.

Steve: How many people do you have answering phone calls?

Grant: So they’re not even answering called there is like it’s not like a hey just call this one 800-number whenever and you know, we got someone standing by so someone would book a call in a sense of like, you know Thursday at 2 p.m. Central Time, you know, we have an available slot. So some of the book that and they’d be having that one-on-one call then. So at the moment we’ve got we have three enrollment advisors.

Steve: Oh, wow. Okay. Okay. So let’s let’s start with webinars since it’s kind of what we talked about last time how is webinars evolved for you? And specifically I noticed like on your front page. I think when you click on the button, it goes straight to an automated webinar, right? So first off so which software are you using and what is this webinar flow look like what is conversion rate and are you running ads to this automated webinar?

Grant: Yeah. We still run ads to that. One of the things that we do is all of our ads for our webinars go to the automated webinar. We actually don’t do any ads for the live webinar. This is partly for a tracking thing. We made changes to some point. But basically what we do is we do our automated webinar on a daily basis ads go to that. And then once a month give or take, we do a live webinar to the list. That’s largely the same the same webinar the same content, but we find that you know, if we have and I’d have to pull up the stats here. But if we have let’s say, you know for the automated webinar let’s say, we have a 50% show up right that means the other half the other 50% didn’t show up they registered they were in Interested in speaking, but they didn’t they didn’t attend for whatever reason and we get it like that’s part of it life happens.

So we do this once a month webinar live webinar as kind of a catch-all of hey, you didn’t you didn’t attend a webinar recently or at some point and so we’ll have people who will attend that who register for the automated webinar like weeks or months or years ago. We can also see, you know, just looking at tracking that we have had people who’ve attended, you know, two three or four live webinars before they ultimately decided to buy

Steve: Yup, same with me.

Grant: and so yes, I’m like who knows what’s happening on the other end of you know people who are like there’s probably all of us we have like different things that are kind of like Loosely interested in but then whatever reason like the timing is right and we pull the trigger on on buying something whether it’s a product or a book or course or whatever it may be because like, okay now the timing is right for me to want to jump into this. So so doing that combination of the automated and the live webinars has been has been really valuable because I live webinar is basically again kind of a, since we don’t do any ads that we know. That it’s an exclusively from those sales or from our list but there’s always again there’s always people in the list that are interested in speaking but just haven’t bought something for whatever reason and we’re able to kind of recoup some of that ad spend that we had before.

Steve: So how much are you paying for automated webinar lead?

Grant: so it is varied. Let’s see. I know you like stats and not vague answers only pulled up. I can give you some actual stuff here. One of things I’ve noticed is that we have an outside agency who runs all of our ads they do a great job. We’ve been working with them for about Year and a half we worked with a couple different agencies over the years. And so one thing that we’ve noticed is that we have started paying a lot more per lead. But our conversion rate is significantly higher.

Steve: Okay.

Grant: So for example, let me look up a couple of weeks here

Steve: And when you’re talking about conversion rate are you just talking about from the automated or you talk about collectively even including the live one scoop it up at the end?

Grant: just the automated.

Steve: Just the automated, okay.

Grant: Yep. So for example. Okay. Let’s see here. I got a couple of weeks worth of data. So we did have some weeks where we had low like five, six, seven dollar leads registrants, but our conversion rate on those was around 1%.

Steve: Okay.

Grant: And now if we go to some other weeks here, we were paying around fifteen, sixteen, Seventeen dollars a lead. So, you know 2 or 3 times that but we had conversion rates anywhere from three to five percent.

Steve: interesting.

Grant: So the idea being that the hypothetically we’re just getting higher Quality leads that are converting so we’re not getting as many leads. But our dollars are going to better leads that are converting better. So that’s one of the things that we’ve seen lately as just a kind of an observation.

Steve: So why an automated webinar as opposed to kind of like a drip sequence?

Grant: honestly, we’ve just never even tried the drip sequence. I know like if I remember correctly, that’s what you did before you did the webinar.

Steve: I’m experimenting with something new and we can talk about that a little bit. I’m just kind of curious what your input is, but go on.

Grant: Yeah, I was gonna say like, I don’t know there’s no necessarily like a Rhyme or Reason. Webinars have always worked well for us, so I think it’s easy for us to kind of fall into the Trap of okay, It’s it’s working. So let’s just keep doing that and maybe dabble with something here or there but for the most part like now this is working. Like let’s just keep doing that instead of trying to Tinker too much or, you know be distracted by other, you know, shiny objects that could work that could be incredibly effective an example too though is we had just recently hired a new director of marketing and he has a ton of experience with this and really will bring a lot more bandwidth to the table. Like that’s the other Challenges just limitation is kind of picking and choosing. Okay, if you’re if you’re a one-man band if you have a small team like you just got to decide.

What’s the best bang for the buck what makes the most sense for you to work on knowing that there are plenty of other ways that you may be leaving money on the table are the things that you could be doing. But here’s what I’ve got the mental capacity to focus on especially the going back to what we talked about earlier. I want to I want to do this and still be able to have a lot of freedom and flexibility and autonomy and life. So you got to be, you know, a little bit selective there. so so I wouldn’t say there’s any like strategic reason of why we’ve done, you know, we haven’t done more email marketing or emailed like drip sequence has other than like webinars of works. We just keep doing that.

Steve: That makes sense. If it’s working then don’t change it.

Grant: Right

Steve: so you’re not actually actively running the ads right? Yourself?

Grant: No. No, so this is actually the new director of marketing. He will in the near future be taking over. He has a ton of ad experience so he will be taking over that so I know enough to like just be able to have a conversation on it, but I’m not in the weeds on a day-to-day basis of you know ad copy or creative or targeting or placement or that sort of thing.

Steve: Do you know how much you’re spending like on a daily basis on Ads though?

Grant: so I can tell you like big picture, we’re spending. Well tell you what, let me pull that let’s pull up a different spreadsheet. I want to things that you know is I like a lot of spreadsheets we track all these. This one thing. I remember what we talked about last time and I tell people all the time that if you’re going to run ads like it cannot be just like ran ads and like I think it’s working but I’m not sure. Like I said, we religiously track all of this stuff. So we slowed it down over the holidays, but we’ve picked it back up. So we’re spending anywhere from like 25 to 30, 35000 a month on ads so, a thousand a day give or take.

Steve: okay cool cool. And what tools are you using for your auto webinars? Just curious?

Grant: Yeah. Currently. I think we’re using easy webinar and we still use webinar Jam for our live webinars. We have been having some issues with ever webinar, which is webinar jam’s automated tool. We had been having a couple issues there. So we did a lot of split testing between easy and ever and there’s some things that one could do that the other couldn’t do it and vice versa and the split test was Almost like identical and so we’re just like we’ve been using easy for a little while ever for a little while. So let’s try easy. And so that’s what we’ve been using for the past. I don’t know. A year or two. what do you use?

Steve: I don’t do auto webinars. That’s why I’m asking all these questions. I’ve been using this sequence. So what I’m doing now actually is I found that a lot of people when I was putting out, I did a kind of pseudo Auto webinar for a little bit and I notice that people weren’t watching the whole thing. So what I did is I decided to break it apart into three pieces, and now I have it hooked up in messenger at hasn’t launched yet, but I haven’t broken up. In a three pieces and if they don’t watch One Piece, they get a reminder in Messenger to go watch it. And the idea is to kind of push them down the line and leave a cliffhanger at the end of each one.

Grant: can’t speak to the actual text out of how this actually works. But I do know we use messenger and SMS reminders a lot for the automated and for the live webinar. So when someone registers for the automated webinar, they’re getting email reminders, but they also are getting texts and Facebook Messenger through many chat reminders as well. I think we send out some type of like PDF leading up to the webinar and we send that out the many chat because like the many chat, are just a Facebook Messenger open rates are just ridiculously high engagement levels. So we have it’s not that the primary thing but we do use that.

Steve: Yeah, I’m blasting everyone on all channels including push notifications to I mean, whatever it takes to get them to show up.

Grant: Yeah

Steve: Just kind of curious. What are your show rates these days because I know might have gone down over the years.

Grant: On automated or live?

Steve: Live.

Grant: Okay, let’s pull up the spreadsheet

Steve: by the way. I’m still using It’s Gran’t spreadsheet, I think you gave it to me a while back

Grant: so good. You looks like anywhere from 25 to 40 percent.

Steve: Okay.

Grant: Yeah, so it’s not it’s I would agree. It’s definitely down. Like if I were to go back much further here, let me open that up

Steve: In the old days. I used to get like 35-ish and now it’s around twenty five-ish.

Grant: Yeah. So the last one we did we did one a couple weeks ago is 24, 32, 29, 26, 34, 29, 25 25, 41. So I mean it varies but kind of in that range. But yeah, I think that I mean the reality is I think two things. One is that you know webinars, you know, I don’t know maybe five years ago were much more of a latest and greatest and new shiny thing that people are used to, are people weren’t used to. And now maybe the second thing would be that people are more used to it. So the other thing I try to think through is like a lot of people are busy and one of things I’m kind of interested in in this is an idea just on the dock. I’ve heard a few people talk about is doing the like a micro or mini webinar. So like I know our automated webinar is about an hour and then we get into some Q&A so it ends up being like an hour fifteen which you know as a this day and age like that’s a good spot.

Steve: That’s a good time, yeah.

Grant: So it’s a lot to ask someone I try to make sure that we get to the pitch to the offer and there’s a link to buy before the one hour mark on the automated but I’m intrigued by the concept of doing like, okay, let’s imagine that you had to do a webinar in 15 minutes. Like what would you do and so really trying to condense something down because most people are busy they have a lot going on and so again to sit through it’s gonna be a big ass, but if you say hey, we have a 15 or 10 minute Webinar where we’re going to go we’re going to cut out as a whole the fat possible and get right to it and then make an offer at the end. How would that convert? How would that affect show up rates? so that may be something we try at some point. I don’t I’ll have any personal data to give you on that but just something on the radar.

Steve: Yeah. Are you guys doing any different over the years on webinars? Just before we move on?

Grant: not dramatically, I would say like the the webinar that we have done in the past like we maybe make little tweaks the offer here and there but not not dramatically for the most part like we may be updating testimonials or case studies or examples but the content has largely been the same because the continents are the program is largely the same like it’s updated but like The Core Concepts aren’t dramatically changing, you know year to year. So there may be a few little pieces that we you know, we update or change but not not not a ton.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

I’m kind of intrigued by running ads to calls, to live calls because I know that if I ever get on the phone with a prospective buyer, that’s like the closure rate Is like 90%

Grant: Yep.

Steve: So I imagine if you could scale that like you could increase your conversion rate dramatically, like if you called like the people who clicked on the sales page of your live webinar, but didn’t buy. You called all those people. I’m sure you would close like a good percentage of them

Grant: Yeah, 100% totally you wouldn’t come close hundred percent 100% agree with your idea. But the other thing that we have done in kind of a similar vein to that is maybe a year ago, maybe six months ago. We added live chat just to the checkout page so we didn’t add it across the Across the whole side or anything, but just to the checkout page and so when people would hit that and they’re going hey my cards not working or hey, I had a quick question. Can I do this and get this bonus or hey, I just wanted to confirm whatever, you know, they’re there. They’re on the checkout page. They have the card in hand. They’re ready to make a decision and I got a quick question. So we have found like having that has helped us because we don’t get it. We don’t get a ton of chat like a lot of people who hit the checkout page don’t have questions.

But the people that do that are right there ready to make a buying decision if we can help just clarify one little thing for hem and that pushes them over the edge like and the it causes them to make a decision. Like that’s been a big big win. That’s really really simple for us to execute on.

Steve: What Are you using?

Grant: we use there’s several different tools. We use one called crisp currently. I think it’s crisp.

Steve: Interesting, I never heard of that before.

Grant: It’s Crisp.chat I hadn’t heard of it either. There’s a few different ones. There’s pros and cons to it to any of them. But one was it was it was relatively inexpensive to some of the others like some of the others have like all kinds of bells and whistles and we’re like we just want this 1 chat on one page and so it does like a it integrates well with slack I’m sure they all do but so we get a slack notification and myself or one of the other team members can just hop in their can the whole conversation can happen in slack. You can also see like we have a couple different versions of our checkout pages. So with a crisp has a good app and so you can get a notification there that you can you know have the chat conversation via your phone and see exactly which page that they’re on so you make sure that you’re answering them correctly. So like we like we may be getting Couple of chats. I don’t know handful a month or you know one to a week. So it’s not like a crazy amount. But again, if you have let’s say, you know, ten of those conversations a month and it causes, you know, two, three, or five of them to buy that may have walked away frustrated otherwise like that

Steve Oh it pays for itself for sure. how much you charging for the group coaching?

Grant: group coaching is currently a, at the time of this recording. It’s 4,000. I’m actually in a couple days. We’re raising it to 5,000.

Steve: So what are your ads look like for that for the live calls and what your conversion rate like once you get someone on the phone?

Grant: Yeah, so so there’s some people who like we’re trying to Target more and more like warm audiences for that. So sometimes it is like straight to book a call and that can be kind of hit and miss the other side of it is we may send someone to like a lead magnet. And as soon as they download the lead Magnet or they do this calculator or something. We’re sending them to some piece of content and then once they engage with the content, then we invite them to book the call. So hopefully they’re you know, it’s semi warmed up but also like just re targeting people who listen to our podcast regularly or come to the site regularly, so I would have to dig in a little bit more than off top of my head like how cold converts historically I’m guessing it’s not going to convert super great and that I’m scrolling through Facebook.

I just came across an ad. I booked a call and you know, I’m offered a I’m interested in speaking. But like I just found out about you guys type of thing. So there’s a side of the other side of is like, you know similar challenges with the webinars is similar challenges with the calls and that we have a lot of no-shows people who booked a call and who are excited and interested at one point and the call happens tomorrow or in two days and they flake out. or like I just kind of want to see what it’s about and not really take it seriously or they’re just kicking tires. So that’s part of it too. Like we we hear a lot of stories from unique people from our enrollment advisors are on the front lines who are like, man, I just had a really weird call with this person you get you know, you get some of those like looky-loos and and tire kickers and that’s you know, it’s also just kind of part of it.

Steve: So are the people making the cause of they compensated on a commission basis?

Grant: Yes. And so I’ve we’ve heard a different people do it different ways. Our people are Straight commission and so on one hand, you’re like well, if you know if they’re not selling then we don’t have any out-of-pocket costs but still since a lot of those leads may come from ads. We still have that hard costs on the ads. The nice thing is when you’re you know, when you have more of a high ticket type of program, then you have potentially more margin with ads. so you can afford to spend more on, you know, getting a booking or getting an are getting an application or getting a lead even. But ultimately like the the sales rep or the enrollment advisor like they’d still got to do a great job close them. or ultimately so going to be costing you more money.

Steve: These enrollment advisors are not the actual people teaching the class though, right?

Grant: Correct. Yep. They’re just purely Frontline enrollment advisors, sales team and then we have different coaches that work with them.

Steve: Wow. So, how big is your team now?

Grant: I think We’ve got 13, 14 people.

Steve: Wow. Okay

Grant: Yeah, give or something like that.

Steve: because the last time I talked to you, I think it was like less than a third of that you had like 3 people maybe

Grant: yeah, I was so the majority of the team is Contractors majority of them are part-time to varying degrees to some would be, you know, 10 hours a week and some are 30, 35 hours a week and probably should be employees and so and everything in between. So I would say cumulatively we’ve got I would guess maybe eight full-time people if you kind of add it all together.

Steve: amazing, amazing. Yeah. So for me personally, I have no desire to have that many people.

Grant: Well, I would say this, okay because I had the exact same thought and again, I think you and I I are very similar and that we don’t have like these we don’t have like these massive aspirations to be like an Elon Musk like seems like a nice guy, cool stuff he’s doing we get to be the beneficiaries of it. But I have zero aspirations to do something like that. Right? No knock on anyone who does that’s that’s great. We need we need to people like that. They come up with cool stuff that Steve and I can use but that I know that that’s not me. That’s not how I’m wired. And so I’ve always kind of felt similar of like you can’t have a low-stress business and you can’t have a lot of freedom and flexibility and autonomy. If you have people the more people you have the more Headaches you have. and sure like there are days where you just like man, it was simpler when it was just kind of a one-man thing.

I have found in my experience so far, that getting the right people on Place doing the right things. It’s actually created more freedom and more autonomy and more flexibility for me. There are some days where it’s busy and there’s a lot going on and I was a lot that I got to do but there’s other days you’re just like I know there’s a lot happening but there’s not a lot for me personally that I’m owning and I’m responsible for that I need to do and I like I think it speaks to this like One thing I know you have talked a little bit about was I took a sabbatical a couple months ago. I took a complete month off from the business and the business is great and part of it was kind of a stress test on the business to say. Okay, we talked with the team about this for months leading up to it. So it wasn’t like hey guys, I’m gonna be out next month. Peace out. Good luck.

It was like we prep for this we let we prepared for this and basically I took a complete month off was not on slack was not on email didn’t attend a single meeting had no communication with the team. I think they texted me once three days in Hey, we can’t find the login for the certain tool and that was it. So it’s a completely hundred percent off line and the business that great like that four-week period was one of the best stretches we had of the year and whenever I got back like we did kind of a debrief and and just kind of a re-evaluating like okay, how did it go? What worked what didn’t work and they’re all like it was kind of business as usual like things went well and so for me it was I don’t want to build another job for myself. I wanted to create something that didn’t depend on me having to show up constantly and be the dancing the dancing monkey.

So that was a very good validation. That one were moving that direction where we’re building something that doesn’t depend on me that the business can function without me and I would not have been able to step away for that long or for the business to do that well. if we didn’t have those right people in place because sure you can have you know, you have you know, your 10 hour a week VA is international and like no knock against that but at some point like you have to have like some solid people and and that also requires some investment but I know like that investment has also reached like significant ROI on that that has impacted the bottom line and thus also impacted me personally financially.

Steve: sure sure. I mean your revenues have gone 3x but your costs have gone up also, but at the expense of your freedom and everything also, its improved your lifestyle.

Grant: yeah, a hundred percent, Yes. So I would definitely agree like we have more people we have more overhead we’d spend more but we also are generating more and I would say that even though the business is bigger than whenever we talked A few years ago, I would say I’m potentially doing less and making more and also know like the you know, the business is just having a bigger impact. So so I’ve always felt the same way that you know, you kind of describe like you can’t have people without headaches and sure there are like there are certainly days like that are some of it is like people they’re just being goobers and you know, we’ve had that hires before but you also like like part of it part of my job is to get the right people on the bus and they’re certainly going to be like things that happen that are outside of your control.

So for example, a key guy this was two or three months ago, a key guy on our team a couple days before Thanksgiving his 16 year old son tragically passed away and so he was out for a month and a half or so understandably. So but so so having to suddenly deal with that and help him kind of deal and cope with that and also balancing like okay, but we’re you know, we are still running a business, but I also want to be extremely sensitive and generous with him. So that’s part of it. But I also know like he also provides a lot of freedom and autonomy for me. Because he of the things that he takes off my plate, you know, so there’s certainly a trade-off.

Steve: Yeah. Absolutely. Hey Grant, I want to switch gears a little bit and talk about speaking also for selfish reasons. So I’ve been speaking for many years now. I always speak mostly for free just to hang out the events and I’m very, you know choosy about what I go to if I were to transition to taking a couple of paid speaking roles here and there where would you go if you were me?

Grant: Yeah, so I would start with the book a successful speaker five step is an amazing platform.

Steve: Haha Amazing!

Grant: you definitely want to do that. So basically inside the book we walk through a five step process that makes the acronym speak. And so the first I’d really just I’d walk where it to that ladder. So the first step of it is that the yes select a problem to solve and this is the part that most speakers have the most difficult time with and this is not exclusive to just speakers. But any type of entrepreneur is we think that like, you know, how do I how do I speak to the most people possible? How do I affect the biggest broadest audience possible? So like if if you if we translate this to your world like the e-commerce space, you know, I don’t want to create a widget that’s for a small select group where I’m a big fish in a small pond. I want to create what something for a where I’m a big fish in a huge Pond and I want to reach as many people as possible. But the reality is is like by focusing on this very Niche thing like handkerchiefs. You can do really really really well versus like trying to create something for the masses.

And so the same thing is true with speakers is don’t try to speak on to you know, for speakers who say like, well I speak to humans I speak to people. My message is for everybody was like well then it’s really for nobody or the speaker who’d say well what I speak about what do you want me to speak about I can speak about anything I can speak about, you know, physical products are can speak about leadership or sales or marketing or marriage or parenting it’s like but you can’t. even if you know something about all those things if you try to be an expert on all those things like you just come across as foolish. So one of the things we talk about in the book is that you want to position yourself as the steak house and not the buffet, the steakhouse not the buffet meaning, Steve if you and I were going to go grab a good steak. Like we have a choice we could go to a buffet where steak is one of a hundred things that they offer and they’re all mediocre. We can go to a steakhouse where they do one thing but they do that one thing incredibly incredibly well.

And so that’s what you want to be positioned as a speaker is I do this for this specific audience and this is how I help them versus I try to help as many people as possible through as many ways as possible. And again, it’s counterintuitive because we think the more people I speak to the more things I can talk about the more opportunities I have. But the opposite is the case like the more narrow the more clear the more Niche the more focused I am. the easier it is actually find gigs and find clients. So that’s the hardest part for speakers. If you get that part right then the rest of it becomes actually a lot. Or is just because you feel like but I don’t want to limit myself, but I could do all these other things like yeah sure like if we went to a steakhouse I bet whoever the chef is that they could cook a really good bowl of pasta. I bet they could make really good tacos and I bet they could do really good job with making whatever other things but they say, nope. I could do those things, but we do steak and that’s it.

The same things true like I can speak to in our business for the speaker lab. I know that those who are interested in speaking are also interested in writing a book or publishing or doing a course or doing A coaching or consulting or any number of other things and so we could do all those other things but I know that the more things we try to do the more water down we’d become and so we just say no. No, we do this for this we serve speakers we help them understand how to find a book gigs. And that’s it. Like a couple days ago had a guy message and with some questions about writing and Publishing and that’s and books and he said, oh you have the speaker lab, you should do the author lab and part of me is like, oh that’s kind of cool and part of me is like, nope. Like we’re not going to do all things for all people. We’re going to serve one specific audience with one specific way and By doing so it actually makes it easier to find the right kind of people.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Yeah, absolutely specialized. I mean when I think of you I think of you as the Speaker Guy

Grant: exactly.

Steve: right.

Grant: Yeah, and that’s a good like litmus test. So anyone listening like ask your if you have a business ask your you know, your friends family colleagues. What a I am the blank person on the blank guy the blank gal like what what are you? so some people would be like I think of you as you know, you do a lot with e-commerce and you do a lot with physical products and helping people start that that business versus people who are like, let’s see, what do they do? Like, I think they do Physical Products but they may also do some speaking stuff. I think they do something on course and they like they do all everything and nothing and I don’t know what they do and it feels like this kind of flavor of the month kind of bounced around. I think I think a reason that you and I have had some level of success is because we’ve focused not only that we focus on one thing but we focus on one thing for a long period of time like we’ve both been doing pretty much the same thing for years now.

Steve: Yeah, it’s been like a decade now.

Grant: Yeah, it feels like you know, like okay versus like I do this for a little bit and then oh, here’s an opportunity so do that for Six months and I’m like Just Bounce Around versus am like, Man, All I do is this and I’m going to be here for a minute. So if you’re looking for help, here’s the go to because like you said other people like friends colleagues other people in the space start to recognize like yeah Grant’s a go-to guy for speaking versus like I think he does speaking but I think he does a dozen other things and I’m not really sure like, I just don’t want to be lumped into that category.

Steve: So that’s step one is to specialize what’s step 2?

Grant: So the the P is to prepare your talk to prepare you’re talking to me. That like not all talks are created equal and so once you’re clear on on this is who you want to speak to. This is what you want to speak about. How do you put together talk? How you deliver talk even again, if you’re someone who you know, maybe you don’t want to you don’t want to speak a ton. You want to give a few talks here and there but you’re staring at a blank screen going. I know what I speak about and I know what I’ve been hired to speak about but I’ve no idea. How do you put together a good talk how you deliver it? And so that section is all about is talking through how do you how do you create and deliver a great talk.

Steve: What about actually getting the gig?

Grant: mmm, we’ll get there. We’ll get there.

Steve: I want to jump to that now, Grant

Grant: haha I’ll give you the I’ll give you the next one.

Steve: Haha Okay.

Grant: So the E is establish yourself as the expert.

Steve: Okay

Grant: and this is where you have to have two marketing assets. You have to have a website and you have to have a demo video. Okay, if you have to have these things especially if you want to get paid because people need to see some of that type of proof and get a sense of what you speak about before they’re willing to hire you, now

Steve: Make sense.

Grant: it leads us to the a the acquire paid speaking gigs. Now again, like you said, this is the part that people want to skip to but if you bypass all the other steps than you’ve defeated the purpose and you’re going to be backed to square one. So people say like yeah, but I just want to book gigs because like okay, but first you got to get clear on who you speak to what you speak about now as this I’ll speak about whatever I just want to speak. Okay. So what we got to figure out what the talk is about. Are you doing a keynote or Workshop or seminar or break out a woody? I just want to speak. Okay. What about your website, video? I don’t need those things. I just want to speak. Okay, we have to have these things as foundational pieces before we get to the part on how to actually find a gig.

So a couple thoughts on actually finding gigs. One, is make sure everyone in your sphere of influence knows that your speaker and knows what it is that you speak about all of them your family friends colleagues cousins uncles enemies anybody and everybody. the reason is you may be thinking like but none of those people book speakers, that’s fine. Most of them probably don’t but they may know someone who does and you have to put it on their radar that this is something that you do in the same way that I personally as Grant I want to be on Steve’s radar as someone who helps people with speaking gigs because Steve may not be looking for a speaker, but he may know someone who is looking for a speaker that I could be a good fit for. I need to make sure that Steve knows that this is what I do versus again going back to like well, I don’t really know what Grant does or I’m not really sure how well I didn’t even realize he’s a speaker like no. No, I like I want to make sure that anyone in my Spear of influence knows that this is something that I do and you need to be able to do the same.

The other thing then is that you can see several things you can do to actually go about finding gigs one of the things that work really well that doesn’t cost a lot other than just time is using Google. There are a lot of events that are already looking for speakers. You don’t have to try to commit like you for example you are you still doing your annual Conference?

Steve: Yeah

Grant: and it’s like in the physical product space, right?

Steve: it is. Yes.

Grant: What’s it called? Remind me

Steve: It’s called Sellers Summit

Grant: Sellers Summit, and you’ve done it three years? Four years?

Steve: It’s our fifth year

Grant: Fifth year, my goodness. You’re a legend. Okay, so you have Seller Summit year after year after year. So let’s imagine for example. I am someone who teaches, you know, Facebook advertising for physical people in the physical products business, right? I don’t have to convince you to hire a speaker. You’re already planning on hiring speaker. Probably multiple speakers for seller Summit. I’m showing you why I’m a good fit. So if I’m if the core thing that I I can speak about is running Facebook ads for selling physical for a physical products business. Then I’m probably speaking on something that’s a natural fit for your audience. So again, I’m just showing like why I’m a good fit for your event.

So what I would want to do in that situation then is you can spend a few minutes just kind of browsing on Google and looking for events that you would be a good fit for so, you know physical products businesses or a conferences rather or e-commerce conferences or those type of events that are naturally looking for speakers that you would be a good fit for. and then beginning to reach out and have conversations with them. So that can be very effective connecting and networking with other speakers can be very effective as well. I remember like my first year. My first full-time year is a speaker. I remember looking back and trying to reverse engineer like okay. I got a bunch of bookings. Where do these booking come from? And my biggest source of gigs came from other speakers came from referrals came from Word of Mouth came from hey, I can’t do this gig, but you should talk to Steve. Steve would do a great job for you.

So building relationships with other speakers makes a big difference. So it’s not necessarily like a All right about a website. I got my video. I’m clear on who I speak to. I know what my talks about now just sit back and wait for the phone to ring or the bookings to come in. Like it doesn’t work like that like speaking as a momentum business and you have to do something to kick start that momentum. I would I would guess I’m just kind of speculating here. It’s kind of like if you are launching a new physical product on Amazon like just listening on Amazon does squat for you. Like it’s a very much a momentum thing that you have to do a few things to build the momentum to get some initial reviews to get some initial traction to get the word going and then it starts to like it can take on a life of its own. But you it’s easier to sell product after it’s been out on the market for a year and you’ve got some traction but it still takes a little bit initially to get going and to keep it going in the long run.

Grant: Yeah, it probably involves doing a bunch of free gigs early on too, right? to get your name out there.

Grant: I mean it can like I don’t know that there’s necessarily so when people say like, you know should you do free gigs or free gigs a good thing or a bad thing? I always say like speaking for free is okay as long as you know why you’re doing it. Don’t just do it out of the goodness of your heart just because you like speaking. Like you and I like helping people we like serving people but we’re also running a business. And so you have to recognize that and realize that so realize though that there are a lot of ways that you can receive value Beyond just whether or not you got a check. That’s the most common way is I go speak I click to check end of transaction, but there’s a lot of ways that you can get value for your speaking that don’t involve a check.

So for example you and I have if we’re offering some type of like, you know product or service or coaching or consulting or book or something and we know like okay if I’m gonna go speak for free, but I’m going to generate significant leads for my business or help in other ways. Like I can think for example, you know, I have both we both spoke at fincon several times. Big conference for financial people in the financial space. And the first time that I spoke there I didn’t get paid a dime, you know, you’re headed there on your own dime and so on paper, I’m losing money, but I remember like okay we had several people who joined our courses with several people who join some coaching stuff so I can trace like thousands of dollars in Revenue to that event, even though I didn’t get paid by the event Organizer so recognize it again. There’s a lot of ways that you can generate Revenue that’s beyond just whether or not you got a check at that event.

Steve: Cool. Well said. Tell me about your book. When’s it coming out? What’s it about?

Grant: The book is out February 18th. The book is called the successful speaker five steps for booking gigs getting paid building your platform. And so there’s certainly some people who are listening to say. Hey, I want to be a full-time speaker. I want to do 60 70 gigs a year or more and that’s awesome. That’s great. The book will show you how and other people who’d say again, like yourself, say, I don’t I don’t want to do that much but I wouldn’t mind doing five a gigs a year 10 gigs year, but I’m just having trouble figuring out how to actually find those and again, how do I know what to speak about? How do I know if my topic is something that people actually higher speakers to talk about? How much should I charge? And like just the ins and outs of the speaking World.

In addition to the, you know, the sections on putting together and creating and delivering a great talk and the you know, what you need to think about when you’re preparing a talk when you’re crafting a talk when you’re studying rehearsing and going over your talk, whether you should use slides how you do a technology, how you interact with an audience like all these just nuances to speaking of whether you’re speaking once or a hundred times that you want to do a good job, you want to deliver you want to be professional and that the book will show you exactly how to do that.

Steve: and we talked a lot about webinars and that sort of thing where can people just kind of find a sample of what we were talking about today?

Grant: Yeah, everything that we do is over at thespeakerlab.com. thespeakerlab.com. You can poke around through, if you wanted to book a call if you if you do book a call just like poke around not planning on showing, just cancel it that will help us out.

Steve: Can you ask for a grant or no?

Grant: I am not doing any calls these days.

Steve: ha ha

Grant: and then also there’s going to be some different Opt-ins for the webinar. So people want to kind of poke around that. you hop on our email list probably a few weeks later or fairly soon will invite you to a live webinar. And so you can you can see that. So yeah, that’s that’s not a problem. And again, I would say I would also say to go back and I still regularly Point people to the previous interview. We did a couple years ago on webinars because that’s that’s the most like in-depth nuts and bolts. I’ve talked about our webinars before so definitely go back and listen to that episode as well.

Steve: Cool. Well Grant, I really appreciate your time and thanks for coming on the show.

Grant: Steve, always good to chat with you, my friend.

Steve: Yeah, man. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. I actually have grants book right in front of me right now. And it is a great read if you have any remote interest in public speaking whatsoever. And in fact, I believe that public speaking is a required skill for all entrepreneurs. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode294.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

293: Arri Bagah On How To Do SMS Marketing The Right Way

293: Arri Bagah On How To Do SMS Marketing The Right Way


Today I’m thrilled to have Arri Bagah on the show. Arri and I both spoke at the Many Chat Conversations conference this past year.

He is the founder of Conversmart which is a company that helps direct to consumer brands generate 6 figures in revenue per month using SMS marketing.

In this episode, Arri and I go in depth on the best ways to implement SMS with an ecommerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • Arri’s background story and how he got started with SMS marketing
  • The types of SMS messages that convert
  • The best way to acquire new SMS subscribers
  • Rules when sending SMS broadcasts
  • The rules of thumb for engagement and what strategies are working right now

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the my wife could a job podcast the place where I bring unsuccessful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies. They use to grow their businesses. Now today. I have my friend are iboga on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about SMS marketing and in short we should all be doing it.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have our Arri Bagah on the show. Now, Arri is someone who I was introduced to by Ezra Firestone and we both spoke at the many chat conversations conference this past year. Now, Arri is the founder of Converse smart, which is a company that helps direct to Consumer Brands generate six figures in Revenue per month using SMS marketing and they were actually named the top performing agency of the Year by many chat. Now SMS marketing is still in its infancy. I’m actually not doing it yet for my store. But I sure as heck want to give it a try. So in this interview Arri is going to teach us how it is done. And with that welcome to the show Arri, how you doing today man?

Arri: Doing well. Thank you so much for having me.

Steve: So Arri, Give us the quick background story and tell us how you got started with SMS marketing because I thought for some reason you were doing chat marketing a long time ago

Arri: sure so, We still consider SMS marketing to be kind of a part of that conversational marketing ecosystem. So we started out Giving messenger marketing for e-commerce and like you mentioned we want the top-performing e-commerce agency of the year for Messenger marketing and for the brands that we work with we were always looking for the next channel for them to be able to leverage to reach their customers directly. So text just made sense, right? Especially after Facebook made quite a few changes to the Facebook Messenger platform. Text just made sense as a channel where Brands can communicate with their customers and that’s how, That’s why we decided to get into it.

And also to just like so many perks of like using text compared to other traditional channels like email that brands are attracted to and even today like all the things that brand are doing over a communication Channel like email can be done through text as well. So just kind of like made sense for text to be that next channel that Brands can leverage.

Steve: So first of all, so for the listeners out there, SMS is just like text messaging on Your phone but when I was thinking about this in the first time, I was a little hesitant to get started with it because I actually hate it when people text me offers and I get a lot of spam I get maybe one or two texts spams every other day I should so say, maybe like one per day and I can’t imagine getting these messages in my SMS inbox. Can you first talk about how to address this issue?

Arri: Sure. Did you actually like opt-in?

Steve: I did not they were spam I never opted in.

Arri: Yeah, so see that’s that’s the problem with text rate where a lot of people Had bad experiences with that channel where you would go through checkout you put in your phone number didn’t you know except to receive these marketing messages and boom they start texting you or you just fill out a form they get your phone number and then they export that phone number and start texting you that’s a bad way of using text messaging and companies do get in trouble in terms of compliance for using strategies like that. So we look at text completely differently than how most people you know, have looked at it and the reason why there’s such compliance like the CTI and TCPA laws on text messaging is because you know, these are some of the things that people were doing like, you know, 10 15 years ago all these telemarketers would like just by phone numbers and just like text a bunch of random people.

So that’s why all these regulations were introduced to kind of cut down on how much spam people were receiving and people have gone into you know legal trouble for Doing like Miss using text messaging right? So the new way or how we look at text messaging is that we kind of want to provide a good experience. And also let customers know ahead of time that they’re going to be receiving the text. So one of the ways that you can do that is actually if you’re for example at checkout, if you’re collecting your phone number, you can have the option to check a box to receive offers through text. So the customer actually knows that you’re going to text him and instead of just like shit up getting like a cold text message.

And also you can have a pop-up that gets users to subscribe through text. So they know they’re going to you’re going to be texting them. For example, if they’re opting in for like an offer when they put in that phone number they’re going to be expecting you to text them.

Steve: before we move on to the kind of guts of the implementation. Is there anyone policing this because I still get these Rogue texts and I can’t seem to block them and that’s kind of what I’ve been concerned about like you might be doing it the right way and all your clients might be doing it the right way, but is there anyone policing this platform?

Arri: Yes. So all the text messages that are going through like short codes or being monitored by these telecom companies. So if you reply stop to unsubscribe the keywords tab should automatically unsubscribe you but if it does not let’s say that company keeps texting you. You can reply report and Report less susceptible to come companies know that this company is sending unwanted messages and when they get to the point where there are ascending just they’re getting a lot of people responding report then they get shut down by the Telecom company. So that’s the first thing. The second thing, could be you actually like wanting to sue them and you can actually get like 500 dollars for unwanted text message that you receive because you have tried to unsubscribe and they keep texting you and that. That’s the second option where you could actually like sue them for keeping on texting you.

Steve: but it’s like playing whack-a-mole, I’ll block these numbers but then it’s always a new one. Like does that policing work or has it worked?

Arri: Yeah actually works and they’re all these telecom companies are always aware. Like for example, like one of these brands that were talking to they were getting like some people after texting for a while responding report. I think they have like 20 people so they get like alerted by, you know, an account manager from these telecom companies. They will kind of like let the platform that they use seeing Knew how much how many people are responding report 20s, like on a low end and it doesn’t really affect the brand but they do keep it keep track of how many people are, you know reporting you and if you get like super high reports then they do shut you down.

Steve: Okay. Okay. So I’ve had a bunch of people talk about Facebook Messenger on the podcast already and you know in March they’re changing the rules pretty dramatically. And if you wouldn’t mind just kind of summarizing the changes and I wanted to just kind of compare the two after you kind of summarize the changes that are coming up for Facebook.

Arri: Sure. So Facebook has been trying to make these promotional changes for the past probably like six months like year and they keep pushing it back every gets like a month closer. It’s like hey, we’re going to push..

Steve: It supposed to be January, right?

Arri: Yeah. Yeah, and then they just keep pushing it and I think to me it just doesn’t make sense because I think messenger could be be a channel for Brands to be able to leverage and research customers, especially after you’ve acquired someone as a subscriber you should be able to you know, text him but basically is going to be a pay to play a game where for each subscriber that you want to message outside of 24-hour window. You’re not going to be able to text him unless you do it through like an ad that is ran through ads manager. So Facebook just wants to control what people are sending. Well as you know, how much people are spending. In order to send these text messages and yeah, that’s a strange that coming and they’re also introducing like a one-time message API.

Which basically says that okay customers can actually sign up to receive a one-time notification from your brain that can be promotional or not. I don’t know if that’s going to make change anything because you only get like to send the customer one message.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah.

Arri: Yeah. Yeah, but basically yeah, he’s just going to have to reach those customers you’re going to have To leverage as manager in order to be able to communicate to those are some of the changes.

Steve: So let me ask you this. I guess for my story, we will just use my store’s context. So right now I’m gathering email subscribers, Facebook Messenger subscribers, and push. And I’m fixing everybody right now I’m still trying to grab email first because it is a medium that I control right? No one can ever take away email from me in terms of prioritization then because you’ve used Facebook Messenger as well as SMS. What are you prioritizing? Are you Addressing SMS? Are you down playing Facebook Messenger these days because of these new rules?

Arri: Yeah to us. Like Facebook Messenger was always a top of funnel play where we leverage it to engage with users with cold audiences. So one of the things actually that we did for tough to needles for example as leveraging Facebook Messenger to engage with users who have never heard of the brand so they would go through like an experience like a quiz where we would at the end recommend a product. So that’s kind of like how we’ve always used it and then, you know will leverage the ad manager for broadcasting and so a lot of the changes that Facebook has made hasn’t really affected us because we always went the paid route.

Steve: Okay.

Arri: And we look at SMS as more of like a bottom of the funnel / middle of the funnel where you can you know, collect subscribers that are already on site. That means they’re interested in get their contact information and be able to nurture them or send them a notification based on actions that they take on your website.

Steve: Okay.

Arri: it’s very, you know, a similar approach to email and the difference here is that, well, at least how we look at it right now is that on your mobile website, we like to leverage SMS. And on desktop, You can leverage your email. The reason why we want to do SMS on mobile is that the customer is already on their mobile devices probably way easier to reach them and send them that you know coupon or whatever it is that you’re offering while they’re on our cell phones so they don’t have to login to the Gmail and check. And yeah emails so very valuable channel. So we still like to leverage email on desktop traffic. So Messengers more top of funnel for us and SMS is more like bottom of the funnel.

Steve: Okay. So what are some of the best implementations that you’ve seen for SMS? Like what are some acceptable SMS messages that customers don’t mind getting?

Arri: sure. So first of all, like customers want to receive text messages and you’ve done the survey and about 79% are open to receiving Text messages special Millennial in that demographic where you know, they open text messages within 90 seconds of receiving them. So text has been primarily a channel that across all demographic, you know, 18 to 55 heavy use and the interesting thing is that you know, we have this brand that is serving the demographic of 45 plus and text has been performing really well for them. And that is because they’re kind of also like predisposed just because if you look at some of the Presidential campaigns I have ran, you know, 2008-2012 even 2016 with Trump they’ve all used text messages.

So these demographics have already used text messages in some way to interact with either political campaigns mainly / political campaigns, right? and text is that channel and I think that’s the reason why it’s working for that demographic but one of the ways that we like to use text is first getting you know. Users to opt in, so they know you’re going to text him and after they do opt in and because you’re expecting you to text them, you’re not going to see those high on subscribe rate or customers being, you know, getting

Steve: sure

Arri: because they’re receiving text messages, but in terms of content, you know just content that your audience might be interested in. You know, we like to send a mix of content as well as offers, but we mostly focus on content and we also like Leverage creative

Steve: Can you give us an idea of what, like Blog posts content or?

Arri: Yeah by content text is like a very, you know, – warm content that people get you know, we’re talking like a hundred and sixty characters, you know or so.

Steve: It’s like messenger.

Arri: Yeah, so or 200 or so. so one of the things that you can send is, you know value propositions in short bites that people can just like that would really resonate with the customer. So we like to do different benefits. So our products does this, so you can get this result so different types of content like that that we like to send and we also send creative like GIFs and images to kind of illustrate the product in a way that would engage the user for a longer period, period of time and we found that to really really work and it just kind of enhances the experience of sending text messages the opposed to just receiving a text you’re now getting the text as well as a creative that shows you the products or different ways that you can Use a product and makes the experience a whole lot better for the customer.

Steve: these sound like full-on promotional messages is that is that accurate?

Arri: Not necessarily, so

Steve: meaning like they’re designed to sell a product.

Arri: Yeah. It’s it’s very bottom of the funnel and you know, usually like when someone is on your site and they opt-in they are interested in purchasing. They just need maybe a couple nurturing messages to be able to you know, get them to make that purchase.

Steve: I see

Arri: and also we like timely messages like abandoned carts messages that work really really well. So they’ve opted in they’ve added to card. They did not purchase text could be that you know medium for you to use to reach that customer directly and get them to come back and complete their purchase. So it’s all about figuring out where the customer is in a journey and then, you know sending them the right message at the right time. That’s kind of like how we look at text messaging right now.

Steve: What are some ways to get them to opt-in is? It just like a coupon that you give out and then you text it to them or what are some popular ways to get them to even opt in for text messaging?

Arri: sure. Usually, you know brands most brands are doing like exit intent or you know, first load discount code, whether it’s five percent ten percent whatever incentive it is that you think can resonate with your audience. That’s what I recommend. It’s different for everybody, but it needs sort of offer that would resonate with your audience. You can leverage on a pop-up. In get them to opt in

Steve: and then after that like as part of that pop up or whatever you tell them that by opting in your giving us permission to text you going forward.

Arri: Yes own pop-up. There is some sort of legal language that says that and also the first message that they receive is going to be that legal language that says that they’ve opted in recurring messages and they can reply stop to subscribe. So the first message has to let them know that they can reply stop it Anytime. To unsubscribe and then you can send them like a follow-up message to be complied. The customer has to respond. Well, there are two ways. So there are two different experiences that get users to opt in right now. So there’s one called the to tap where the customer will tap up, tap the pop-up the button on the pop-up to subscribe. It will open up their messaging app. They click Send.

So the when it automatically opens up their messaging app on their mobile device would Auto fill like a text that says send this text message to receive, you know, 5% or 10% off and then they would click Send and they get opted in and what that does it’s a confirmation the customer themselves sent that message to get opted in.

Steve: I see that’s smooth. They don’t have to enter any numbers or anything.

Arri: Nope. Yeah, they don’t have to enter the phone number and that gets rid of all the wrong phone numbers that someone might enter and that’s it’s a really good experience. That’s what we use probably like a hundred percent of the time.

Steve: What about on desktop though?

Arri: Yeah, the second way which I’m getting to is having to type in the phone number this could be on desktop where they type it in and you have to get them to respond first. So if somebody puts in a wrong number, you don’t want to just like keep texting that phone number you want to make sure that customer has responded. Like hey reply yes to get the coupon or whatever the offer is so they respond to confirm their subscription and that’s how you get subscribe. And these are some of the ways we do it. Obviously, this is not legal advice, but can kind of look at the different ways to get to be compliant in the users to opt in but those are some of the two experiences that users can opt in right now.

Steve: Okay, so we talked about some opt-ins with the pop-up slide ins and that sort of thing. The problem is, is that when you run a store there’s different information that you want to gather right? So like I have an email pop-up, for example that usually leads to trying to get someone to get a messenger subscriber. What would you recommend going for first? an email? SMS? Facebook Messenger? Like there’s, you can’t ask for all three right or you can I guess over time.

Arri: Yeah, you probably see pretty low opt-in rates if you ask for all three. Yeah, but yeah, I think you know messenger is kind of like out of the picture when it comes to web site using messaging on the website messenger. We just strictly used to running Facebook ads and connecting the add to a messenger experience.

Steve: Okay.

Arri: so that leaves us with email and SMS for your website. on Mobile Traffic you like to use SMS just because whatever you’re offering to the customer. It’s easier to just text them directly because they’re already browsing on their cell phone which you know about, you know, 63% us e-commerce traffic comes from a mobile device and for a lot of the brands that we talked to it’s usually like 80% plus that they’re getting through their mobile device. So we like to leverage SMS on mobile and for desktop can use leverage email I just because it might be easier to communicate that way when the customer is not on their cell phone.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

So if I were to collect an SMS on a mobile phone like so when I when I grabbed an email, for example, I have this really long nurture sequence where depending on what actions they take either give them a coupon or like it branches on what type of content that I give them. Can you replicate that same experience with SMS? And is there a really easy way to get an email once you have their SMS number?

Arri: Sure. So if you are leveraging SMS on your mobile traffic? You can definitely put people through a nurturing sequence. Obviously the content is going to be a lot shorter, but we do, if you like a welcome series on SMS that would be set in the span of like two weeks or so and it has worked very well and it you can model after the welcome series that you have over email. You know, all the other pre-purchase and post-purchase flows that you have on email. You can also kind of model over text obviously within a conversational context. That has worked really well and I think when you have a phone number right now, they are different ways to kind of collect that phone number, you know get customers to respond, but we haven’t really found the perfect way to automate the process of collecting emails through text and I don’t see the need for it just because you’re most of the time getting a 98 and 99 percent open rates over Text.

That’s as high as you can get and because you’re already reaching that customer directly. Why do you need to get their email? Check text a channel that you own so there is no there shouldn’t be like any reason to fear losing that list because it’s a list that you own. It’s not like Facebook Messenger where the list is on Facebook. So that’s kind of like how we look at it where but one thing we do though is leverage your email list to move those subscribers through to text because you’ll be able to reach those customers directly when they are on text as opposed to email where they might open it maybe 20% of the time. So that’s one thing that we do that has worked well.

Steve: I never done SMS before but whenever I do a messenger broadcast, I usually lose maybe one to two percent of subscribers. Can you give us a feel of how many people unsubscribe when you send out like an SMS blast to one of your clients?

Arri: Sure, so it really depends and I’m going to give you an example and I think the type of Content that you send or how you write your content really makes a difference. So for example for a brand that we were working with before we started to take over text messaging for them. They’ve been doing for year seeing okay results and they’re getting around seven to eight percent on subscribe rate, which I heard.

Steve: that’s high. Yeah

Arri: Yeah, and I was like, whoa, like what’s really going on here? When we took over we kind of, you know implemented more instead of focusing all the time on sales and promotions that We’re running we focus more on nurturing the customer and also leveraging more creative that gets the users attention and were able to bring that down to one and a half percent.

Steve: So on the same order as Facebook Messenger, basically

Arri: yeah. So yeah, depending on how aggressive you are with sales might go up but we like to keep at around one and a half percent or less.

Steve: Can you give me an idea of what a nurture type of text message means exactly or an example?

Arri: Sure. So when it comes to nurturing, so it’s all about the different ways that you can connect with your customer. So I think it’s really different. So how we do it is through you know, this product is made with these different benefits so you can get this results and that’s what we’ve seen work. That’s a formula that we’ve seen work most of the time and we don’t attach like an offer to it and then we also add creative that illustrates the product and also we do like a lot of you know user-generated content. So we’ll get like pictures of other customers using the products and we’ll turn them into like a GIF that we also send. So yeah, I think that’s kind of like our formula right now and it’s not silly like hey go by right now, but here are the different ways that the product can you know help you get the results that you’re looking for and that’s kind of like how we’re doing it.

Steve: Do you have like or are you allowed to reveal your clients just kind of use as an example?

Arri: Sure. Yeah, let me give you an example here. So for example for this brand called for Patriots, so they sell like they’re one of the largest survival food companies in the US and one of the things that we do is kind of show why their customers should be buying products because it keeps them always ready for anything that come in their way and they sell like different products like flashlight and we show them like different ways that they could use the product so different things like that just showcasing the value of the product through short text message bites as well as creative and one of the campaign’s that we recently ran actually built a waitlist through like a giveaway built a list of 4920 to phone numbers, which is really small. We were in the campaign over the span of five days and that generated $89,401.

And we weren’t to focus on you know, like hey, you should go just buy this now. We show them value of the products and with a call to action and then we also leverage a scarcity and that’s how we’re able to get that type of results for this client. So, yeah.

Steve: it sounds like just regular tactics that you would use with an email sequence. Just I guess condensed down to sms.

Arri: Yeah, there’s actually so that’s what I’m saying. Like you can leverage all the pre-purchase or post purchase flow that you have over email right now within the conversational context and do the same over text and it can work with you all.

Steve: interesting. So are there any rules to doing this like, you know Facebook owns their messenger platform. So they impose all these rules. Is SMS essentially like email like in terms of rules wise what you can send and in terms of spam and that sort of thing?

Arri: Are they any rules to email marketing? I’m trying to..

Steve: Hey, there are I mean technically you have to have an unsubscribe Link in there and I guess the ISPs kind of enforce it also like if you get marked as spam too many times your email just never makes into their inbox does SMS have something similar in place?

Arri: Yeah. I think I might have mentioned that in the beginning were telecom companies. If you reply, you know, stop you should get on subscribed in the first message also has to have the word stop. And then also if you get people reporting the messages multiple times, like big amount of people that are replying report and the telecom companies might shut you down. It’s also like best practices to also be in the broadcasting messages always add like reply stuff to unsubscribe that way users know like hey if they want to unsubscribe they can just reply that and this system that you should be smart enough to automatically unsubscribe.

Steve: Right

Arri: so that you don’t have to you’re not texting that same customer by mistake. So I think those are some of the..

Steve: but outside of that there’s no rules really as long as people don’t Mark you as spam your free. There’s no pay to play. It’s not like Facebook. There’s no one like there’s no overall governing body. That’s policing all this stuff. Right?

Arri: Well, there is the so the FCC Federal Communications Commission. So they are the company that so they have the telephone communication Protection act. Which protects what which basically overseas like companies that are all the telecom companies. And also there is the CTIA which is just like they put together put out like best practices for how companies can kind of implement what the TCPA Act talks about and that kind of the TCPA is set to kind of limit all the spam and telemarketers people doing like voicemail stuff. So there the FCC is the governing body that kind of looks over all the messaging stuff when it comes to text messaging.

Steve: I guess what I’m trying to ask is is there a chance that this will eventually become pay to play like if I gather like a hundred thousand subscribers, for example, can someone eventually say hey you’re gonna have to pay to text these people.

Arri: Well, it is paid in play right now like it’s so the cool thing with texts that right now if you want to text, let’s say a thousand people depending one like which platform you’re using. It might cost you, you know, $30 or 60. It really depends because whoever you using to send that text is going to charge you per text that you sent. So that is the cost that you paying to taste text those customers and what I like about it is that you know up front how much is going to cost you to like reach a thousand people over text whereas in messenger, you know, you really don’t know how many people are you going to reach don’t know when they’re going to get that message.

And you don’t even know if they are going to get that message. So I think that’s the difference right now. Where Text, It’s already paid to play, you know, you usually paying, you know, like one cent or more or less depending on the platform to reach each customer.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show

I guess what I was trying to get, there’s no like one gigantic governing body that sets the prices like like Facebook for example in SMS land, right? Let’s shift gears a little bit and talk about like the best tools to manage this for e-commerce. Is there like a tool like klaviyo for SMS where you can do the abandoned cart win back campaigns and all that stuff automatically and keep track of all your sales. So, you know all of what all of your customers have purchased?

Arri: sure. So right now one of our partners I think put together a really great Stand alone SMS platform for or e-commerce Brands. It is called PostScript. And actually if you go to post script that I owe for / Converse smart, you get a thousand three credits and you can send a thousand text messages for free and that’s a great way for you to text this channel to test the channel and see How it would work that’s one I recommend for Shopify brands. And if you’re not shopped on Shopify attentive is also a good option. So for example, if your Magento, big commerce, woo Commerce you can leverage attentive. So those are some of the to that would our e-commerce focused if you want to do all of the pressures, welcome series of bank card set up your pop-ups and all that good stuff.

Steve: because I know Klaviyo just introduced SMS also have you have you used klaviyo at all or tried their new SMS features?

Arri: Yeah, so they are getting into the SMS space and I do get the fact that it will be easier. If you could just like manage your email and your SMS marketing within one channel, but within one platform the problem is that it doesn’t have all the features that I think any an e-commerce marketer could leverage really maximize the channel. So that’s kind of like the problem that I see with it right now because if you look at PostScript, for example, it’s like a whole another klaviyo itself for SMS. whereas right now, you can just, you know within your flow like a text message and the functionality is very limited from to consent or like doing like Integrations also.

Like if you’re to like integrate with like a cart hook or like other checkouts that you might use or any other apps really that you want to integrate to use to leverage text message. Like adjust to know those are some of the limitation and I think when they first launched are going to launch like long codes, which is like a 10-digit phone number. I’m not sure if they have the short codes yet, but there are limitations to using long codes in terms of the durability. That’s another problem that I see

Steve: Can you define. What a long code is versus a short code?

Arri: Yeah a long code is a 10-digit phone number and a short code is a 6-digit.

Steve: Oh, I see. Okay why anyone would ever want to do do like the short codes can be letters to write or no?

Arri: No, it’s just a phone number.

Steve: just phone number, I see. I would imagine you would eventually run out of those right real quick. If it’s just six numbers?

Arri: No, so I mean like the number that you’re text is coming from not like how many numbers you actually get. So the five digit phone number that the customer is going to receive your text from on their cell phone. So if I, as a business if I text you right now you’re going to get that text from a number. So that number could be a five-digit number called a short code or it could be a 10-digit phone number like a regular Us phone number.

Steve: I see so you’re saying a 10-digit may not get delivered?

Arri: So, ten-digit numbers have really bad deliverability because they’re not built for Mass messaging. They’re not built for business and short codes are actually built to be used as a mass messaging phone number. So if you’re sending like to a hundred thousand people, for example, you have a much higher chance of reaching all of them by leveraging a short code as opposed to a long code.

Steve: interesting. So I didn’t realize that certain text message you sent may never make it to the phone. Is that is that what you’re saying?

Arri: Yes, that’s also another thing that you have to worry about when it comes to different platforms because some platforms have really bad deliverability where you might leverage it to text to Customers and platform is not going to report it to you that those customer did not receive the text. But that’s another thing that you have to worry about. They might say that the numbers bounced but really they just have like bad deliverability

Steve: interesting, so are their metrics that tell you whether someone opened and clicked kind of like email also for text?

Arri: so you can’t track open rates on text messaging but you can track click through eight if you’re using like like a or if the platform is providing like a URL tracker and track the click-through rates as well as the conversion rate. So if they click that link and come to your website, you’ll be able to track the conversion rate as well as how much revenue

Steve: so you’re recommending a standalone tool right now to manage all the so this post group Tool. So for abandoned carts, for example, do you have to upload your I guess your product portfolio so they know which product images to show in that sort of thing and these messages?

Arri: so it’s automatically synced Into Shopify. So once you install it all that information, synced a PostScript and also you get a lot of segmentation power, which is another thing like all the products specific segmentation, segmentation based on you know, how many people have interactive or use your text messages before. There’s just like a whole lot that you can do when it comes to segmentation alone. So all that is available when you connect the app to your Shopify store.

Steve: I see, what about the many chat? It’s getting to this point now when as an e-commerce store, I got a log into four things. log into my email log into messenger. If I do SMS message, I got to log into PostScript and then I also got a log into my push notifications thing. How do you manage all this for your clients?

Arri: Sure, I think you know there needs to be a some point platform where you can do all of this things so you don’t have to jump through multiple different platforms. But yeah looking at many chat they are moving towards, you know, being able to you know, do messenger and email and text my only problem with it is that it’s not e-commerce focused, you know, you can’t, you know connect to your Ecommerce store and get all the data and all the segmentation that you’re looking to do as an e-commerce brand and also you can’t track recording unless you using UTM tribe the tracking codes of course, but there needs to be an e-commerce Focus tool that can do all three whether it’s like hey, you know, the customer has opted in I have their information over email and text, you know, maybe I should text them and if they don’t click maybe then I should email them.

So yeah many chat don’t have that right now and also because it doesn’t know what’s going on on your shopify store then I don’t think it’s like, that’s my only issue with it. But I think they are moving in the right direction.

Steve: Okay. Arri, this is really eye opening for someone who’s interested in doing this and has it done yet. To kind of summarize, So on desktop, you’re still going for an email and on mobile you’re going for SMS first and it sounds like that once you have their SMS number on mobile. It is generally very hard to move them and get an email address as well. But you’re saying that Because the conversion rates are so high email is not necessary once you have SMS.

Arri: Yes, and also to correct myself. It looks like klaviyo also launched the pop up and you can also leverage a popup on Klaviyo. But how I kind of look at it is that let’s say you are you know Shopify announce that they’re going to have their own email tool right? And you know, if you’re an e-commerce marketer what they launch is going to be, you know, something simple and not as sophisticated as Klaviyo from Announcement that they, from this announcement, so you always going to go to like Klaviyo because you know, you’re going to get you know, the most advanced tools from like the campaign opt ins, the flows that list segmentation customer profile as well as metrics.

So that’s kind of like the difference that I look at when it comes like, you know, Klaviyo having their own SMS tool and a tool like Postscript where the difference in the campaigns tool, the segmentation the list as well as tracking they just like a whole another level and you just can get more value out of a standalone platform right now, then, you know using something like Klaviyo. Although, Yeah, I’m not opposed to it. But that’s kind of like how I’m looking at the platforms right now. If you know Klaviyo decides to like create something that’s like another PostScript like a whole other platform for text and you know, that might be the right choice for brands.

Steve: Yeah, so just for the listeners if you guys are listening as later on this is the beginning of 2020 and this is just the current environment.

Arri: Yep.

Steve: So Arri, if anyone out there wants your services or wants to find you online, Where can they find you?

Arri: Yeah, you can find me at conversesmart.com And yeah, if you’re interested in working with us, we can. One thing that we do is you know, we just ask you a couple questions about your business and we can kind of estimate how much revenue you can generate with SMS. So we just need a couple of data points from your website visitors, conversion rate, average order value, and we can based on customer data. We can come and calculate that.

Steve: All right, cool. All right. Arri, I really appreciate you coming on. Take care man.

Arri: All right. Thank you.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as I mentioned earlier SMS is next on my list mainly because Facebook Messenger is now charging to send broadcast and I want to own my own subscriber list. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode293.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

292: Mari Smith On How To Build Organic Facebook Traffic Today

292: Mari Smith On What Is Working With Facebook Today

Today I have my friend Mari Smith on the show. Mari is often referred to as the Queen of Facebook and is widely recognized as one of the world’s foremost experts on Facebook marketing.

She’s a Forbes top Social Media Power Influencer, author of The New Relationship Marketing and co author of Facebook Marketing: An Hour A Day.

She also teaches businesses and brands on how to properly monetize their social media efforts.

In this episode, we’re going to have her teach us how to succeed with Facebook today.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Mari got crowned the Queen of Facebook
  • How did Mari become a Facebook expert
  • Is organic Facebook dead?
  • How to get more engagement on Facebook
  • What are the rules of thumb for high engagement. What’s working on Facebook today?

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have Mari Smith on the show and Maria is known as the queen of Facebook and today she’s going to teach us how to succeed on the Facebook platform today.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when I implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Privy also offers a low-cost email solution for e-commerce Merchants. So if all you need are the basic email autoresponder sequences, like abandoned cart went back campaigns pre and post purchase flows. Then Privy might be an ideal solution for you. So bottom line, Privy allows you to turn the visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales. So head on over to preview.com Steve and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for 15% off. Once again, that’s PRIVY.com/Steve

I also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show. Always blessed to have as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and I depend on them for over thirty percent of my revenues. Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who shopped in your store in exactly what they bought so let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who’s purchased a Red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake and there’s full Revenue tracking on every single email sent. Now Klaviyo is most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Once again, That’s my mywifequitherjob.com/Klaviyo. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I have my friend Mari Smith on the show now. Mari and I initially met at Social Media Marketing world and then just recently we both spoke at the many chat conference in Austin and just got back in touch. Now, Mari is often referred to as the queen of Facebook and she is widely recognized as one of the world’s foremost experts on Facebook marketing. She is a Forbes top social media power influencer, author of the new relationship marketing and co-author of Facebook marketing: An Hour A Day, that she has also shared the stage with many famous leaders, which have included Richard Branson Tony Robbins, Paula, Abdul and Arianna Huffington.

Basically Mari is the real deal and she teaches businesses and brands on how to properly monetize their social media efforts. And today we are going to have her teach us how to succeed in Facebook land today and with that welcome to show Mari. How you doing today?

Mari: Wonderful. Thank you for having me Stephen looking forward to this.

Steve: So I’ve always been curious about this. How did you get named the queen of Facebook? Like was there a ceremony you have to belong to a certain bloodline to qualify?

Mari: Haaa, Just consistency and persistent and it just after a while really that is all I focused on in 2007. I just fell in love with the platform became an evangelist kind of like within a few weeks. Everybody I knew I’m like, are you on Facebook? Let’s get on Facebook. And that’s all I’ve done for, you know 13 years and I’ve always loved the acronym Focus follow one course until successful and so I just over a short period of time and people just started calling me that and had that title for all this times.

Steve: You know, what’s funny is I met you before but I don’t I didn’t realize like how tall and Majestic you are in person. And so you actually do look like a queen if anyone sees you in person, you just need a tiara or a crown I think

Mari: Exactly that’s funny. I appreciate you saying that.

Steve: So 2007. Wow. So how did you get into Facebook marketing? I imagine you were a user at first. How did you become an expert?

Mari: Okay, so it’s really interesting because throughout my entire career I have had these two parallel paths. Two parallel loves if you will where I absolutely love technology and the internet and then I also love people and relationships and behavioral analysis. What makes them tick and so in the early 2000s, I was creating information products. I was doing email marketing and I was I was specializing in both email and internet marketing, but then I also had this certified relationship coach. I was working with couples and singles and coaching them on the relationships. And then I remember a mentor of mine. I’m not kidding 2007. She said, Mari, you know, you got this divided path thing going on you gotta pick, you know, which area of your relation, You’re a relationship person yet internet marketing person.

I’m like, I love them both. It is like that’s when Facebook like just kind of fell in my lap. I had a friend of mine invited me to be on this beta test team you had an app that you could like take taken teach classes and I’m like, I’m not kidding. I was like a bit of a hold out because I’m like, what do I need an online social network thing? I’m a natural networker. I’ve got big Network here in San Diego, so But I’m like, okay if I’m going to test this app, I probably better have an account and pull up facebook.com and like, oh my God it was like a defining moment Goosebumps heard the angels singing, you know, like oh, oh, oh my gosh.

This is this is going to be this is my future. I just loved it everything about it. So it’s like yeah, it’s just one of those meant to be things in and I remember people say to me within about maybe six months or so, they’d be like, oh my God Mari social media is like made for you. It’s a blend of your two loves people in the internet. I’m like, I know

Steve: you know, actually you joined like during the golden years of Facebook and what I wanted to ask you about today was, you know, Facebook reaches kind of been on the decline for the past several years and I was hoping you could kind of comment on whether like organic Facebook is dead. Like I’m a brand new business. Is it still like a good strategy to to focus a lot on that platform?

Mari: So it’s really interesting because when Facebook went public in 2012 they’re actually there’s a mash-up graph Out There Our Friend Jay Beard created it and you can see that the decline the line on the graph going down is is that the organic reach and it’s commensurate with the same line going up with the stock price. So, you know there was definitely some genius, Evil Genius whatever you want to call it with their you know plans that Facebook the way that they rolled this out because that’s our number one way to make money is ads always has been and So yeah, I sometimes I’ll speak to audiences and say, you know, sorry to say but organic reach is so 2012 or 2013.

However interestingly enough. I just did a recently did a video for our friends at social media examiner is on there funnily enough. It’s on their YouTube channel. They’re really building out their YouTube, but I’m talking I give out all these great tips on how to increase your organic reach. And even though on average is literally like between one and six percent right between one and six out of every hundred people have liked your page. It’s really frustrating especially like you say to new business owners, but using technologies that I teach I can increase that up to about 65 percent organic reach.

Steve: That’s ridiculous. Okay.

Mari: Is it?

Steve: You’re going to tell us, right?

Mari: Yes. I am. I anything, I’m an open book whatever you want to know.

Steve: Actually the interview is over. Sorry everyone where Mari’s going to tell me privately. Sorry go on. I didn’t mean to interrupt.

Mari: No, you’re good. You’re good. But here’s the cool thing is that number one is that live Facebook live especially video if we just say video is a category so doing way more video than you do link post. And of course where marketers were business owners, we want to drive people to our offers or web pages or landing pages or opt ins whenever. But links, link post get the lowest reach in the lowest engagement. Instead, You should be posting maybe about 70% video content 20% photos and images and only about 10% link post. But the Nifty thing with all this is you can still put links in into your video post into your image post and actually Gathering an audience through video views is one of the most affordable least expensive ways to do it.

As you get people to get that view account, which is only three seconds and if you can get up to 10 or 15 or 30 seconds, the longer people watch your video the more of a captive audience they are and you could segment it out break it down and go into ad manager and do some retargeting which is really really great.

Steve: Let me ask you how do you embed a link? Into your video that’s clickable. Are you saying just post a video and then within the description post the link?

Mari: correct. So in the caption you include the link there ideally above the fold right because of the little more button but the cool thing is that you can add a clickable link. It’s not an embedded inside of the actual video but it is like a component of the it’s like a whole the whole bottom line where the description and the title and then there’s a call to action button that that is all clickable or tappable and mobile and even if you literally put $1 on boosting the post then you’re going to be able to add that button. They used to have it for free, you know Facebook gives with one hand takes away with the other.

But we used to have that CTA button organically, but now like, you know, any amount of budget will enable you to add your call to action button to a video

Steve: but that button only last for the duration of the Boost right?

Mari: No. No.

Steve: Oh, it stays. So you just

Mari: Once it’s added. Yeah.

Steve: Oh Okay. I did not actually know that.

Mari: Yeah.

Steve: Can you comment on boosting versus just going through and producing an ad through ads manager?

Mari: I can. Absolutely, So as there is a like a news feed algorithm as you just actually believe it or not as like a hundred thousand points or weights or signals that govern what goes into everybody’s individual Newsfeed organically, but equally on the ad side, there’s algorithms that pick up everything from you know, the obviously the pixels the URL and all the components of the ad and Facebook knows if you’re using the Boost button you are a novice Advertiser and I’m not saying don’t ever use it, but an actual fact this is directly from Facebook. Though they won’t necessarily say it publicly. But you really want to allocate only about 10% of your ad budget using the Boost button and it’s just for something like on the fly or maybe you’re on your mobile device and you just, you know want to get get a little boost of posted starting to do really well.

Give it give it some extra legs, otherwise 90% of your ad budget you’re going to allocate an ads manager and ideally you’re going to have the pixel installed throughout your website. You’re going to be using events even And so like add to cart and check-out and all that good stuff that can really track the individual actions people take custom audiences, look-alike audiences. And also you’re using business manager to manage your page. all of those signal to Facebook that you are a more sophisticated Advertiser and you will literally get a better ROI.

Steve: Okay. So basically if you can help it don’t even use the Boost button, right?

Mari: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Unless, you’re in a pickle and you’re just in a hurry and you want to do something on your phone, okay.

Mari: It’s Gotten better over the years that you can go in there and access your saved audiences and your custom audiences. And so it’s gotten a lot better. You can’t tweak the placement and you know, there’s a lot of things you can’t do so

Steve: since you mentioned social media examiner, so Stelzner a while back said that Facebook video like he completely I think dropped his Facebook video strategy saying that people are browsing on Facebook. It’s like looking at Billboards as opposed to someone on YouTube who is watching the video in its entirety and becomes a fan or subscriber. can you comment on that?

Mari: Yeah. Yeah. I love Mike I go back like 12 years long time friend and so it we often agree to disagree. He loves to be controversial.

Steve: Yes. He does. Yes.

Mari: He’s kind of bugged me. It was like Oh my God. Facebook video is dead. Everybody’s like migrating to YouTube. I’m like, no wait, not so fast people. And but so Mike’s concept is like yeah, he’s there’s absolute truth in any what you see here is the bottom line was with all of this is, that you’ve got to experiment with your own page. Because at the time I know social media examiner crew were producing a show called The Journey and and really wanting to get people to consume retain like the full 6 or 10 or 12 minute episode. And that’s tricky that is a little bit I can be it can be a little bit tricky on Facebook, but they’re definitely shows are doing that. I mean The Runaway success on Facebook with a show is red table talk with Jada Pinkett Smith and her mother and her daughter you have 3 generations they take on really challenging topics and obviously there are celebrities.

Certainly helps, but there’s a lot of people that are emulating this. I mean I literally have in my community because I teach a lot of how did how to set up your whole in home video studio and to create a show and whole, you know, developing a business around that and so I have like one of my students is a animal behaviorist and she every every week she has a show called coffee with the critters and she’s all these animals and she said, Just talking to people about animal behavior. And so, the thing is..

Steve: live or is that a show?

Mari: Live.

Steve: That was I was live, she does it live. Yep. Yep. And that’s the thing too also for your listeners here Steve, but it doesn’t have to be live because live can be really scary for a lot of people but you can do a beautifully produced. It doesn’t have to be super high end fancy expensive. But you know, well produce good audio good video good lighting and some editing, light editing and then you can air that quote unquote. Publish it. That’s what red table talk does this never live. It’s like, you know very well produced. And so back to Mike’s Point is like if yeah, it’s kind of drive by as people just thumbing through the newsfeed. But but there’s this term called thumb stopping if you produce thumb stopping content because it’s like 90% of people access Facebook on mobile predominantly.

So and then you’re doing some repurposing. So you’ve also go to an IG TV and on Instagram and in your stories and sure you can have a version on YouTube or maybe a longer version but the beautiful thing with all of that is on Facebook any of the Facebook family of apps including Instagram, course is that now you can do some retargeting you can you do a watch party. A watch party is a very underutilized tool for marketers in its it’s extraordinary it actually..

Steve: Can you walk us through how that works. So you specify they’re going to launch a watch party. How do you get do people just naturally find it or do you have to advertise the watch party?

Mari: You can’t advertise it yet, but they are adding more features where you can actually schedule it and in essence what it is is kind of Hosting movie night, right and get your popcorn out and you’re like, hey guys, come on over at my house tonight. We’re going to watch this this movie or you have a playlist and you’re going to binge watch, you know, whatever your show is. so you can host a watch party on your business page your personal profile and a group adding any kind of group and you can host any public videos. It could be anybody’s video plus your own your own videos and it’s a great way to get more mileage. So let’s say you do have a weekly show and it’s not live. It’s produced and you put it out there Facebook gives you two options to air it on your page like as if it were live. It’s called Premier, Premier, you can schedule and gathers an audience and it notifies people and it’s airs like quote unquote live.

And there’s another one called new release which goes right away. You don’t schedule it. So let’s say you’ve done that. You’ve got some traction some mileage. I usually the lower limit 24 hours. Let it kind of get out there then what you could do is go in your group. You’ve got a group where Going deeper with your audience your super fans as Pat Flynn calls them and now you’re going to say okay guys. We’re going to go deeper on this topic. I’ve got this watch party coming up Tuesday at two o’clock. And so they know it. Maybe it’s a weekly occurrence there and you’re going to eat more mileage. And now you say okay, you can be in the comment and answering questions and then use the watch party host.

You can control fast forward rewind pause, whatever. You’ve got all the questions, but what’s also pretty dang Nifty now is if you initiate that watch party on the mobile, you can hop on live and so you could like kind of talk over something or pause and just pop in for a little live commentary. There’s some really creative things that you can do with the launch party its literally only kind of the beginning has been out for a little while, but I think that there’s marketers out there that are going to really caught on to this and go. Whoa. Okay, there’s some creative ways. I can repurpose content reach a wider and wider audience and yeah. Gets get more mileage out of what you’re already producing.

Steve: so you mentioned so we were just talking about Mike and his Facebook video strategy. Can you kind of provide some guidelines on like the perhaps he was going about it a little bit wrong or something that was challenging. What are some of the guidelines that you have for Facebook video in particular?

Mari: Well, it’s funny because like you I’m sure when you start talking to people about a specific component of business building or marketing you realize you really have to take a holistic approach and So it was me and I teach Facebook marketing, but you know, I’ve been in the world of online business for like 21 years and so it’s like okay if I look at your content or your messaging or your branding or your website go to your website. I’ve really no idea what you offer. All right, or I go to your landing page and it’s too confusing you get too many options. One common thing is this people don’t don’t collect email addresses. I’m one person in my community right now. She has a page of a couple hundred thousand and something happened. I think she got hacked and her page got And she’s just devastated her home world is like ended and I’m like you do have an email list.

She’s like no, I don’t I was like, oh gosh, you know, yeah. So yeah. Absolutely. It’s vital that we also have an aspect of you know, I would say Facebook’s rented land all these social platforms are rent land. So yeah as a strategy you want to be having this real strong Clarity that your message is clear who you’re speaking to your avatars as they call multiple avatars. And you have clear offers and it especially now, I I teach a lot of women my about 80% of my audience is women, my students, my clients. And I typically find they have great deal of difficulty asking for the sale, you know, putting that call to action button over there asking those. Oh no I need to do I read somewhere that you need to do know 8 meme posts and two marketing host.

Don’t do that. It’s okay to ask for the sale but then when it comes to video content, it’s like having that balance of adding enough value. Giving away, don’t be afraid really if you’re in the information marketing business to to give away all your best stuff because you’ll always come up with more and you can always go deeper with people.

Steve: Let me tell you where I was going with that.

Mari: Yeah. Yeah, please.

Steve: Length of the video and your recommendations because I’ve seen a lot of one minute videos. I seen longer videos, but nothing longer than I would say five minutes. Is that okay usually the right length?

Mari: Okay, so I actually have different categories that I recommend. So for example start with the shortest. For ads if you want to have an ad break that means it shows up with the beginning or in the middle of a Facebook video, 15 seconds is your max. So 15 second ad break that’s going to be either square or four by five vertical or landscape. Then you’ve also got stories ads now, even though stories can only be 15 seconds. You can have up to two minutes a hundred and twenty seconds for a stories ad and and both Facebook and Instagram and and I would recommend ideally produce in that native. So you’re going to the full 9 by 16 vertical format and it Looks more natural. If you don’t do that fine. Facebook has automatic placements and you’ll just have your landscape video fit into a story format.

Then you’ve got what Facebook calls long form, long form video is anything three minutes or more and they’re actually right now craving really wanting creators to make more three minute or longer videos because they need us to produce that long form content in order to insert those ad breaks into them and actually just like YouTube, you know you Have to meet certain criteria in order to do your ad breaks like to have a drinks in your own videos and monetize them. But so then that’s the three minutes and then with your live. I usually like to recommend just like red table tag you go for like that television episode length, which is somewhere between 18 and 25 minutes. An hour or so a lot of people doing an hour and that’s great. If you’ve got an Engaged audience and you have good retention like I do.

Like I could do a live for 10 minutes or two hours and people would be and I just I have a very engaged audience in a as long as I’m getting given them Great Value, but if you find, you know, you’re going for an hour and people are just drop it off after 10 minutes. Then I would shorten it up. But yes.

Steve: I guess, arw people going back to what Mike said, you know, even for the long form video are people actually willing to spend, you know, three to five minutes watching a video and their feed?

Mari: Okay. So yeah, and I know he calls it like YouTube is more of a lean back experience and he’s right. as far as like people go to YouTube always as a search engine, right? It’s the number two search engine behind Google. Of course Google owns YouTube. And nobody, nobody goes to Facebook and start searching, you know how to learn to play classical guitar, how to bake a perfect chocolate cake. I mean, you just don’t do that. So it’s more about just not really Discovery. It’s almost just like happenstance or ad or you also have your favorite channels or pages that you follow and I know a lot of like my community have my page notifications enabled so when I go live it will show up and I know instant audience comes along and that but You have to cultivate that.

But people are asking you they willing to spend three to five minutes watching video. They are, when it’s done in a community fashion. And this is where I think marketers and the media the world over are missing the point in the differentiation that Mark Zuckerberg and team are attempting to do and that is the reason doesn’t sentiment analysis around this tons and tons of sentiment analysis if people watch a video solo by themselves scroll through the feed they spend three seconds or three to five minutes as you say their sense of well-being goes down. They feel not as good about themselves or about Facebook.

If they watch that same video with other people whether it’s a live a premier and you release a watch party. It’s in a group then their sentiment goes up. They feel better about themselves and about Facebook and about the video and everything and they’re more likely to consume more. So video, Yeah Facebook actually has a mission statement. Specifically, around video that is to create a sense of belonging and they don’t want people to sit back by themselves. they want people to lean in and watch with other people which is the whole purpose of the watch party.

Steve: So earlier you mentioned that you’ve had posts have 65% engagement where those videos where there’s part of watch parties or how did you achieve that number?

Mari: No organic reach it so tips. I’ll do like a there’s like a PSA, Public Service Announcement, and it’s like some me more some rumor and I Like to get in there and dispel the myth or the rumor and sometimes, something like that will pick up go viral or just a new piece of content or I’m just helping people understand and this is you know, this is in my field of expertise, of course translate that to other niches or verticals and it’s like where can you be the go-to person for fill in the blank whatever that is people come to you because as it is you’re a trusted voice your thought leader you you know, your audience knows that you’ve done your homework. And you’re what you’re sharing is fact, so that’s one area is that you’ve built that up over time.

And then if you know, it sounds counterintuitive, but earlier we’re talking about ads manager and you know promoting posts if you spend even a nominal amount could be like a hundred bucks a week or a hundred bucks a month anything. That tends to feed the algorithms to know that you’ll get more organic reach you get a little more organic reach than if you don’t spend a dime on ads and then there’s other Aspects is just like timing, you know to know like when your fans are most online or people that follow you or most online. You’ve got all that information in your insights. You can check that the 65 percent organic reach that particular post was an image post some of my videos if it’s a tutorial like for instance.

There’s a thing right now the schedule Facebook’s moved to schedule the ability to schedule into Creator studio and people are freaking out going oh my God. I can’t find it. So I did do a little video tutorial and show Here’s what you do.

Steve: All right. So we’ve talked about a number of different things. There’s one question. I do want to ask you, you can have a page and you can have a group. Is it even worth building up a page or should you just go and start a group right away and start getting people to join that?

Mari: Okay, so you absolutely need to have a page as well because the only way you can advertise is if you have a page you can even advertise on Instagram without having an Instagram account. If you have a Facebook page. Now, it’s not necessarily always about, you know, building a massive audience. It’s about Having that budget, so I want to give a quick example here. And this is a colleague of mine who’s worked with my partner and his name’s Dr. Pete and he was brand new to Facebook its long-established. He’s like in his 60s and he’s an expert on opioid addiction has this patented technology. So the Facebook page this Dr. Pete what he did bran brand new to Facebook, but he wanted to get the word out more about his patented opioid addiction Technologies.

Pain-free, withdrawal free, It’s only three days amazing. So what we did is create a Facebook page and an event and he hosted an event at UC Irvine and invited licensed psychologists and therapists that were targeted laser targeted right down to zip code in Orange County area and they had a bunch of $350. Oh and is Page Six fans only six fans on the page. And a budget of $350 and what that was used for was to promote the event which was a talk and in person talk and with these licensed psychologists there and therapist, and they had a room that would hold about 25 people and I’m not kidding.

They got a hundred and twenty registrations and they had to get bigger room and that yielded ended up yielding a $15,000 referral patient. So I tell that story because it’s not about a gathering lots and lots of fans. I’ve seen many many advertisers with a have just a small number of fans, but the whole goal here is that there actually is reaching their exact target audience.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wiegler and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Right through engagement, right? Yeah. I mean that’s what I found over the years like my page, even though it has a lot of fans like think, I hadn’t done a good job of Engagement. I was sending out a lot of Link posts. And so that engagement drops but on my group is still okay. And so what I was getting at with that question was, is it worth trying to build a ton of likes on a page or should I just be staring everyone over to a group where it seems to be the reaches higher on a group?

Mari: Facebook just like giving video more reach in the news feed including live and watch parties as we talked about Facebook is also giving much more emphasis priority to group. So you’re absolutely right on that part, but I would caution against kind of like going all in on a group and not so much on a page because either way each takes resources, time, you know effort to and also you want to be really clear what’s the purpose of the group. sometimes groups have a Limited shelf life and which is not about a use of it to do like a pop up group in for a challenge and it’s over a short period of time and then you just archive it maybe start a new group. Or you have a support group or something our user group or for customer service.

It just depends and thinking about what is the purpose of the group and but utilizing still using the page to reach a broader audience, gather your audience, you know that gather your like your custom audiences do it’s where you do your look-alikes and your ads.

Steve: so let me ask you this then. So I mean it’s clear that you have to have a page. But how do you actually get more engagement on your page? So if you have some guidelines to share that be great like how often you should post what are some good rules of thumb for what types of content work? What should you avoid?

Mari: Brilliant. Yeah, so the interesting thing is as we talked about at the beginning of the interview where you know organic reaches is really gone down over the years. What I’ve seen is that many marketers actually think that the solution is to post more content and they may be previously posting, you know, three times a day now, they’re posting six times a day and actually that’s worse. It’s counterintuitive. Facebook doesn’t want you to post more they want you to go deeper on individual posts. HubSpot For example, they kind of pulled back a bit and though they go like much more video content spaced out more well-thought-out and so it’s better to put more emphasis on deeper post.

You’ll see that in my own page like sometimes I only post like three times, four or five times a week. So it’s okay to even miss a full day doesn’t have to be like every day. But the point is that when you’re really adding value you’re educating or you’re giving good information that helps people in the litmus test is, you know, what kind of traction are you getting at is It getting some good organic reach then you’ll know. Okay, I’ll do more of that type of post. So there’s no hard and fast rule for every page but I would say experiment it if you’re getting really low reach and you’re posting, you know, every day just try miss a day miss a day or two. Definitely post more video as I mentioned about 70% video, Try integrating some live in there. Also another one. That’s a good one is just a simple question, maybe like one sentence like one question no image. No graphic. No, nothing. Just a question.

And that does really well. Sometimes I’ll say you know in my industry about legal. Okay, what is what is if you could change one thing about Facebook, What would it be? people kept me this letter and that was that’s like that’s some, no UGC is a crowdsourced user-generated Content that I can use a lot of that for blog posts in order to create a video on

Steve: looks like I’ve found that creating long-form Facebook post almost like a little mini blog post has been working well, I guess it just comes down to what people want to read ultimately.

Mari: you are right and there’s that whole style of writing. I forget what they call it, but it says likes where you literally put like a line break after almost every sentence and it just makes it really easy as opposed to big long paragraphs, but you’re right. I do a very similar one. I’ve always been kind of more verbose with my posts and people just get used to that. They are like many blog posts. My brain just seems to work well and I’ve got something to say instead of writing on my blog. I’ll write it first on the on Facebook post.

Steve: Oh, yeah, that’s actually a good idea and then based on the engagement you can decide whether you actually want to follow through on that post on your blog that how you do it?

Mari: Yeah. Yeah or will embed the whole post or yeah, or make a video about it.

Steve: What about Facebook Stories? How does that come into play?

Mari: Oh my gosh, so I posted not long back on my page. It was a study that HubSpot had done on where people are more likely to see stories whether it’s Instagram or Facebook and they find it with Facebook. There’s a very small number of people. I forgot the name. Is only like I don’t know a couple hundred people and and I got a lot of people push back including Mike, he said Mari that stat’s not even legit and I’m like it totally is. it totally is it’s like to be legit. It’s like I forget what the stats are out there that people can Google it but there’s definitely was a legit stat. Now, the thing is that because Facebook has just really empathized, you know stories. They got bigger and bigger and then they know that take up a whole big chunk of space on your mobile phone for sure.

And then also you can cross pose. You can link your Instagram to your either your profile or your page depending on if you have an Instagram business account, and so it just depends on like your follower. So I know for me I can pose a contact I can post something on Instagram. I have over 30,000 followers over there and you get you know, reasonable number of views into the several hundreds and sometimes it pops way up and you know thousand or something and then it gets a some views on my Facebook page, but Then on my profile where I have, you know, almost 5,000 friends and three over 300,000 followers and just depends on what I post. I find definitely something a little bit more personal so, you know picture of me or something. A selfie would ever do something fun.

Then I can get like 8,000 views. So I want another week they’re on my profile. So I just like to mix it up and no matter what no matter where you do your stories. Just keep in mind that what you’re In is creating top of Mind awareness top. I like to call it top of mind and top of feed. So and every time you post a new story, it bumps you back along to the kind of the beginning of the row for your followers. And so yeah, so just you know, it best you can have a definitely have a story strategy.

Steve: I recently just started putting out regular Instagram stories and Facebook stores that kind of post the same to both platforms and I was told that just for building super fans for just creating awareness of yourself. Unfortunately it’s not really measurable in the dollar sense like an ad would be but in the long run it will put you it will gain you more mind share with your potential customers

Mari: Mind Share. You’re absolutely right. And then what I like to do is I like to build up good will , right? I really spend time. You might have like you’ve got different periods of time throughout the year where you’re doing a marketing campaign and during those periods where you’re not doing a marketing campaign. I mean you should I be little always be marketing. But but you just have to value letting people really see behind the scenes, living vicariously through you pictures of family or travels or whatever, pets. You know, we’re always good are just like thought-provoking things.

And then also with stories by the way, keep in mind that people love to touch their phones. There’s been studies done where average person touches their phone 2,600 times a day and the power users like us folks the top 10% It’s over 5,000 times a day. And so..

Steve: That’s crazy.

Mari: It’s crazy, It’s ridiculous. We’re addicted. And and so if you can get people in your story, especially Instagram, you give them a reason to touch their phone. So the slider pole or the yes, no pole or a quiz or questions or any of the stickers like the, you know people to follow recommending people to follow that kind of thing then people just love that so fun and interactive and engaging content and then you intersperse your marketing content. And if you don’t have those the swipe up you need 10,000 followers still don’t have the swipe up, but you could anybody can swipe Up to an IGT video and you can put links clickable links and IG TV video.

Steve: you know, Mari I like the way you do it because it’s good to see like how the queen lives everyday life and it kind of humanizes you a little bit also.

Mari: thank you.

Steve: So I did want to kind of end this interview. I just kind of talking about e-commerce and that’s kind of the focus of the podcast. Are people selling physical products on Facebook right now. And what do they have in the future and if you were too kind of formulate some sort of e-commerce strategy and Facebook. How would you do it?

Mari: Oh gosh. Yeah. It’s pretty exciting. Some of the things are coming down the line because a while ago, they tested this but now it’s more than likely becoming which is it was live Facebook being able to do Facebook live in having people just tap the screen in order right there all the while they’re still watching live. So it’s kind of like QVC or NHS, you know, Home Shopping Network meets Facebook live. Then what just came out this year is, you know, they’ve got their portal which is In home video chat devices like, you know, Google has one Amazon has one and I know that trust is definitely a all-time low trust is definitely pretty precarious with Facebook, but you’ve got your Die Hard fans, will have a portal.

And what they brought out is the this the television set top device that has the camera on it. So now what’s happening down not that too distant future is people be able to watch a full screen, 4K streaming videos. And with picture-in-picture having friends and family or possibly clients. I’m seeing that markers would probably be able to use this where you’ve got almost like a new way of doing a webinar. And so you’ve got the big screen you could picture in picture and then with the touch screen to be able to on your mobile device, anyway, be able to make it in place orders. I think that’s going to be an absolute Game Changer.

They tested about two years ago the ability and that just like that particular project cutting the team got deployed somewhere else. But it’s an area where I would keep a close eye if you’re a retailer. If you could if you have products that could be sold on likes of a QVC or NHS and then Facebook live with that instant shopping is not that far away now and I think it’s going to be epic.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

I know right now like you can have products on your page. But when you click on it actually takes them off site to your actual site. Do you know of anyone who’s actually taking transactions on Facebook directly?

Mari: Oh, yeah, absolutely. You can do that. You just do through Stripe. Yeah. I’ve sold my books on out. When they first brought it out. I should put one of my books on there and and that was yeah you just processes there, but you’re right. I think most people because if they already have an existing store, then they just drive people over to shopify or whatever they might have. Interestingly enough, I have Pinterest reach out to me. I’m going to be doing some stuff with Pinterest had no we’re talking all about Facebook and I’ll always be on Facebook and Instagram, you know Die Hard first and foremost but for your listeners, if there, Predominately more on the retail side than absolutely, Pinterest.

There really going all in with their ads and the research I was doing some doing some work with them. I just hired somebody to help me with my Pinterest because it’s been kind of neglected but Pinterest is actually the only social network where people actually look for the ads like they’ll punch in a search and it will pop up and they don’t even sometimes they can’t even discern whether the looking at somebody else’s pin or they’re looking at an ad. Yeah. I don’t know if you’ve had any Pinterest experts on your, on your show

Steve: We have yeah, Pinterest is actually a big try Versailles, especially since it’s like a search engine. the thing with Pinterest though is that people like to just create Boards of things. They might not be immediately in the market for something, like they might be to redesign their kitchen. They’re putting together different components that they want to buy. So the the sales cycle is a little bit more delay than it is on Google.

Mari: interesting, interesting. You know, what you just reminded me as a new placement on Facebook as they’re bringing out search as a placement. So but again back to what we’re seeing about videos. Like it’s not native for people to punch in and search for something but you’ve also got Marketplace. In Marketplace has eight hundred thousand users is an integral part of Facebook is not a separate app. So if somebody was searching for something and then you had your ad there and therefore your product on with the search placement and that certainly could be effective.

Steve: I haven’t actually I’ve run ads to that placement before but the volume is just really low.

Mari: I would imagine I think in the funnily enough to have four years, you know, y’all saying, Mike, that Facebook search is so broken if you’re looking for anything on Facebook just Google it

Steve: Yeah, does your Instagram strategy differ at all from the way you deal with Facebook. It seems like two are somewhat similar.

Mari: I mean does someone and I’m also just working with a new team member to really dive deeper into my Instagram because I just haven’t done a lot more on the personal side which seems to people really like that a long caption and it’s really kind of a little more in depth. I don’t do as much to my feed is I really need to also just need to kind of like do the whole grid thing and make it look real compelling and pretty and on brand. and so yeah, I’ve got the whole strategy coming on the old, just really pick up speed in the early 2020 where, just focusing on more like the tips based posts and driving people to offers and free downloads. My good friend Chalene Johnson does a great job of that and there’s certain accounts. I just love to follow. they do a great job with that

Steve: What are some absolute, no nos that you shouldn’t be doing in Facebook. I know I know posting YouTube videos is probably a no no.

Mari: you’re right. And it’s so funny because I was like, Mike stelzner is video there the YouTube video about Facebook organic reach and then I, you know, they posted the YouTube video on Facebook and that was actually one of my no nos. But there’s always a caveat is always a caveat because I even said right there in that tip. I’m like, you know, Facebook has these algorithms if you post about any other competitors YouTube, Snapchat, Pinterest, Twitter, and it’s just going to get way less reach in the newsfeed. However, I actually had one of my community members had messaged me not long back and he has a page about 25,000 fans and he posted a YouTube video and it got half a million reach.

Steve: What. Okay

Mari: So you just saw there’s always going to be an outlier and anomaly and you’ve got to be able to test on your own and don’t just take a hard and fast rule go. Okay. I’m never posting YouTube video because it really just does depend and so one of the signals of the news feed algorithm is speed and so if Somebody, you have a raving fan, fan base and they start to pick up my oh my gosh, that’s a great video and if it goes get engagement quickly from the time you posted it that’s helps it literally feeds, you know

Steve: you know what the window is? for that quickly

Mari: really like minutes

Steve: Minute. Oh my goodness. Okay.

Mari: Yeah

Steve: Are there any special words that you shouldn’t be using in your posts?

Mari: Yeah. So this is a good question because it was, they call it engagement bait and Facebook’s got more and more strict about what they call Engagement Bait including what you say in your videos, even your lives they listen and they got these algorithms are really AI, excuse me, that will pick up what you’re saying and so engagement bait. So if you’re actually saying, you know comment below or please share that that’s one of those like, please share this or please like they don’t like you asking for likes or shares or comments so you can say you can just easily just say naturally like what do you guys think?

You know, or let me know your thoughts or you know, if you get value from this let your let your tribe know as others ways that you can just do it very naturally but not say those trigger keywords.

Steve: Okay, what about terms like free or buy do they care about those?

Mari: All those are fine.

Steve: Those are fine.

Mari: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah what they’re mostly looking for because I know like the whole chat bot. I like to integrate a chatbot strategy in there too. And so if possible, I don’t know you and I were just at the conversations conference. But so some people have like the keyword trigger. Let’s say you’re doing a live and you’ll say no comment below with the word, you know coupon and I’ll messages coupon and it just depends on again so many different factors of the page how regularly they go live how engaged the audiences but ideally the algorithms are looking for what Zak calls meaningful social interaction and that’s usually about five words or more.

So if you can get your audience to comment with more like full sentences than just a one trigger keyword, then that’s a good thing.

Steve: I know in this one as that’s doing really well for me. We sell handkerchiefs which is here’s a common thing. So we said hey, let me know if you’re a handkerchief lover and what you use them for.

Mari: Oh nice. That’s a great question. Yeah, because that you’re not going to just say one word answer to that. Yeah, that’s a good one.

Steve: And then it says they commented leads to a message and messenger where they can get a coupon. That’s kind of how I run it

Mari: brilliant, genius. Hmm. Love it.

Steve: So, Mari. I know you’re on a tight schedule here, and I did want to give you an opportunity to talk about where people can find you and I know you’re working on some courses. You mentioned earlier before the podcast started working people find you?

Mari: You betcha. So Marismith.com and I’m pretty much Mari Smith across all social channels and @Maria_Smith on Instagram. And indeed, I’ve got some new courses coming on probably my page and my Facebook page @MariSmith, the one with the blue check is the best place to find out anything new that I got going on and join some of my groups and stay connected and get all the latest and greatest of what’s happening in the Facebook family of apps.

Steve: and if you go to any social media conference, anywhere in the world chances are she is speaking at it. Haha

Mari: Haha Yeah. Thank you Steve. Yep. That’s true.

Steve: I really appreciate your time. Thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Mari: My pleasure. Thanks for having me.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, Mari is my go-to woman when it comes to Facebook, but one thing that I’ve learned over the years is to never put all of your eggs and Facebook’s basket because it changes so often. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode292.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

291: Subtle Conversion Killers You Aren’t Accounting For With Luke Carthy

291: Subtle Conversion Killers You Aren't Accounting For With Luke Carthy


Today I’m happy to have Luke Carthy on the show. Luke is an ecommerce growth consultant specializing in strategy, search & conversion.

He’s been helping ecommerce brands grow for over 12+ years and he’s spoken at a variety of events including the last Mozcon in 2019.

Today, we’re going to discuss his strategies for growing an ecommerce brand.

What You’ll Learn

  • Luke’s background and how he got into ecommerce
  • What are some typical mistakes shop owners make?
  • What’s the first thing entrepreneurs neglect with their stores
  • Best practices for conversion
  • How to improve sales for your business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the my wife quit her job podcast. The place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies. They use to grow their businesses today. I’m with my friend Luke Carthy on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about the more obscure ways to improve your Ecommerce store sales that many shop owners are not doing for both an SEO and a usability perspective.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout-out to Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

I also want to give a shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m happy to have Luke Carthy on the show. Now, Luke was introduced to me by Dan Shure who was a previous guest on the podcast and he came highly recommended. Anyway, Luke is an e-commerce growth consultant specializing in strategy, search and conversion and he’s been helping e-commerce Brands grow for over 12 plus years now and he’s spoken at a variety of events including the last Mos Con in 2019. Now today we’re going to discuss his strategies for growing an e-commerce brand. And with that, Welcome to show Luke. How you doing today? Man?

Luke: I’m really good. I’m really good sleep. Thank you so much for having a nice intro song. Appreciate it.

Steve: So Luke for everyone who doesn’t know who you are. What is your background? And how did you get into e commerce?

Luke: Sure, so my background is absolutely digital. It kind of all started back in my first sales job. So there’s a retailer here called Curry’s which for you guys over in the US Is a ultimately Best Buy and I was there show my age a little bit here, but always there when we were selling the old school CRT TVs and just kind of coming through with the plasma and LCD era. So HDMI cables were a thing there were notoriously expensive around the 50 pound mark and I thought, you know what? There’s got to be a way to get these things cheaper. So I did some research looked at AliBaba and the usual kind of Chinese resellers as post or manufacturers.

Bought a load and I realized when I sold the first, the first few cables I was like, wow, do you know what? I love this, this is awesome. So my kind of appetite and love of e-commerce started from basically the back of my first job about 13 years ago, something like that.

Steve: And do you sell anything today on your own?

Luke: You know what? No, I am, I left that game way behind before I had children. So it’s something I absolutely look at again in the future. But you know what It’s like? Can’t do everything and just trying to work out your priorities, but I do love that kind of, you know, never gets old of seeing like a notification when you sold something. So yeah e-commerce is a is not gone. He’s just not right now.

Steve: So how did you get into the other areas of your expertise like SEO and and conversion rate optimization?

Luke: Yeah. So almost kind of trickled back from the same sort of thing. So eBay guess as If you think about it, ultimately has a search engine lemon to it. So I started to optimize my listings started to use a piece of software called Terapeak, which is Ultimate. Like a ahrefs. I guess if you like for the SEO well, but an eBay but yeah, and it just it just got born from there. So I started to look at I landed my first ever job not long after having my success on eBay and kind of got thrown into the deep end so started the research, started some experimentation, started looking at HTML and all sorts of cool stuff. And it just spiraled quite literally from there. So call it like a hobby / career and then it’s just turn into a complete career altogether either.

Steve: Cool, so Dan who I trust very much. He introduced you to me as an SEO expert and consultant but in our discussions prior to hitting record, I know you do a lot more than that. So what I was hoping to do in this interview today, perhaps is to pretend to be one of your clients maybe and have you kind of walk through what questions you should be asking yourself on how to improve sales for your e-commerce business. Maybe, the best way to start would be what are some of the typical mistakes shop owners make or what do they neglect? That should be that should get more attention.

Luke: Yeah, for sure. So this this one is is a big one. It doesn’t really matter the size of the retailer. I’ve seen sort of global national, National brands do it and I’ve seen small independent econ plays. But ultimately your internal search engine on your site search for another term. It’s it’s painful how many times I see people neglect this gold mine really, so I guess you know from a View of just optimizing for what people are looking for perfect example, I’ve literally just put out a blog post that we about to couple of hours ago. There’s a major retailer here in the UK called home base and Black Friday is around the corner when you search for Black Friday, you get no results fanpage and obviously with as we get in closer more people search for this, you know to see no results found.

It doesn’t look great. But this is this is one of many examples, you know, misspellings spaces in the wrong areas all this sort of stuff which is really really important. So it’s One of the biggest quick wins you can do with virtually no cost is just to optimize and tweak your internal search engine to make sure the customers can find what they’re looking for.

Steve: So, let me ask you this, so by default like the shopping carts like Shopify and Bigcommerce. I think I’m pretty sure it’s like an exact match keyword search for your products and descriptions. What do you recommend to account for all these misspellings? And you mentioned people search for Black Friday, but it turns out a big doughnut like, how do you actually fix that?

Luke: Yeah. So Google analytics is almost a really cool place to start if you can configure it right out of the box so site search reports. I think it’s under the behavior tab, but it’s a gold mine of understanding what people searching what volume so as much as it’s important to understand, you know to fix Search terms that got broken makes more sense to find out which of those Search terms are driving the highest amount of frequencies. So, you know, you might have one person a month searching for something but you could have 50 people a week searching for something else.

So to try and get first get to the idea of How many such is do you have that are broken and so identify the ones that are broken the way I like to go about this is custom extraction. So

Steve: So before we get into that custom extraction, I just want to tell the listeners here in Google analytics. You can actually tell it to look for what is called like a search string in your URL and then Google will track all the searches that are performed on your on-site search and with that information. I guess it leads into what you’re going to be talking about Luke, which is custom extraction. Would you mind defining what that is for the people who are listening by the way?

Luke: Yeah, sure, so customer extraction. So in essence what will custom extraction allows you to do is extract anything you like. We were within reason from the HTML of a website to use an SEO crawler like so deep crawl or screaming frog or whatever your flavor of call that you prefer. So following on from that example, you know that that Google analytics piece. We just spoke about a finding out what your Search terms are. Every website of course has a URL structure for a particular search term. So for example, you know example.com/Search/key word.

So we just build a list of those search, search terms throw them into a crawler and extract the HTML that’s returned from it in layman’s terms. So what that allows me to do is to very quickly understand what the top. Let’s say 10 results are for any one particular search query if I don’t have any results for that query then I know that there’s a problem or I know that there’s a there’s a search term here that needs to be refined or looked at again and improved.

Steve: Just for the people who are listening because Luke’s very Advanced. I’m just going to kind of Define some of the things that he’s talking about here. Essentially what Luke is doing is he’s creating a web crawler like Google essentially and he’s using that to cross sites to figure out what sites are returning for a particular search query. Correct me if I’m wrong, Luke sorry.

Luke: No, that’s absolutely spot on. Yeah.

Steve: Okay. Okay.

Luke: So what once you’ve kind of got that information you can very quickly at scale identify what particular Search terms are causing your problems. So I’ll give you a couple of of Industry examples. These may or may not have been rectified since I found these but let’s look at say Best Buy for example, so there’s a lot of people on a monthly basis that are searching for the keyword online account. Now, of course, you know with that sort of context you can be pretty sure that no one’s really looking for a product. They’re mainly looking to find where they should log in to go and look at their existing purchase history or you know, maybe give customer services call or whatever. So to have no results found on that is like a gold mine because if you can fix that you improving the experience.

And as we know if you improve the experience then customers are more likely to buy from you or from your eCommerce store, but equally sometimes there can be a lot more profound than that. So we have of what with a client before for example where you search for inch, but with the quotes rather than the word inch and the search engine didn’t understand that but a lot of people were searching for inches with the quotation mark. So by rectifying that that was like a massive win almost like an overnight fix if you like, especially this particular client was in the DIY sector. So everything’s in measurements and you know this size that size.

Steve: So what you just specified in that example has nothing to do with custom extraction, right? That’s probably just results that you saw from your analytics is that accurate or?

Luke: no. I say because the the search term was found in Google analytics. So the amount of people searching if you like so a common with the exact keyword, but let’s say for example, it’s like other than that 10 inch less like a 10 inch shelf, for example.

Steve: Okay, Yep.

Luke: Now in Google analytics we would know because we’ve set up a report. That’s a Say 50 people a week search for that particular keyword.

Steve: Right

Luke: So what we want to do is validate, validate, sorry. Via customer extraction that whether that’s search term works or doesn’t work. So I guess to to distill it down, Google analytics will give you the amount of people that are searching for a particular term. But what he won’t do is tell you what the quality of the results are like.

Steve: so I guess my question is for that term why not just type it in..

Luke: into?

Steve: why not manually just type it into search or is the idea you’re compiling all these terms on mass. And just throwing into this custom extraction tool.

Luke: That’s it. Exactly.

Steve: Okay

Luke: We’re talking like hundreds if not thousands of..

Steve: okay. I understand. Sorry Luke, I keep interrupting you man, but I just want to make it clear for the people listening out there.

Luke: All right It’s cool. No problem, no problem.

Steve: All right so–okay so you have all these keywords and you’re throwing into this custom extraction tool. First off, My first question is are there tools out there that allow you to do this really easily?

Luke: Yeah, absolutely. Well easily depends on what you are but there’s absolutely tools that will allow you to do this and there’s loads of resources online. That can help you to get to get on there.

Steve: What’s your favorite one?

Luke: For me? It’s absolutely screaming frog.

Steve: Screaming frog. Okay.

Luke: I think the reason why I choose that one is because the barrier for entry is low, you know, it’s only a small cost license of under 200 pounds, you know, once you’ve got it set up and once you’ve kind of play with it and got it working. It can be really powerful. But I guess to very quickly break into another benefit of the tool and customer extraction is empty categories. So I guess for the for the smaller sites, maybe it’s not so much of an issue, but if you think of a website where you’ve got hundreds if not thousands of categories. How do you identify which categories have no products in, again is another wing you can use customer extraction for to find this sort of fact.

Steve: you know, it’s funny. I have used screaming frog in the past but mainly for an SEO audit so you’re telling me that I can just upload a series of keywords for example and have a screaming frog crawl a particular site based on whatever URLs I define?

Luke: Yeah, yeah. Yeah, you can do that.

Steve: presumably you’re gonna get all this data out right and then does it just come out in a spreadsheet form?

Luke: It does, it does, yeah.

Steve: So for example in your previous example with the inches, like what are you looking for to determine that it’s a bad result presumable. Is it like a 404 page or what do you looking for?

Luke: So it’s yeah. It’s not a 404 and that’s the reason why customer extraction is so powerful because when you think about internal search results, you know a lot of them returned in 200 error, I’m sorry, a 200 status code which of course is not broken. So that’s where customer extraction comes in because you’re not looking at the data, you’re looking at the sorry, not looking at the response code you’re looking at the data that’s returned. So to your point earlier, you’re looking at, you know, a spreadsheet you can see a URL and you can see the data that’s returned for that given URL and that helps you to then really narrow it down.

Steve: So are you specifically looking for something on that page that indicates that it was a bad search? So, for example, on my site it says Sorry, your search returned No results. Am I just specifically looking for that in the results?

Luke: Exactly.

Steve: Okay

Luke: Yeah, that’s that’s yeah, so that h1 or whatever strip of text it is when you see that in the custom extraction data, you know that there’s no results returned for that particular search query.

Steve: Okay

Luke: I guess just, you know, just to make it clear when you think about all these enterprise-level search engines like say SLI or fact-finder. They’re great at giving you reports of all the Search terms that aren’t working. But for small businesses where you kind of have woo commerce or Shopify setups this data is not available to you. It’s really important. It can really make a difference. So this is where it really comes to play.

Steve: So just to summarize I am uploading all my keywords to this tool. It’s crawling my site and then it’s outputting a list of terms that return not an error I guess but in this case of search results that don’t return anything based on a custom stream that I defined.

Luke: That’s right. You got it.

Steve: Cool. All right, let’s move on then. So categories, So you mentioned before I rudely interrupted you again. That sometimes Search terms return categories with empty products. Does that happen or?

Luke: yes that does absolutely happen that does actually happen. So again, I did a for a presentation. I did a while ago. I looked at Best Buy. I looked at Home Depot and I found loads of categories that had no products in and I think it’s really important to look at what these are how much traffic they get in and really maintaining and call these categories because again empty categories bad experiences, right?

Steve: So, what do you suggest that you do when you see an empty category you just eliminate that category altogether or?

Luke: yeah, I mean it could be a case of the category needs product adding to it or it could simply be a case of as you said the category no longer needs to be there. So it should be redirected to the next best match if you like or something to that effect

Steve: what about categories with like a single product? I mean, I know I’ve been guilty of that in the past with my store. What do you do with this data after you have it I guess is what I’m trying to get at.

Luke: Yeah. So this is a normally when you’ve Got this customer extraction data you can make this data as rich or as contact for as you like. So adding the amount of traffic adding the amount of conversions for that given landing page. You can really go into it. But the point I guess I want to make here is you know, you’ve hit the nail on the head with thin and empty categories these things just need taken care of and then you wonder from a merchandising or a category management point of view whether you should even have that category one or two products in or roll it into a another category that might be better suited but it just allows you to have if you like a bird’s eye view of your Ecommerce store and everything that’s going on at that particular time.

Steve: And in terms of actually fixing the search engine. I’m not sure I don’t know what shopping carts that you work with, but are there plugins that allow you to easily fix your on-site search without actually having to code anything in? I’m not sure if that’s a question that you can answer or that you’re used to.

Luke: Yeah. Well plugins not so much. I mean if you think about like woo commerce and the default the default search engine there then typically no, but what You can do is play around with redirects. Right? So, you know, if you find a particular search term that doesn’t work very well or has no results found then maybe have a rule that when this URL fires or when they search term fires actually redirect it to this search term instead.

Steve: Ah Okay.

Luke: And that can then, you know that can be a way of getting that done without having like the you know, the beautiful dashboards that you get with some of the more Enterprise Solutions.

Steve: Right. Right. So I know from my cart which is like this homegrown cart. I actually wrote this there’s this file. That just defines how search works and in there you can do all these special cases for keywords. I was just kind of curious with the tool like Shopify or Bigcommerce, whether you can do that easily perhaps that’s a question for my Shopify and Bigcommerce rep.

Luke: Yeah, I would say so woo Commerce when I last had a look at it about a year ago the answer to that was no but hey, everything moves all the time. They might be a plug-in or maybe come oysters that out the box.

Steve: Okay. So on site search, so you mentioned, empty categories, Search terms that go nowhere, misspellings. What are some other things to look out for?

Luke: Search wise definitely non products driven Search terms. So, you know at the example I used earlier was online account, but there’s loads of them is customer services. There’s returns policy. There’s all these sort of queries that that people can fire in to a search engine expecting data and then, you know nothing or I guess maybe even slightly worse is getting something that really doesn’t make any sense. So, you know, if you’re a let’s say you sell software online and someone searches for, I don’t know, returns policy. You might have some software that includes the keyword return and then you get like three results that you didn’t really want.

So I think it’s paying attention to those queries where you’ve got to try and play it smart with the customers not necessarily looking to buy something there looking for help to point them in the right direction, but then I guess to take it a step further you’ve got to think if people are searching for these things is your user experience easy because technically they could find what they were looking for. They wouldn’t need to use the search for these sort of terms. So, you know, you can look at it. Either sort of where maybe depends on frequency and how often these sort of Search terms happens.

Steve: Do you find that more people use the search function on a mobile site as supposed to a desktop site and you kind of distinguish the two when you’re doing when you’re analyzing these results?

Luke: You know what that that is a really good question. And from what I’ve seen so far, I’d actually say no more people use search on desktop than they do on mobile.

Steve: Huh, interesting. Okay

Luke: And by pure hypothesis. I don’t have any data to support this but I think people’s attention spans on mobile is typically lower. Because you’ve got more distractions. You’ve got slow data loading if you’re on the train Etc. and if people search for something and can’t find it the first or second time on a mobile. They just think you know what, I can’t you know. On to the next one. Desktop, they’ve got a little bit more patience maybe things are faster, less distractions, maybe but you know, when I’ve looked at that data before there’s definitely a higher search volume on desktop to compare t mobile.

Steve: interesting because I know that I’ve been trained from shopping on Amazon to just jump straight to the search bar now like whenever I go on a even like a boutique say I don’t browse the categories. I just jump straight to the search bar.

Luke: You know what? Yes. I am. I’m with you on that. But I think a lot of people know where the way in which I’d like to think of e-commerce is that every page should really be a landing page.

Steve: Right

Luke: So whether you’re searching on Amazon or whether you’re searching on Google you should be able, you know, if you’re searching for sort of red t-shirts or something like that. Ideally you want to be able to when they come to your site to take me to the red t-shirts category page rather than a completely random landing page. So I hear you. I absolutely hear you, but it’d be perfect if when they’re searching for Google they didn’t actually need to then search because there are in the right place. The first time.

Steve: that makes sense actually. Yeah, so Google’s acting like the search engine like the Amazon search engine. So to speak in this case, so.

Luke: yeah. Yeah, yeah.

Steve: What are some of the common mistakes just to kind of look out for with your on-site search? So you mentioned like Black Friday, that’s actually something that returns empty on my site right now. I’m going to actually go and Implement a landing page for that after this.

Luke: Yeah, Fix that.

Steve: You got misspellings. What are some other common things that most people make a mistake on?

Luke: Part codes. If you’re in, if you’re in a business where you resell other manufacturers equipment, especially with Brands like Sony and Samsung where they’ve got ridiculously long part codes with slashes here and all kinds of weird characters that can get really messy, especially with slash because typically slash denotes in most cases and you like a subfolder. I guess if you like.

Steve: Sure

Luke: but in this case a slash is going break the search all together. So maybe even looking at how you’ll search handles those characters slashes and dashes and things like that, but that only really comes into play as I say if you kind of sell products with part codes in but actually you just made me think. We ran into this problem before when we ran a global looked at a global e-commerce site and different languages, you know, e with accent versus a standard e and how that behaves and how that works.

Steve: Okay

Luke: all those nuances there but to be fair, Sometimes and this is why it’s really important to have this data via Google analytics first because you could end up fixing problems that weren’t really a problem. You know, you’re thinking about let’s fix this. Let’s fix that how many people are searching for it? Because if it’s less than say, I don’t know to a month but you’ve got 50 other searches at a high volume that don’t work then you know, are you chasing the right things?

Steve: What is your threshold?

Luke: Oh good question. Good question. The threshold typically depends on how many search terms over a problem so, you know, I could say more than 10 and then I’ve got fifteen thousand results

Steve: right yeah

Luke: or I could say, you know five and it’s you know, it’s difficult but I would say as a number in the air, 10 a month, but you know 10 a month for one site and 10 a month for another site could be two very different things all together. Maybe we should have percentages?

Steve: Oh, yeah, that’s a good idea. Yeah

Luke: in like 1% of total queries. If it’s more than that pay attention if it’s less than that, maybe maybe review it manually

Steve: Okay, so they’re just so then MOS you just analyzing a hundred hundred keywords, I guess then?

Luke: yeah, I mean if you’ve got that many keywords to play with great, you know most cases you probably should have but you know, maybe not

Steve: I know the last time I looked at my on site search reports. I don’t actually look at it that often but it was like pages and pages and pages of stuff, right? because there’s so many different permutations of everything. I guess. That’s where the customer extraction tool comes in handy, but I guess in analytics what you would do I guess is sort based on the Frequency of that search term and then pump that into screaming frog

Luke: Exactly but you you mentioned permutations and I’m not sure what that

Steve: oh, I’ll give you an example. So we sell handkerchiefs. So there’d be handkerchief and then handkerchiefs plural. That was one thing that I have fixed my own search engine. I just automatically pluralize everything now or I think I add the plural. I can’t remember what I do.

Luke: but it works?

Steve: Well, yes stuff like that, you know.

Luke: yeah absolutely

Steve: and each one of those is a separate entry in analytics, right? because when someone performs a search.

Luke: yes. I’m GI, I guess just for people that are listening as well is purely case sensitive. So if you had handkerchiefs with an uppercase and at the search term with a lower case all the way through that’s going to come up with two separate rows of data. So that’s an important thing to look at as well.

Steve: Is there anything you can do after the fact with the analytics data to ignore the case?

Luke: You know what? I don’t know. I’ve never really thought about it. I’m sure that probably is a way to do it. You might even be able to build something in the website that the basically just makes everything lower case, everything lower case. But we normally just you know, when I’ve looked at it. It doesn’t really come into it with, yeah we don’t when we worry about it.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Steve: So I think we’ve thoroughly covered on site search. What are some other conversion rate or even sco optimizations that people typically make mistakes on?

Luke: Okay, so there’s a couple of glitch in my head full of ideas.

Steve: Okay.

Luke: One of the big ones is faceted navigation or filters. This can be a big problem sometimes and it can be a problem that a lot of people may or may not think about depends on how your site’s built. But you know, if we think about again technology where you if we said TVs and got sizes and Brands and all sorts of different filters, maybe color, technology. There’s a lot of different permutations of filters there. That’s a lot of crawling. That’s a Of URLs as a lot of duplication and there’s a there’s a whole I guess approach if you like as to how to manage the SEO implications of all of these different parameters, but

Steve: actually, How do you do it is it just canonical tags? I mean ultimately you’re still on the same page, right?

Luke: Yeah. So this is where it gets really interesting because there is it’s that horrible. It depends cliché SEO answer but there’s no one-size-fits-all solution here because what I have found is if you turn off, you know, if you kind of canonical all permutations are filters back to their let’s say parameter free versions. You’re okay making it easier potentially for search engines to crawl those URLs, but you’re also missing out on huge long tail keyword opportunities as well. So it’s finding the bones. So let’s say going back to that t-shirts example, you’re in the men’s t-shirt category, but you haven’t got a category by color.

Because that’s a filter option. So when someone searching on Google for you know, red men’s t-shirts, you’re not going to be there if you’ve excluded every single filter option. So sometimes there’s I guess a middle ground between which filters you allowed to be crawlable and which filters you don’t want them to be crawled.

Steve: Let me ask you this, Luke. So if I find that a lot of people are searching a red t-shirts when I just want to plop down a landing page for that?

Luke: What you might do, but that’s that’s assuming you’ve got the resources and time to go away and build a land or reduced because if you think about you might have a landing page for t-shirts or even men’s t-shirt, but you probably not going to have a landing page for red t-shirts. Unless you’re using some really cool sophisticated, you know money table something like that, but you know back so I guess the real world is you are going to struggle to to do that and the only way you can really leverage that is to power, you know leverage some of these filters. But you know, You don’t have to have to choose and be careful which one’s of these you choose.

So colors probably a good one. But let’s say Brands probably another good one, but maybe size isn’t because a lot of people might not search for

Steve: well, unless you sell like abnormal size clothing like for a really tall people or you know, or what? Right?

Luke: Yeah exactly.

Steve: What are some keys to like ranking a category page?

Luke: Okay. Ranking a category page absolutely internal link structure is huge here. So You know, if you’ve got a category page that’s three or four categories deep you’re going to struggle to get that to rank just on its own. So again these in this t-shirt example is completely off the Dome. I’m hoping it works. But if we said we had a clothing department and then inside clothing, you’ve got men’s and then inside men’s you’ve got t-shirts and then inside t-shirts you’ve got designer. For example. That Designer /t-shirt category is going to struggle to rank because it’s so deep, you know so many levels down. But through internal linking structure, if you’re linking to the designer category, even the men’s category from the home page, then you are basically building the right structure to help those smaller categories to wrap.

Bread crumbs again are really important these help pass Equity up and down the entire funnel of of categories, but it’s really just been in a situation where you properly understand how you can leverage your link structure across the site. So to give a perfect example of where this really works. Is you mentioned landing pages earlier? We spoke about it a few times. Landing pages can be great ways to build those links because you know you land on a let’s say a Black Friday deals page you can link to all sorts of categories that are relevant there that might be three four five levels deep, but because your link into a Black Friday page, which is normally a pretty top level page.

That page, is going to therefore help the smaller categories to rank better and it’s just it’s been creative and thinking of about that.

Steve: So if you’re so it has a lot of categories, Should you just pick your best-selling ones and link to only those on your homepage or is it better just to kind of make sure that everything is navigable?

Luke: Yeah, you kind of a bit of bit of both if you like. But I would say your homepage and absolutely feature your main departments if you like so you google top of categories with you know, you kind of best sellers on your featured seasonal ones that might be more relevant. So, you know, for example, there’s no, well at least in UK at the moment. There’s no point link into to summer clothing because it’s freezing cold out here. So you probably don’t want to link to sort of like your winter warmers and you winter sales and that sort of thing but by doing that you you know, you’re playing to do Seasonality so one perfect example we have here is turkey.

I guess near Thanksgiving is a very different set of results in Google compared to Turkey in like August or something, which is obviously going to be about summer holidays and things like that. So you’ve got to think about and how you can play along and I guess be part of that that changes well that called you there.

Steve: So just for the better for the listeners out there. The reason why I asked that question is typically your home page has the most amount of inbound links coming in and Luke’s been talking about massaging your link Juice is what I like to call it, to your more internal pages from your from your stronger pages. So that’s why I asked that question.

Luke: Cool.

Steve: Okay, so Luke, I did want to talk a little bit about structured markup because we did chat about that a little bit prior to the podcast recording. How crucial is structured markup today? And can you define it first for the listeners?

Luke: Yes, I structured markup pays is basically if you like additional metal information that you passed a search engines to give them more of an idea about what your product or category or whatever it Is. But I guess to be clear, with structured data, at least at the moment, things has change. Has little to no impact on ranking as such but it does improve click-through rate. So, you know, if you’ve got your products structured data basically built correctly, you’re going to be passing information like price, like Brands, like stock information to Google and Bing and all the other search engines.

Which means when someone’s searching for a product that you sell this information could be presented to them before that even got to your page. As a result, They’re more informed. As a result their the result if you like, looks better to them and you’re more likely to get the click and someone who is not using structured data. So it’s one of those things that that really helps add context really helps make customers aware before they click through to your site and as a result would absolutely recommend it.

Steve: So outside of like the review Stars, where have you seen structured markup actually making a difference for Click through rate of a listing with structured markup?

Luke: Stock.

Steve: Stock, Okay.

Luke: Yeah, because you know, if you’re Googling something again that a lot of people stock so, keep your matters, TVs. Because I’m working on something like that at the moment. But you know, if you’re searching for a particular model of a TV and the first page is full of results that are selling this, if you have the price and stock status in the serp, you know in this in the Google page before anyone gets to your site. It reduces abandonment. And gives customers information that they need or one before they’ve even got to your website. So if you’ve got the best price or you’ve got a good price, you’ve got the click equally if you’re the only one or one a few people on the first page that I’ve got it in stock then hey, you know, you’re looking good there as well.

Steve: since I don’t look at this all the time has Google gone a lot better about just you know, just extracting that information from a site?

Luke: Yeah. It’s got clever because as usual in the world of SEO it gets abused, right and then obviously they have to be Stringent with it. So there’s no guarantees here. You could have the most perfect structured data across the site. It’s all valid. It’s all good, but it still doesn’t show. There’s no guarantees with this stuff. But the good news is for the guys that are at least using woocommerce. I’m not a hundred percent sure on Shopify, but I would imagine there’s something similar. There’s plugins that can manage this stuff for you automatically. You just tick some options you pick metadata rate through it and you know good to go.

Steve: all the major shopping carts do have plugins that do this. But sometimes you have to populate the information accordingly outside of just your regular pie descriptions and stuff.

Luke: Cool, cool, cool.

Steve: Okay, so structured markup. What about on like content pages?

Luke: Okay, content Pages. Yes. I love talking about this, when it comes to e-commerce because I think a lot of people will typically go to you know, when you think about content you think product pages and don’t be wrong, you know product page content is really important, but the content that I find is more important and more powerful is the content that mitigates that anxiety that the kind of confirms to a customer why they should buy from you versus somebody else. So this is your reviews page, if you like. This is your returns policy. This is giving customers the reason that you’re a proper, you know, e-commerce store front and not just a couple of guys working out of a shady bedroom, for example.

Steve: Haha okay

Luke: you know, I mean nothing wrong. e-commerce stores, I do very well that do that but the point is the customer wants to be in the understanding that one, they’re going to get their products and see if there’s an issue. You’re going to be, they’re going to get the help that they need. So this content is really powerful and we all do it as consumers will you know go for the purchase funnel potentially if it’s not necessarily, an Impulse buy. We research the product we want, we find a product we want and then we find a retailer that sells it and normally during that that process will go to a retailer X reviews. We tell a wire reviews. So all this sort of stuff that really kind of reinforces why they should buy from you is the content I find when you can move the needle.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

And so what can be done from an SEO perspective to make sure people find this content or is it just navigation?

Luke: navigation does help but also making sure the content is useful, you know, there’s no point kind of having a meticulous font size, 8 terms conditions page that no one can really read, you know, if it’s if it’s terms and conditions. That is clear. You’ve got H2. I’ve got it broken up. It’s responsive. If your returns policies nice and simple and explains and answers the questions that people asking. For example, you know, if you write in a returns page you want to want to write as if, write it in an FAQ style. So how long have I got to return something or during the Christmas break for example, can I return this in the new year or what if your returns child is will I get my money back? If I’m right.

You know all these sorts of questions are the things that people want to see. So when they’re Googling it, when they’re Googling these up questions, they come to your site equally they have all the information they need when they’re looking for that returns policy or whatever it is that they’re looking for.

Steve: So this is just kind of a page structure as opposed to structured data, right? So you’re trying to allow Google to easily crawl this page and then extract out the elements of your of your terms shipping and returns policy.

Luke: Yeah. Yeah. I think it’s I think you know be the designer page that you’d want to see, yourself in your customers shoes. If you’re going to see a page that’s just a wall of text or has they’re relating information on it’s going to make you slightly anxious. If they’re answering your questions. If there are you know, making it feel as if they could that they want you to see that content it helps it relieves anxiety and makes them want to choose you over somebody else.

Steve: Are there any other tips that you can provide for just getting like an e-commerce whether it be a category page or a product page. So even where I can search because typically there’s not a whole lot of content there and you know link building is often more difficult as well.

Luke: Yeah, so I would say in fact, you know, what department pages are really cool and a gesture to add context is what I mean by Department page. I guess using the an example. So if you had a clothing e-commerce store, for example, men’s or women’s would be like a department and then the categories inside there will be the types of clothes that you sell. But Department Pages can be really powerful because they can be the most link to pages on the site because of course men’s is got to be a lot visited a lot more than say men’s t-shirts, typically speaking. So by using those pages though, Attracts a lot of equity whether it’s internally via internal links you put in sight or backlinks or whatever it is you’re doing on social.

And you can then pass the equity where you want to from these sorts of powerful Department Pages if you like. I think in terms of SEO specifically in getting links for stuff like this, one page type that really helps and I’ve seen this been quite successful in the past is hosting your own discount code pages. So we’ve all done it. We will go to the checkout on a Retail store or an e-commerce store and you see a check out or sorry, say, coupon code box or add something like that and you think, you know what I mean. Just go to Google real quick. Let me just fire in retailer X discount code or blah blah blah and you may find one you may not but

Steve: I guess you’ll find a fake one, which is really annoying actually.

Luke: Yeah, and then they get the affiliate commission and everyone’s left this point, but you know the way in which you can really get to get links here is if you have your own coupon code page hosted on your website. When someone searches for retailer X discount code you’re going to rank their people are going to link to that page because they’re like, hey, I know something you don’t this is cool, we can get 5% off free delivery for use this and that can really attract some really cool links. And it also satisfies that desire for customers to find a discount code. It doesn’t really matter what that this kind of gives them. It could be free shipping which you do anyway could be five percent off which is like potentially not that big of a deal for you but it reduces abandonment. it attract links and improved conversion. So, It’s normally something that works really well

Steve: So from this coupon page do you then link to whatever category page or whatever you’re trying to rank for?

Luke: Yeah, you can absolutely do that. You know, you can say this coupon is valid in these specific departments if it’s a site-wide one, then you kind of you know, you’re doing well because you can lead to everything but it just allows you to kind of pass some of the equity if you like that he would have captured two other places

Steve: Interesting. yeah, that’s actually something that I did last year not specifically for the reason you just specified but because there are so many fake coupon codes out there. That, so I track all that stuff on my site and I get emailed every time someone enters in a bogus coupon code and I remember there was this one period I think last year during the holidays where I just kept getting these emails like it’s hammering on the site and I was like, where are these people gain their codes from and I just did a search for you know coupon codes for my site and it turns out all these fake coupon sites was just making up codes.

Luke: Wow. Okay.

Steve: Yeah, and so I just I just created my own page and it said real coupon codes for Bumblebee Linens and then I got that to rank in the top and that problem has been mitigated. We’ll see. The holiday season is right around the corner. We’ll see if it helps.

Luke: Yeah. Yeah, I guess actually a one last thing to be throwing for you or them on discount codes and coupon codes is you see so many retailers who make these things case-sensitive and its really irritating. So I’ll show you, a lot of money, right? If you’ve sent like a an email out or spend a lot of money. A Black Friday or something like that and you’ll say use code XYZ to get this off and it doesn’t work. It’s you practically lost the sale mainly because someone’s put it in uppercase or mixed case or whatever. So just make these things case insensitive.

Steve: I’ve found that people like even if it’s a code that doesn’t have that problem people just type in everything wrong. So my experience and you’re right if they typed it in wrong and they have this coupon code. They’re just not going to check out unless

Luke: Yeah

Steve: so I would recommend picking things that are very Easy to spell, like ridiculously easy like at an elementary school level. So people are going to redeem the coupons or just do a click and have it automatically apply the coupon code. That’s even better.

Luke: Yeah, even better.

Steve: So Luke, I really appreciate your time, man. Where can people find you if they need Consulting help or whatnot on search or conversion rate optimization.

Luke: Yeah, you can find me from anywhere. I kind of dominate the first page at the moment unless another leak off is going to come up and steal that from me. But, you can find me at lukecarthy.com. You can find me on Twitter and @mrlukecarthy. And yeah, you can normally get a hold of me. If you need to. You need to find me you’ll find a place you can get to me.

Steve: Yeah, so just to be clear. It’s lukecarthy.com.

Luke: That’s right. You got it. You got it

Steve: All right. Hey, thanks a lot Luke.

Luke: Thank you very much, Cheers, Steve.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, I’m really happy to have spoken with Luke because I was actually guilty of not doing a number of the things that he suggested and it just goes to show that everything can be improved. For more information about this episode go to mywifeqyitherjob.com/episode291.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

290: How Chubbies Makes 8 Figures With Email Marketing Featuring Erich Hellstrom

290: How Chubbies Makes 8 Figures With Email Marketing Featuring Erich Hellstrom

I’m really happy to have Erich Hellstrom on the show. Erich is a digital marketing strategist for Chubbies, a men’s short shorts brand with a huge cult following.

Erich is in charge of crafting the copy for Chubbies social, email, product and events. And even though Chubbies clothing isn’t really my style, I’m on their email list because it is hilarious and they do a fantastic job building a loyal brand.

In today’s episode, we’re going to dissect their email marketing strategy and learn how to apply these techniques to our own ecommerce businesses.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why is Chubbies so successful?
  • How did Chubbies get their first sales
  • Chubbies’ email marketing strategy
  • How well do Chubbies’ emails convert and what’s their overall strategy
  • How often do they send email and what type of content is going out
  • Which emails convert the most customers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have Erich Hellstrom of Chubbie’s on the show. And Chubbie’s is an eight-figure clothing retailer and they make most of their money from email marketing. And if you aren’t on the Chubbie’s email list go sign up now because it is hilarious. Anyway today, Erich is going to break down how they do email.

But before I begin I want to give a quick shout-out Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I’m really happy to have Erich Hellstrom on the show. Now, Eric is a digital marketing strategist for Chubbie’s one of my favorite Brands when it comes to their marketing and I recently had the chance to see this guy speak at klaviyo Boston. It was a very interesting talk. And for those of you who are unfamiliar with Chubbie’s they are immense short shorts brand with a huge cult following and even though Chubbie’s clothing isn’t really my style. I’m still on their email list because it is hilarious and they do a fantastic job of Building a loyal brand. In any case, Erich is in charge of crafting the copy for chubby social email product and events.

And what we are going to do today is dissect their email marketing strategy and hopefully learn how to apply these same techniques to our own e-commerce businesses. And with that welcome to show Erich. How you doing today, man?

Erich: I’m doing great. How are you?

Steve: Hi, I’m good.

Erich: Awesome. Thanks for that intro as great.

Steve: Actually, There’s a lot of stuff I could find about you online that I didn’t include the intro. But..

Erich: Yeah, I know. I’ve got an interesting Google search my name there’s not there’s nobody else with a name spelled like mine that I found so.

Steve: Exactly. So actually speaking of which Erich what is your background? How’d you end up at Chubbies?

Erich: Yeah. So I’ve got an interesting history as far as my professional career as a political science major in college and I left and did a summer in Yellowstone National Park where I was like doing outdoor recreation stuff leading hikes running like employee gyms in the park and then pretty much Went straight from that and to Americorps for a year, which is like working for government. Nonprofit did a little bit more nonprofit work after that and kind of bounced around from Montana to Portland, Oregon and then moved closer where I’m from South Carolina going back to Atlanta, Georgia and found myself working for a tech education company called general assembly. And at the time I was there Chubbies was opening up a pop-up shop in the same building.

So it was like right around the corner from where General Assembly was and I actually knew the guy who was opening it. We worked together as bike taxi drivers in college.

Steve: That’s random.

Erich: Yeah so random, but it was the first store that we really opened up outside of like a flagship one in San Francisco and I walked in and then I offered to help out. I only picked up three shifts and then it kind of snowballed and I was working a lot of shifts and then they were looking for a manager signing a lease and I became like our first store manager and then from there retails grown to like 14 different stores across the Country and I kind of worked my way up from store manager to helping out on the marketing team to doing like retail training building training manuals going to store openings and training teams while working on the email team marketing and then earlier 2019. I went full time on marketing team. So Yeah

Steve: Cool. is everyone on the marketing team a stand-up comedian?

Erich: I think everybody has the potential to be.

Steve: Okay.

Erich: Joey Avery is a very very Very good accomplished stand-up in San Francisco, the marketing team.

Steve: Nice.

Erich: I do a bit of improv. I don’t really do stand up. But I do a lot of shows around Austin now that I’m here I don’t but it’s more improv comedy.

Steve: So selling clothing is probably one of the hardest e-commerce businesses that you can run. So just kind of at a high level. Why would you say Chubbies is so successful before we kind of dig deeper into the details.

Erich: Yeah. I mean the resounding thing for me and a meet a lot of people Talk to a lot of customers especially since I was in retail for so long before marketing and it’s what we put out there is that like you shouldn’t take herself too seriously and like things are supposed to be fun and light-hearted and it’s really good to laugh. So that’s kind of what our brand is always been positioned around like we started just making funny short shorter shorts kind of like the 70s and 80s because the co-founders loved wearing them and they couldn’t find them and they felt like when they went out on the weekends And they wore the shorts.

They’re having the best time I’ve ever had and that’s kind of been like a resounding theme and under current through Chubbie’s which is great and an easy thing to get behind and it’s about having fun. So I think that is kind of that’s the big sticking point for me what people like us

Steve: I know for me like the reason why I love you guys is for the email copy. So

Erich: Yeah

Steve: So I want to talk about that actually. so a couple of things with your email marketing strategy. Can I ask you what percentage of your revenue is just a tribute email for you guys?

Erich: I don’t know off the top of my head. It’s a it’s a decent chunk. I mean, it’s not like 50% I would say it’s probably somewhere around 18 or 20, maybe?

Steve: 18 or 20 percent. Okay, and now adding retail, it’s just kind of online sales

Erich: Yeah.

Steve: Okay cool.

Erich: And that’s.. Now, we have wholesale as well now too so we have a lot of channels.

Steve: Oh Okay.

Erich: But emails pretty important for us

Steve: Yeah, absolutely. And I love like how the emails are irreverent and hilarious but I’ve always been curious. How will they convert and what the overall strategy is? Cuz some of the emails that I’ve received like are just completely random. You know what I mean?

Erich: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: And I want to kind of flush this out but I guess to start out with. Well, let’s talk about which what the type of emails you send out first.

Erich: Yes. We do a mixture of we call them, product emails which are going to be either new products restocked products like a re messaging of a product or a sale. And so we do those we do about three of those a week and then we do a Friday we call it the Weekender. So it’s we send out Friday morning. Not really product focused a lot of the time it’s generally about getting ready for the weekend or about something that we’re excited about like, today, We feature a few of the veterans who work for a company and we ask him a few questions and had their responses on there and then posted pictures of them and it’s just a good way like going into a weekend where it’s a three-day weekend for a lot of people with Veterans Day the great opportunity for us to kind of use the platform we have of email to focus people’s attention on Veterans, which is cool.

But yeah, the weekender is interesting. Can be really funny stuff. Like we’ve done like bear themes just like products. We have that are bear stuff but also just like dumb facts about bears that we’ve made up like as we had a list of bear facts. And the first bear fact was I like them. So we do do stuff like that. We do versions of the weekender too that are just like Recaps of the week. We’ll find funny do sometimes and then just highlight different things going on. We’ll pick somebody to tag us on social media and feature them in there as well.

Steve: So let’s break down. So let’s start with the product emails, I guess. so so three emails a week on just products how do you select which products to feature and what are some of the goals of those emails in terms of like open rates click-through rates and sales kind of, just do an email. Yeah.

Erich: Yeah, it kind of depends. So for for messaging strategy like with the clothing industry, it’s tough because you’re designing stuff a year out and so a lot of the reason we master so much is because we’re constantly coming out with products. So that kind of dictates a lot of It also what’s in season, but like what the design team and the inventory planning team had like chosen for the season starts to dictate it and then as a marketing and merchandising team we all we had a lot of figure out what’s coming in when we can message it and kind of angles we want to take so that is as far as like decisions on that. We’re trying to get better about like doing two months out as far as planning. It used to be more on the fly like we’re getting of the week like, alright, What are we going to message? Like we knew we had a rough idea but now we’re getting more and more organized as we are hiring more people which is great.

And then as far as goals, we set kind of product email and a weekend or email which is our newsletter a little different you definitely looking for like decent conversion. It depends on the product. You have a higher price like how to wear product that’s $100 plus your conversions definitely going to be less than if you do a sale with $30 shorts. So like when it’s like that will up Wanting to convert at a higher level and conversions can be a little weird because the data we look at you have last click Revenue. Then you have these looker so you can look at 24-hour open Revenue, which is one of my favorites but it is people it sets a timer if somebody opens an email it clocks their email and then if they purchase within 24 hours, so they don’t even have to click anything in the email to get attributed to it.

But it’s more of a sign of like how our marketing efforts as a whole or doing. So like you’re normally going to see more On that the conversion is going to be higher and a lot more money will be attributed to it and like a Google analytics last click Revenue number.

Steve: think that’s a default for klaviyo, isn’t it of you?

Erich: Yeah, I think it is 20. Yeah, I don’t do a lot of reporting through Klaviyo. So I don’t I don’t line up the number. It seems to be more like a 24-hour open for sure.

Steve: Okay. I remember you talking about in your talk that think your open rates are on the order of like 9% Was that accurate?

Erich: no, that’s just for a non opener. So So that campaign that we’re presenting on is called best of non openers and every week we target people who have unopened.

Steve: I see okay.

Erich: So I think for right now, I think my product email Kpi is 17% open rate.

Steve: Okay.

Erich: yeah, which we can hit for really on top of it. But for the targeted ones where it specifically people who don’t open. We’re average 9 on the year.

Steve Okay, that’s actually really good. So this is this on the resend you mean? On Email? Okay

Erich: Yeah. That’s the resend. I think as an over, as a company overall we have a Like in all the emails we’ve sent with klaviyo, We have a 16 percent open rate.

Steve: Okay.

Erich: Yeah.

Steve: Yeah, that’s really good because I was I remember talking with someone at Klaviyo who said that as soon as it starts dropping below 15 or 20 then the deliverability starts to suffer.

Erich: Yeah.

Steve: So for your product emails, are you shooting for just anything over 15 in general?

Erich: Yeah. We definitely want to hit 15, 18 is a good one. If we get we had a great one for our trucker jackets. It said it’s like the trucker Jack. Jacket was to the sender was and then it just said 480 horsepower as the subject line and the preview text was like 5.7 liter turbocharged and that thing opened probably like 23 or 24 percent, which is awesome. Yeah. We have a we have a pretty Hardy list. So any time we can get over 20 is great, big fans.

Steve: So, how do you how do you segment your customers? I imagine you don’t just like blast your entire list each time with these product emails, right?

Erich: Yeah no. There’s so many people who just don’t Open I mean I’m guilty of it on my personal accounts to where it, you know companies will send me emails and I should never open them.

Steve: Yeah

Erich: so so we Define active and I believe klaviyo helped us with this originally, but right now. It’s people who have been active either by ordering or opening emails within 90 days. Yeah

Steve: So those are the people that you are sending three times a week for?

Erich: yeah.

Steve: Okay, and then what about the people that kind of there are outside of that range? Let’s say they have an open between 90 maybe a hundred eighty days or something like that.

Erich: Yeah, there is, we have a segment for that that we can send if we think we have really good messages. So cool thing about data is like we can look at a message. If It’s doing really well at a time where like oh, this is the perfect time for this message. This is the perfect message, so we would send that out to him like we do a big campaign around Black Friday, Cyber Monday. Will definitely be using people who are in that and also people who are a little more inactive than even those people granted like your open rates can be pretty abysmal on those. Just because like, you know people I don’t know how many email addresses you have. Probably have like four or five and I don’t check a lot of them ever. I think I still have a college email too.

Steve: You got your colleagues’ scalp account. That’s for sure.

Erich: Yeah, I know. Everything’s linked somehow but yes some email marketers out there pulling out his hair, like why is this guy not opening these emails? They haven’t checked in eight years. So yeah, we’ll send those people on these bigger campaigns for sure.

Steve: and I imagine you don’t you don’t send them heavily because that could affect your deliverability, right?

Erich: Yeah, especially if we were to send to everybody who’s not suppress. I mean our open rates would be it would be tough to get to 10%

Steve: So those people who just kind of fall into the past 90 day category. I guess you’ll send to them. It sounds like periodically like once a month maybe or?

Erich: yeah, you don’t have a full Cadence. Now if we think a message is really good send out so like this is a pretty slow times. As far as us and I think I would say retail as a whole because it is like November going into black Friday people aren’t as active as Shoppers as they are like, you know, everybody’s kind of gearing up. So we’re going to try and send a less right now. And then because we’re going to be sending a lot two weeks going through the Christmas holiday.

Steve: when you send email as much as you do, do you find that you’re getting a lot of churn like unsubscribes?

Erich: Yeah. We do get a good amount to something that like We for sure need to like invest time in Fortunately, with size of our team. We haven’t really dug like super deep into that. I know there’s a certain like Cliff after people have been on the list for a while. If you’re not that into our emails, like if you’re not a fan people tend to unsubscribe.

Steve: Yeah.

Erich: after like, you know, it could be around 90 days. I forget what the cliff is. So there’s some ideas that I have for next year and I think we’ll probably re-evaluate in January. January is a huge unSubscribe month, but also they’re like looking at the data on when people tend to unsubscribe after they join the list and then creating sort of a flow to try and figure out like maybe take over the first two weeks. Somebody’s not really opening put them into a segment and only send to them once every two weeks, once every week test that out because it is a lot to get three emails. Three product emails.

Steve: I mean if yeah, if you’re sending that many emails presumably you’re getting a ton of emails in I’m just kind of curious how you gather emails also.

Erich: yeah ways to do it. I mean the best way is when people come and they’re new customers to the site. So like all our marketing efforts kind of feed into email in that regard. We use pop-ups. I think it’s pretty industry standard now to have a pop-up. especially the klaviyo since it’s integrated with Shopify. You can set a pop-up for somebody who you don’t have their email and offer them a coupon sign up for the list and for their first purchase, which is like a slam dunk. I would say if you’re not doing that I would hop on it fast, right because there’s like somebody on your website right now, you know what their email and you could have it. That’s the big way we do bigger campaigns as well like this year and it’s a third time doing it.

We do a man model Campaign which is like, you know sign up to be our next man model and it’s literally people sourced from around the country regular Joe’s who like taking pictures of weird clothes and sending us weird videos and we give them like a professional modeling contract which really is just like flights out to photo shoots and like free Chubbies for 10 years, which is great and like people get really excited about it. We do voting for it, which is awesome. And it’s a great way to get people engage with the brand and people coming into the website. So you can that will feed into like, you know, if you have pop-ups or if you like require and vote we didn’t require emails to vote this year, but it’s an option. Yeah.

Steve: And if you work there you’re a model also, right?

Erich: Yeah. I’ve been in a few photo shoots, which is great. It’s kind of fun. I’m not a head, or our photographer, we were doing like a studio shoot for something and I was open out. It was like a Monday morning and just started to drink coffee and he’s like do some model poses. And I was like I don’t know what that is. And so we literally Google image model poses and I started doing whatever those were.

Steve: So how did those images do in the email campaigns? Just curious

Erich: That was for our, we do July Fiber which is cyber Monday, just in June getting ready for July 4th. And I would say that they’re the best images we’ve ever taken. They did All right, I mean for it was for a free gift. So I think people look past the fact that you know, I’m subpar model.

Steve: So anyway, yeah, I want to talk about like your process for crafting an email. It’s not just like one person sits down and just writes an email and sends it out because I remember you had a really pretty complex process of checks and balances. So

Erich: yeah, it’s weird how much time you put into it. But I mean if you’re bringing in a lot of revenue from it more time you put in the more you going to get out I kind of so, it depends on the week, there are times where you know myself or Ashley have to sit there and be like we don’t have copy or we switched a message up. It will sit there on the spot and write and design an email and like pull images. But if in a perfect world, we do a brainstorm like maybe two weeks in advance and we can get the whole marketing team in there if they’re there but generally it’s myself and Joey hopefully and Ashley and we just like right ideas down for headlines.

Steve: Is this for the product or the weekender email?

Erich: Product.

Steve: Oh okay.

Erich: Yeah it’s really Weekender, the Weekender I just sat down and wrote the other like two days ago and then pieced it together and I talked to some of the Vets who worked with us and kind of interview them. But that one’s a little, the weekend is a lot more loose right now.

Steve: Okay

Erich: it comes off that way, which is great. That’s what it’s supposed to be for us.

Steve: Yeah, the Weekender isn’t for a conversions per se. It’s more brand building, right?

Erich: Yeah and like yeah, Mickey you to go into the weekend with something real like nice ready. But yeah, so we’ll do brainstorming will pull copy from that. Ideally we have central theme good ideas for headlines or links out of that.

Steve: We talk about the headlines because for the people who actually aren’t familiar with your brand. Can you give an idea of how that headline process works because they are really attention-grabbing.

Erich: Yeah. We design. Them in Photoshop. I did that my expertise right there. I’m really good at Photoshop, but just at building headlines and links. So yeah, we write really weird. We tried to I’m a big fan of wordplay kind of always have them. So that’s something big we do but it’s how we use huge headlines. Like you’re if you’re opening it you’re going to know what’s going on instantly.

Steve: Can you get some examples of your best performing ones?

Erich: Oh man off the top of my head. I don’t know, I don’t know if I have any funny once. we’re writing a Star Wars one for next week. And it’s going to be hotter than being in a tan tan or something along those lines. Yeah, we don’t get sometimes it’s like so recently we did one. That’s just like back by popular demand stuff like that stuff that is attention-grabbing. We wrote the Khakinator is backInator recently. We have a short called Khakinator. That’s just some some classic rhyming right there

Steve: So do those work in Terms of conversions. I’m just kind of curious. So I guess the first step is to get someone to open the email, right?

Erich: Yeah. That’s..

Steve: Yeah, that’s where the headline comes in. And then once they’ve opened the email what are some things that you do to actually get the sale?

Erich: Yeah. We test a lot would normally test two to four different versions of an email for a few hours and look at shopping data and click through is really the way to like get the most out of it and then just send to the rest of your email list and you feel confident that you have the best version

Steve: Can you walk us through that process? So you said for a couple of hours. So what? Surgery list are you sending for a couple hours?

Erich: Generally, is going to be 25%

Steve: 25% Okay and wait a couple hours. And then what specific metrics are you looking for?

Erich: Yeah. Our favorite one is we look at we use specific Google UTM links we go into Google analytics and we can look at how each variation of shopping and we’ll look at the amount of sessions which is important just to make sure you got enough data and if you have enough sessions you look at the amount of people who came to the site and visited a product page so that people percentage and then you look at the percentage of people who visited a product page and added the cart. Those are the key ones that I’m most interested in. and then you can also look at you know, you can look at past that but once somebody’s viewed and added the cart that’s a good sign that you’re doing your good message and then retroactively will look at click-through rate. Make sure like, you know, it’s not an abysmal click-through rate. And those are..

Steve: In terms of, looking at the metrics for add to cart. Does that mean like if it’s low does that mean like maybe you’re not displaying the right product or is it? Okay

Erich: Yeah, well, it could just be that somebody was interested enough to go look at the product but not interested enough to think about buying it. It could be the you know, what the pictures that you have on the product page. If you’re not converting in that regard, you know, it’s not great. But it shows definite shopping interest. If you’re seeing a recurring theme of people adding the cart.

Steve: Okay.

Erich: Yeah, and so it’s kind of streamlined everything kind of its kind of a holistic view thing to so you kind of just have to trust the data on that one.

Steve: and in terms of variations, you said two to four variations for?

Erich: Yeah, so we’ll test different copy and different assets. And by I said something like photos new graphics versus photos lifestyle versus lay down will test gifts out or gifs depending on your persuasion. So yeah, and we’ll look at those to see what’s getting people to click and then what is displaying the product in the best way to get them to go to the product page.

Steve: So you mentioned 25% is that 25 percent across all variations? Or 25% of

Erich: We take 25% of the active list that we send to

Steve: okay. Got it. Yeah and divide that among four

Erich: and divide that by four yeah

Steve: Got it and then whatever wins you just send out to the remaining 75%

Erich: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: okay

Erich: and then we take the best subject line too so we’ll test different subject line. So then you’re like you’re you’re getting the most amount of opens to the best version of your email that you found, which is great for us. It’s been kind of a key to doing well and making relevant emails that people you know, like.

Steve: And I know doing your Klaviyo presentation, you mentioned that you actually create random user names to get people to open also like open this email at Chubbies.com. Has that been like a has that had like a really positive effect on the open rate?

Erich: Yeah. Definitely changes it up what my takeaway from the funny world of subject lines and preview lines. Is that like they’re all kind of boring and you it’s not that enticing normally to open one. So So anything we can do and we don’t get spam complaints up for that, which is great. People kind of expect it out of us, which is a nice like it’s a good part of working for Chubbies’ because you can do goofy stuff.

Steve: Yeah. Yeah.

Erich: That’s just Chubbies being Chubbies but yeah, it’s cool. It’s really funny. The one in the one of my favorites from the year was from the abominable snowman at Chubbies.com. And it just said I’m real. Yeah, which is you know, funny and people get the joke so quickly, too. It’s timely because it was cold. It was also a message about shorts with the Eddie’s on them toes like a win-win.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com. Now back to the show.

Let me ask you this like if you were to work so I run a handkerchiefs store. and everyone’s pretty straight-laced like would be some of the ideas for like subject lines that would get To open like just off top your head?

Erich: For a handkerchief.

Steve: Yeah.

Erich: Okay your pocket at whatever the company is and then the subject line could be “got a sec?” or like “put me in your pocket”.

Steve: Okay

Erich: I’m a big fan now of doing a one word subject line. So if you’re doing it that way be like handkerchief at blank.com. Like hey as the subject line the preview “put me in your pocket”.

Steve: cool. I like it.

Erich: I know like, “Got pocket?”

Steve: ha ha ha.

Erich: Yeah I would say like blowing your nose are using the word blow can be a little sensitive. Yeah, it has double meanings but there’s something there you can find the right purpose but not make it sound bad. maybe just blow as the subject line and then your nose on me.

Steve: You know, I’m gonna try that and I’ll report back on the results for the listeners here.

Erich: Yeah, and it’s good. Yeah one word is enticing when you see it.

Steve: So you write tons of copy like every single week. Have you noticed any Trends about what kind of works and what In terms of both the subject line the user and just kind of the in body copy for an email.

Erich: Yeah for subject lines. There’s so many thing repetitiveness works well. sometimes Pop Pop Culture references. We made it Law and Order reference yesterday in a subject line and it annihilated which was great. It was a it said law and email and then it was like they always start off long order with like these are the stories of..

Steve: yeah

Erich: whatever and we did it like that and people loved it. Like it’s a people reach out. There were like a lot of subject line, which is great.

Steve: I’m just wondering how many people who don’t watch Law & Order are just you know, it isn’t nor that e-mail though, you know?

Erich: Yeah, probably a lot of but I think there’s more Law and Order fans out there than not apparently.

Steve: Okay.

Erich: But yeah, so that was great pop culture references there certain things that people really like that like if you can figure it out and a lot of times it’s just by rainstorm are talking for subject lines will figure out for body copy and us like we definitely don’t want to be Like a super serious like talking to so much about like this is what the material is made out of and like the construction like if we get to Scientific with it is boring. So we always take an angle like one of my favorite ones is I always have the sale copy that I try not to go back to but it’s really fun. It’s like I just right like I was walking around the office the other day and I found this big red button that said sale my boss told me not to press it. So.

So I pressed it because I’m a rebel not everything on the side is 20% off stuff like that where the key point is what we’re trying to get is that we have a sale, right and so finding a funny work around way normally three sentences if I can three sentences for me is like a perfect amount for like a paragraph a lot of people read on mobile. So if you’re doing, if you’re writing a book, it’s really hard to read on mobile. people are standing anyway, you know, we’ve used other software that have shown us how long people stay on our emails and there’s a large amount of people in spend less than three seconds on an email.

And so you have to figure out a way to not end in data with words, but also for the people who are reading you wanted to be like relevant and funny and goofy. It’s an interesting line to walk but the more you do it. I mean I’ve written so much copy now and so many emails that it’s kind of like a muscle that’s worked out. But yeah sure that’s sweet..

Steve: How about the image versus text.

Erich: Yeah, I mean our products are like you gotta seem to believe them like they’re so many interesting and cool fabrics and like fun Prints, but it’s also a way for us to for you to show your brand and imagery so like, you know, it’s more about what the person’s doing or like what the person like somebody looks like. They’re having fun. They’re laughing. They’re doing something mischievous. Like that’s a very interesting asset to me. But also I think to the brand it like looks a little different we always want something and not look like you know, if we’re doing underwear. We don’t want it to look like Hanes email. We want to look like a Chubbies one. So, you know, like somebody cooking a bunch of Pancakes or something.

Steve: What about the use of gifs?

Erich: Yeah. I like gifs. It hasn’t I haven’t seen resounding data that gifs are better than static images, which is funny actually talked to some smaller Brands sometimes to about you know, marketing just because like if you’re dipping your toe in it’s a big vast. World and you’re like, what is this? But there’s definitely something of value to making it email that looks like a standard email that doesn’t have too many bells and whistles. That’s why we use you know, white backgrounds black text even though will spice it up a little bit with like big headlines. I can still the Bare Bones of it looks like it could be an office email with pictures in it, which is you know, interesting. It’s kind of something we’ve curated.

We don’t want to change it because people are used to it but also Like if you get a little bit too out there with it a super hands who do full graphic emails with like crazy backgrounds which are beautiful. But the question to me is always did people click it or did people just like looking at it.

Steve: Yeah

Erich: and for us the key is like assets are great in the email, but you don’t want your email to be an asset, you know your assets to be, you know, a part of the email

Steve: you know, one thing I have also noticed in the emails you guys use surveys a lot and so I was just kind of wondering what the strategy is for. That and what do you do with that data?

Erich: Yeah, the surveys tend to be for a merchandising team. We come up with so many prints that with the design team will give them product ideas for next year. And then they kind of have to taper it down. So people are on our email list or like, you know, loyal customers loyal readers normally and so we’ll send them every quarter probably send about a hundred thousand people surveys which is kind of wild but that data comes back in and gives us like an opportunity to like Make product that we know our customers are interested in

Steve: and presumably these are your best customers also, so you’re probably going to listen to them.

Erich: Yeah are most active email openers to but yeah, our biggest customers are such and email fans like we’re doing a sample sale in Austin right now and like yes, we did the main way we got a lot of people that was sending an email that was geo-targeted through Klaviyo to be like, hey coming out to the sample sale and and the people who came like, yeah, I love to emails which is great. But yeah, those are the people well that we want to be like getting their opinion on product. You know.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious like I’ll tell you for my store 10% of our best customers represent well over 50 percent of our revenues. I’m just kind of curious what the split is for Chubbies do you happen to know if top of your head?

Erich: Well, I don’t that’s more of a data question for a data Gap. But yeah

Steve: I would imagine like you guys your fanatical customers probably make up most of your revenue or a big portion of your revenues, right?

Erich: Yeah. I don’t know we bring a lot of new customers surprisingly. I mean our social ads are like Pretty effective and interesting in the same way. Our email is like different than everybody else. We try to make our ads different than everybody else. And so we have we have good channels for bringing in new people and like the amount of products we do. I mean swim is huge for us and everybody buys it swimsuit before summer to Crazy market. So we bring in a lot of new people every year but there are fanatical fans who will buy who have everything.

Steve: Yeah. I bet

Erich: Yeah. I don’t know what the percentage is, but it’s probably pretty high

Steve: How do you create those loyal fanatics?

Erich: Yeah, you know it’s why we’ve always liked we have a saying in Chubbies it’s customer over company over self, which is like kind of cheesy but it’s the we think about it a lot. We always were like what’s best for the customer and people like respond to that really Well. all our customer service is based on a Missoula Montana. So if you email in or you chat in or call in like you’re getting somebody From Montana who’s taking care of you? And we like since we started a such a small company with literally four guys in an apartment the way that we interact with people. It’s still I mean, we’re much bigger now than we were then but we still treat people the same sort of way like, you know weeks we assume that they aren’t trying to get one over on us at all and really trying to do the best thing we can for them..

So just from a customer service perspective that’s kind of thing. But also like, you know, we are always trying to do things that make us laugh and are interesting like I’m wouldn’t really send out an email if I didn’t think it was interesting and they’re definitely something that like content that you would engage with to me is like, you know Above All Else what you want to be putting out there and people tend to respond well to that which is good.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

I’ve read that you guys actually go out and call your customers kind of cold calls that you guys still do that or?

Erich: I did it for a, wedid a store opening in Scottsdale this year and that cold call some of our customers. I don’t know how how often it’s still happening. And know our CEO. I remember calling somebody this year. It’s a great, you know, you can get on the phone and be like, hey, this is blank and Chubbies and they like are you serious? Like it’s a great way to just connect with Us maybe we have people’s phone numbers too. Oh, yeah, we have other rounds of talking too people now to like, you know, now that we have retail stores and biting them out. Thank you them is easier than just calling.

Steve: Yeah, let’s shift gears a little bit and talk about like Chubbies’ social strategy. You guys make a lot of sales off of like Facebook and Instagram.

Erich: Mmm, as far as organic know they’re great ads platform. So that’s kind of where the key is now most people who work and social tell you now, I like Facebook used to be a great organic engine for like content like we would put content on there. It just crazy views like multi-million dollar multi-million view videos and then it just cut off like.

Steve: yeah

Erich: Facebook changed the way that they interact with Publishers which like, you know, they weren’t getting paid for these views and now they’re getting paid for you know views but it kind of changes some of the strategy when a platform does that so you focus a little bit more on ads which is, you know, it’s a great platform and puts you in people’s pocket and people’s hand and gives you the opportunity to kind of for us do something different make a They had to do yeah funny video with the product, you know.

Steve: Okay, can we talked about your top of funnel ads. So like what has been like your best performing ad?

Erich: Oh best performing ad kind of chain. I mean, we dropped so much product. There’s certain ad you can do that show people like recent things they viewed and then you just kind of put placeholder copy. So we have some place over copy like that’s going to look good that’s going to look real good. But it’s like the reels really spelled out and that is just like a simple thing. Yeah, my favorite copy and copy that tends to do well for ads that I write is fairly simple when I see people write three sentences ads. I get a little nervous just because it’s too much to read.

Steve: Hmm interesting. Okay.

Erich: It’s a lot of letters. Yeah. I like to keep it very simple, especially with on the way the way Facebook operates. It’s like your ad is shown with copy at the top of whatever image you put in there or whatever kind of videos in there. So people Most likely going to read that or skim it first and like there’s something about social media that makes too many words, very boring. People are just going to you know Cruise right by it

Steve: That’s interesting because I’ve heard from people like sometimes long-form copy works really well, but I guess it just depends on what you’re selling. I would imagine for perils the image. That’s that

Erich: Yeah, and we’re not getting it like, you know, there’s certain things that are like you need to know about like maybe fruit. I don’t know. Yeah, I definitely I think brevity and social media is something that I hold in high regard, but a recent one that did well was a trucker jacket and it just said the official jacket saying “All right. All right. All right” that’s all us and it performed well, you know.

Steve: yeah

Erich: but people yeah, it’s a joke, and it’s interesting and different all at once, you know.

Steve: okay.

Erich: Yeah.

Steve: so it’s interesting. So for your just organic stuff then, what is I guess, the golden organic wise if you’re just mainly making money off of the ads.

Erich: Yeah, it’s changed a bit. I mean same thing with content that we want to engage with. So ideally were making funny things. Instagram has kind of been our main platform as of late.

Steve: Okay

Erich: a lot of user-generated photos that we can put top captions on them that are kind of funny ideally and we do sketch videos. We’ve done way to less as of late, but funny things kind of making fun of office life for everyday life because we’re definitely about having fun and enjoying the weekend and like the workweek tends to be the anti weekend. So a big part of what we do is make fun of office culture and

Steve: okay.

Erich: Yeah. She a lot of videos for that which is great.

Steve: So it’s all branding pretty much and just getting to know the the brand really and the company and the people behind it.

Erich: Yeah, exactly. It’s like a look inside but also a laugh

Steve: right right

Erich: The idea. Yeah, we want to make people laugh for the most part especially on social like that. For us people aren’t going to like it. If they don’t think it’s funny.

Steve: What about YouTube?

Erich: YouTube? We’re not, we started posting stuff to YouTube again this year, but we originally did and then we stopped and now YouTube is I’m a proponent of YouTube especially for longer form stuff just because like the way their algorithms are set up now are great for organic content because yeah, push their own ads and they want people to keep viewing, so like if somebody is to get involved with or engage with your YouTube channel, they’re going to keep seeing the videos pop up and if you’re doing it, right they’re going to continue to watch.

You just see other like people on YouTube are getting crazy views, which is great at something that you know, it’s definitely on the roadmap. It’s a small marketing team. So..

Steve: right

Erich: right now we’re going to we’re experimenting with Tick-Tock. That would be a big

Steve: Yeah, I was gonna mention Tick-Tock.

Erich: Yeah. I made my first personal Tick-Tock video today and let’s see how many views I’m at. I think I’m at 10

Steve: ha ha ha

Erich: Not bad.Tick-Tock such an interesting it speaking of brevity. I mean the joke has to be there so fast. Yeah to really resonate with people.

Steve: So what did what would you say is like your main marketing channel, then at this point that’s working the best would you say it’s like email?

Erich: Um, I mean, I would probably say that because I’m interacting with it the most I don’t know. I mean we have such a wide reach on social which is great and a lot of times, you know, people will follow us on Instagram and then be pushing ads and then end up going to the site and then they See this like new customer sign up they sign up for it. Then they’re on the email and then they’re converted. So it’s hard to say what I think is the best platform for us because I’d take more of a holistic view that like

Steve: sure.

Erich: Yeah anytime we’re getting an attribution from something. It’s probably getting fed into by another part of our Marketing

Steve: that was my next question actually because it’s many touch points. So, how do you how do you handle your attribution on ads and all that sort of thing too?

Erich: Yeah, it’s tough if it’s a New product that we’re doing ads for we won’t send out the email until we get at least decent data on the ads were getting.

Steve: Okay.

Erich: So that’s one way to help the attribution on the ads front outside of that a lot of times. It’s Blended, you know, the way that you look at attribution. So like for our rev like the 24-hour number like there’s people who are opening an email and then getting an ad or seeing it posted on social or just like thinking about it for 25 minutes and then coming back so, you know, you kind of get it. Take everything with a grain of salt. But the yeah, you see you see recurrent themes is kind of what we look for

Steve: you guys doing anything with messenger push or SMS.

Erich: Do we have an app? So we do push notifications every week through that if people opt-in

Steve: okay

Erich: SMS is a new one that probably won’t look into until January super interesting. There’s a great opportunity. I get so many text message nowadays. It’s like the new email which is funny. Like it’s like the perfect time for companies to be so getting an SMS. So yeah, we’ll se what happens.

Steve: You do any chat Bots or Facebook Messenger marketing?

Erich: No not right now. We’ll be doing Facebook groups soon. And so just getting more involved Facebook has done a great job of like adjusting their algorithms to prioritize conversations and groups with anybody’s joined a group. They notice it like they just pops up on your timeline, like instantly it kind of flows to the top. So finding a way to do meaningful things in groups, whether it’s creating groups, you’re getting involved in groups and like, you know cutting jokes, but also like, you know, I don’t know exactly what our strategy is going to be there. It’s one of the things I’m kind of task with

Steve: right

Erich: and its interests exciting like any chance to engage with with people who don’t know about us or people who do know about us and like lighten their day a little bit is great. It seems like Facebook groups is going to be the new stomping ground for that.

Steve: All right, sweet. Yeah, that’d be hilarious. I would definitely join that group

Erich: Yeah. Yeah weekly updates From Chubbies the group. Yeah. So yeah, we’re getting funky with that. The cool thing is with our company like like creativity and being boldly entrepreneurial is like high. we hold in high regard. So like if I was to be like yeah, I think you know going in and like randomly liking somebody’s first picture on Facebook is a good idea from the Chubbies profile that you like. Alright, let’s test it and see what happens granted that might not be the best example, but you know doing Nothing different than another company wouldn’t do right because it’s funny because we like it is something that we’re always down to test.

So when we’re looking when I’m thinking about, you know strategy for that. There’s yeah, there’s a world of opportunity that other people aren’t doing that. I’m excited for.

Steve: Cool, Erich. I don’t want to take up too much of your time. But if anyone wants to get a hold of you or find Chubbies clothing or read your copy, where can they find you?

Erich: Yeah. Chubbies.com is the best but if you’re on our email list and you go there. You’re probably get prompted. You can also find me on Tick Tock now.

Steve: Tick-Tock. What’s your handle?

Erich: It is Duncan_Smothers. But yeah, that is a name that I said as a joke a few years ago and somebody’s like you say Duncan Smothers. And so I use it on social sometimes. Yeah, follow me on Tick Tock and give me views please. You know, I got two follow hours and they both work for Chubbies

Steve: ha ha and how can we recognize your email copy? If we see it. Is there any way to do that?

Erich: Yeah. It’s the one that gives you the stomach pains from hurling over laughing. It’s gonna be that one. That’ll be the first time that it’s from me. Anything that doesn’t make you laugh as for sure contributed by somebody else.

Steve: Sweet. Well Erich. Thanks a lot for coming the show man. Really appreciate your time.

Erich: Yeah. Thank you so much for having me.

Steve: Alright man. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as I mentioned before if you want to see email marketing done right in a fun way. Go sign up for the Chubbies email list. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode290.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

289: Nate Lipton On How To Sell Cannabis CBD Products Online

298: Nate Lipton On How To Sell Cannabis CBD Products Online

Today I’m thrilled to have Nate Lipton on the show because he runs numerous ecommerce businesses in the cannabis space.

For example, GrowersHouse.com is an 8 figure ecommerce store selling growing supplies and he recently launched a line of CBD products over at TruPotency.com

In any case, I have many students and readers who have been asking me questions on how to break into this space so we’re going to have Nate answer these questions directly.

What You’ll Learn

  • How did Nate get into the cannibis space and his backstory
  • How Nate sources products for GrowersHouse.com
  • The challenges of selling CBD products
  • Legal issues to be aware of
  • Nate’s primary sales channels

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Nate Lipton on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about how to start and grow a successful e-commerce store in the CBD cannabis industry. So stay tuned for an excellent interview.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the my wife quit her job podcast today. I’m thrilled to have Nate Lipton on the show. Now Nate as someone who I was introduced to by my buddy Andrew Youderien and the reason I want an 8 on the show is because he runs numerous e-commerce businesses in the Cannabis space. So for example Growers house is an eight-figure e-commerce store selling growing supplies, and recently. He launched a line of CBD products over at truepotency.com. In any case I have many students and readers who have been asking me questions on how to break into this exact Space so I figured I’d have Nate answer these questions for you directly and with that welcome to show Nate. How you doing today man?

Nate: doing great. You know, it’s Friday morning. I’m feeling pretty fresh ready to get some work done and then head off for the weekend.

Steve: Are we in the same time zone? I can’t remember.

Nate: Yeah, we are. I’m on I’m on Arizona, which is a funky time zone that never changes. Okay. Whereas you’re in California, which does so but yeah. We’re on PST right now.

Steve: so Nate, how did you get into this space? And what is your backstory?

Nate: Yeah, well, I guess the back story goes where I was going to school at the University of Oregon and around you know, when I was doing school there. I was double majoring in more like economics and finance thought I was going to get into the finance industry, but I was always interested in entrepreneurship and the Cannabis industry in particular kind of thrilled me just because I saw a really long Horizon of growth, you know, and that was around 2010 I graduated so I tried out, you know, the finance industry for a little bit jumped into an And shipping Morgan Stanley and really didn’t like it.

So after about three months I decided I would go after kind of plan B and do more of a kind of a passion project. That was a little bit a little bit riskier, you know as an industry, especially back in 2010 where not a lot of the paths have been paved at that’s that’s..

Steve: everything was illegal back then right?

Nate: you know, it’s not like everything was a hundred percent illegal, but there were really what it was is there were just a few States that had medical cannabis. Okay, and the Laws for the state. Everyone was fighting about the difference between state law and federal law and which Trump’s what so the legality was a huge grey area. So, you know people getting into the Cannabis industry back then if you kind of had to be a little bit of a cowboy. you know, you have to really understand the risks and then like be okay with them. So I started looking into the industry ended up working for as a manager at a dispensary in San Francisco, and then worked for a growing Supply Equipment Company. An e-commerce one all in the Bay area for a couple of years after I graduated and you know, I was interested in opening a dispensary at that point in time.

I was interested in business did some growing, you know back in Oregon and you know, when I looked at applying for a dispensary license, the paperwork was huge. I found that even when you get a license, sometimes the police would like to raid dispensaries and deal with the legality of it in court rather than prior to them rating a dispensary. It just depends on that local county or city and whether the district attorney was anti cannabis or Pro cannabis and it’s not a place that really wanted to be in so I kind of settled more on to the growing equipment side, which is you know, growing is a passion of mine. So I said, you know what I could sell the equipment to, you know, these people jumping into the Cannabis industry and still give myself level of Separation where I’m not touching the plant or opening myself to that kind of risk.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious as you’re talking. so that equipment that you On Growershouse.com. Are they your own Unique Designs. Are you drop shipping? Are you carrying inventory? How does that work?

Nate: Yeah, so man, we do everything and honestly, it’s a little complex but we have in the back end of our system we have about 16,000 skews about yeah, it’s a lot and we have like probably 300 vendors that we work with too and but probably about 6,000 of those are actually up on our website as it enabled and we do about e percent of our Revenue, you know via shipping out of our warehouse here in Tucson, Arizona and the other 50% I revenue is probably drop shipped and we probably have 300 skews that we have that are kind of OEM private label items or items that we’ve created that were usually purchasing from direct from manufacturer whether it’s like domestically or overseas China things like that.

Steve: I’m just curious to manage all those skews. We’re just kind of curious what platform you’re on right now.

Nate: Yeah. So the front end of the site is just Magento it’s a 1.9. So we’re probably be switching over to something else soon, like a molten or Bigcommerce or Magento 2 and then on the back end. We have a pretty holistic system called brightpearl and that is basically all accounting order processing Inventory management things of that sort.

Speaker 2: I see okay. I’ve never heard of those. I had never heard of brightpearl before is that generally used for larger e-commerce operations?

Nate: you know brightpearl is I would say actually it even works with small. Lower to Mid stage, I would say once you get to the point. Like I don’t I don’t really know what their entry level is. I think they were at work with very small stores though two people even that have one or two, you know employees just starting out when we ended up switching to them. We were already doing a fair amount on a business, you know, we had probably 20 30 employees. So I haven’t used on the smaller side, but we switched off of Stonehedge

Steve: Yes. Yes. Stonehenge. I know those guys. Yeah. So when you first started out, how many skews did you have and how did you kind of drive your own early traffic.

Nate: Yeah, so driving the early traffic. So I did work for another Hydroponics e-commerce store in California for a bit to get my chops. And then we move down to Tucson Arizona to start Growershouse.com and starting out. We did have a small retail store. But we were in like the worst location you can possibly be in we are like because when you set up with certain Distributors, they give you basically a radius that you can operate within and if there are stores already You know that have a location in a radius. You can’t be within you know kind of their area. So I wanted to open up in tuscon the only place I could open up is like on the south side right next to the airport like no one hangs out down there in Tucson. So we open this tiny little thousand square foot retail store.

And then we open the online store the online store, you know, like most online stores took a while to get going like I would say the first three months were a little like, you know, almost like crickets..

Steve: sure.

Nate: And do that the retail store kind of helped us through that because we did some local advertising which I find is a little bit easier to do just with targeted keywords for your city things like that

Steve: while we’re talking about advertising. I do know that it’s challenging to advertise, right? Because the Facebook’s and the Google’s the world won’t let you advertise anything related to cannabis. Is that correct?

Nate: That is correct. So anneal if you go to Growershouse.com, you’ll notice that we do sell equipment to people who grow plants. You won’t notice that it says. Cannabis or marijuana on their it just so happens that so many people that use the equipment that we sell are doing that and that industry is booming. The thing is, I mean we sell to like USDA, NASA, you know many universities including Universe Arizona Cornell, you know, Loyola Marymount, there’s a lot of big institutions that buy from us and we have kind of a diverse customer group.

Steve: So does that imply that the word cannabis, CBD Is is not mentioned at all anywhere on the Growers House website?

Steve: Yeah for the most part unless it’s like part of a product title, but we do not really try and put the word into our site just two of our own volition. you know, we like to keep a separation because it’s top it’s like advertising on Google is something that you know is highly sought after for e-commerce stores. You can help you when you need to bridge the gap between, you know, I guess getting orders and finding out what your what your voice is and how you can not use Advertising to drive traffic which is ideal, you know.

Steve: so does that imply then that you are running Google AdWords Facebook ads and Google shopping?

Nate: Yes. So we are for Growers house.com. and you know doing multiple properties and some I cannot do but I think will probably jump into those.

Steve: Yeah, we’ll get into that later on the interview.

Nate: Yeah. Alright. Okay, so your early sales then it sounds like you built up the retail shop first and that kind of got you over the hump what happened after three months that allow you to get more sales.

Nate: Yes. Yeah, so at that point in time, we’re talking probably 2012. I was really noticing that led lights were really popular for hobbyist Growers. So I thought to myself, you know at this point in time. I was not an expert in e-commerce not an expert in SEO none of these things, but I do have a fair amount of grit and like if I want to do something then I will just figure it out. That’s kind of my personality type. So I was like, okay, I’m going to learn everything I can about LED lights. So I can be basically an expert in this room spoke to tons of Manufacturers. Everyone was you know claiming that they’re LED was the best and what I said is you know, what I there’s a lot of confusion in the marketplace. How do I reduce the confusion? And what I ended up doing was taking all the products that claim they were the best and I bought what’s called a par meter parse is an acronym for photosynthetically active radiation.

So really what I did is just imagine you just measure how powerful light is over the space that it’s intended to light and I ended up measuring all these, you know fixtures and then post graphs of how they all did and then made a video about a short YouTube video and I ended up publishing that and it took off because no one else was doing that and I was just providing the consumers with basically a way for them to to Wade through all the noise so that they can make an informed purchasing decision.

Steve: So and video that took took off for their links back to your site or was it just purely informational?

Nate: No absolutely links back to the site saying like here are the four products. We tested This Is How They did here are links. If you would like, you know, are you if you’re interested in purchasing one of these products that content ended up getting shared quite a bit and we kept going down that that kind of that strategy for growth. We ended up doing more and more videos more comparisons. I will say when you’re doing comparisons of products that you sell, you know some vendors are ot very keen when they’re not professional.. That’s number one.

Steve: That actually my next question.

Nate: Actually, you know, yeah, so dealing with that is I guess part of the process and what I could recommend anyone is trying to be as objective as possible. Tell people your vendors prior to doing the test that you’re doing the test and ask, you know, I even said when I first started out I didn’t really ask anyone but I learned this I was at okay, I want to do this test. Would you like to be included, you know, I’m going to just put objective information out there. I’m going to have your expectation prior to me even doing it and I promise I’ll share it with you. And once I did that I really did not get any Flack from suppliers. So that’s what I’d recommend that people do. I think Honesty is kind of the best policy even though you know, they may not be you know, extremely happy with the outcome.

What I found is me doing testing often Galvanize them to iterate their next product interests focus on the best features that you should so it’s almost like in a way your..

Steve: Helping them

Nate: to see the industry forward. Yeah, you know,

Steve: so on these videos then naturally people would just buy the best one, right? So would you stop carrying the other ones or did it matter?

Nate: No, I mean I would still carry them and sometimes there isn’t just a best one. Sometimes there’s you know, this one’s the best price performer maybe in this one is The All Out best in terms of performance. Okay, and sometimes this one’s better for smaller growing operation may be more compact in design or form factor, you know..

Steve: will you advertising there in the first three months or was it just kind of ramping up your YouTube efforts?

Nate: Yeah. So man, we started then even have Google shopping like product listing ads.

Steve: It had Frugal. It was free.

Nate: Oh my God, that was those are the heydays. I was literally thinking about that this morning when I was driving into work and I was like man remember when Google shopping was free for like a year and a half

Steve: Oh man, it was awesome.

Nate: I was like, yeah that honestly, I think that probably helped us just the Serendipity of having We’ll give you free advertising for a year-and-a-half to try out their new product. That was great. But you know, we just started out with AdWords like you know that showed up at the top of keywords. This is before product listing ads and it worked okay, but I found that you know, putting out high quality content is the end-all be-all, you know, it adds this certain amount of authority to you and your brand and people do recognize that you’re actually doing this testing the no one else is so why not? Sometimes they would call us to ask us about the testing and then by a light and then that kind of knowledge seeps into our brand and they trust us from any of the other products.

Steve: Yeah. Can we talk a little bit about your YouTube strategy outside of just putting out great content. Are there any little things that you do to the videos to promote them to become viral?

Nate: You know, I would say first off the most important thing is are you going to put information out there that no one else has put out before that. What I would say is priority Number one, once you do that make sure you’re doing it for things that people are already searching for so if people are searching for let’s call it the you know, the best compact LED grow light do a test on the best compact LED grow lights, right? You definitely don’t want to try and create demand where there is none. And then thirdly you know, another thing I did is I would take our videos and publish them on our site and then I would write the transcript on our site and you know.

Who’s going to read the transcript of a video not too many people but it does put the content of your video back on your site and you can hyperlink that back to your products and that process although people are like, you know, why would I do that? It’s just a whole bunch of written content Google Google really likes that content usually in the videos. I also Say things that I already pre defined as keywords that I would like in that written conten.

Steve: That’s interesting because I just wondering if that content ends up ranking because I know for my podcast I provide a transcript and I think Google is smart enough to know that it’s a podcast I guess now and those podcast post never rank, even though there’s a really long transcript in there.

Nate: Yeah, that’s interesting. Definitely haven’t tried it from that side. I wonder if there’s a difference or whether over time because we’ve gotten into we’re kind of talking about Phase 1 and video content for us right now, which is a lot of product comparisons and then we Scaled up and made girls Network and then some of our bigger Series so I’d really have to look back at our content to see if Google’s treating it differently today versus four years ago.

Steve: Well, let’s talk about what you’re doing today. What is the publishing schedule look like what sorts of content are you putting out?

Nate: Yeah. So here’s the big conundrum in cannabis. There’s what we call Whiteside companies and then there’s Dark Side companies. So I kind of like to think about it like Star Wars.

Steve: Okay, you know, you might need to explain those two terms for For the listeners

Nate: definitely so Whiteside usually means I’m a company that sells to the Cannabis industry, but I don’t really acknowledge that very overtly if at all and that’s because you want to keep certain banking relationships, maybe public perception credit card processing. You know, Google advertising groomershouse is a Whiteside company now, we’re jumping into some of our other companies which are dark side companies. So a dark side company would be like my other company growersNetwork.org and our video series can of Crips those are explicitly about cannabis and you know, it’s much tougher to get things like credit card processing banking. There’s a lot of baggage that comes with being a dark side company that makes it a lot harder and you really have to figure out what your company’s strategy is because it’s really nice to be a dark side company where you can Target your customer directly.

You know saying things like cannabis or marijuana or anything. Related to those terms that they’re searching and lightside Company. I can’t really do that because I want to keep a lot of those a lot of those tools like advertising. So this was a really big conundrum for me, you know, and I was like man, there’s all these companies that are doing this but I would lose, you know, all of my banking and credit card processing. So I thought why not create a separate entity on the dark side and really try and be able to communicate with our customer base, but actually Being tongue-in-cheek, you know, we have a shirt that we have that you may have seen and it’s really popular these days called legalized Tomatoes. It just says that on a shirt and people are like, why does it say legalized tomatoes on your shirt? And you know, I told them like when we first opened our store you actually could not talk like someone called girl’s house and they say Hey, you know, I would like to grow this cannabis plan my closet and we say, oh, you know what we can’t teach you how to grow cannabis, but if you were going to NATO’s, this is what I would I do..

Steve:.Okay.

Nate: so it’s a little bit. Yeah, that’s kind of like a way that we kind of straddle that line. Maybe that’s yeah the gray side but you know, I really wanted to be able to talk to those customers. So that’s when we created Growers Network, which is a forum and really a I would say a media company. We started creating some video content. That was our first thing that we came out with is called can of cribs kind of just think of it like MTV Cribs, but it focuses on Like the largest and most technologically, you know developed cannabis growing operations in the country and we walk through them and show you exactly how people are growing the Cannabis that people, you know smoke every day in these recreational States and the added a tremendous. Like that’s that became a video series in itself that just took off a lot of people really like the content High Times TV picked us up as their first cannabis Centric video.

Steve: I See that strategy working really well

Nate: Yeah and like we just had Are you know one of our episodes pass a million views? It was really just showing something. Like I said earlier content that no one else has really done before and you know, what people are doing now, a lot of cannabis companies are using our can of cribs series as part of their training when people come into the Cannabis industry so that they understand the products the terminology how people operate so it’s just taken a life of its own and a sense

Steve: So let’s say I mean you do have a dark side company, I guess that’s true potency is considered dark side

Nate: Yeah, so true potency, which I didn’t mention is trupotency.com. That’s TR you not there’s no e on it trooper and z.com is at its really a retailer for CBD based products and those products. Well, yeah, that is dark side. CBD is also dark side right now, but I would say which a lot of people say. It’s federally legal, you know, after the Hem bill was signed, but the thing is the FDA hasn’t really ruled on what they’re going to do is CBD. So the banking issues are still there. The credit card issues are still there. Still it’s still a tough Market to be in you got to be creative to really get started.

Steve: You mentioned a couple things earlier like the difficulty getting credit card processing Banking and that sort of thing. How do you overcome those? If you’re a dark side company?

Nate: you know, I would say there are these are things you have to do. I mean we had even though we’re in Arizona Corporation. We had to apply and become what’s called an I think it’s an alien Corporation in Washington state that Term might be off alien corporate entity. But basically we had to reincorporate in Washington as well. And then we had to use one of the Washington Credit Unions since Washington’s a recreational State Arizona only a medical State and there’s no banks really here that can Bank you so we had to go and do that and then open a bank account because those credit unions in those States will only Bank two entities that are from that state. So sting. Okay. Yeah, that was kind of a tough one credit card processing

Steve: Do you use Stripe or PayPal or?

Nate: no. Yeah, no definitely don’t use PayPal because you’ll start collecting money. They’ll find out what you’re doing. Those are show you down and keep your money for six months. not good. I mean I will tell you this I’ve had think it could counts shutdown probably a half dozen times credit cards shut down probably a half dozen times at this point. It happens and I just it’s almost comical to me but it’s happening much of much less often. This was like the first four years. It happened

Steve: To growershouse too?

Nate: even to Growershouse..

Steve: huh? Okay

Nate: people would it really didn’t happen too often, but even the girl’s house sometimes a banquet just say, you know, what were we understand that you’re not touching cannabis. They’re doing anything with it, but you’re too close to the industry. We think so. We’re making a business decision to that. We think you should not be banked by us anymore. Very unfortunate..

Steve: but you get your money still though, right?

Nate: Yeah, but I did have one Bank hold six figures for over six months.

Steve: Oh my gosh. Okay.

Nate: Yeah. So definitely be careful. I would say at this point. It’s there’s plenty of bit like you don’t have to go through what I went through, you know, four years ago today, you can find a credit union in another state. Tell them exactly what you’re doing, you know, try to be above board with your bank and your credit card processor. And there are if you look hard enough, you will find them.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

So there’s no way to like, I guess Amazon payments is out too I mean are there any like real easy ways to pee outside of a credit card?

Nate: So let’s talk about the CBD industry. Each. Each industry is a little bit different and that’s the one that I feel like maybe the most people are getting into you right now. So on the CBD side, there are a few companies and there’s one that I use called T1 payments that was like an international processor. They’re widely used in the CBD industry, but you have to set up like a UK address, you know, so And establish your company in the in Europe as well. So same thing like we did in Washington. So that’s an option. You know, everyone’s going to charge you they’ll try and charge you somewhere between four and seven percent depending on my goodness. Yeah, so cost of doing business in a recent industry.

I guess you could say but there’s also some companies domestically that will do some CBD processing, you know, let me see who are some of the big ones. I think

Steve: what are you guys using for to trupotency?

Nate: Trupotency for? True potency and we basically have T1 payments that one in the UK and then we also are applying with two other companies right now to open us up more domestically and those are in process at the moment. And one of them is pay Kings. The other ones ale pay.

Steve: Does that imply that you just have these multiple payment processors just kind of lined up in case one goes down.

Nate: No redundancy is is necessary if you yeah, if you do not have redundancy and I would say both bank accounts and And credit card processing then you’re going to have a bad time because I you know, hopefully it’s not you but I would say to people just assume it’s not if but when you’ll have an issue, but it just depends how open you are with your processor. There’s some people they would even processing on you know, there’s a big avalon if you guys have ever heard of them. There are giant Bank on the backend of payment processing and they were about to bank a whole bunch of CBD companies and then they pulled out at the last minute.

So even when you know, everyone tells you it’s a sure thing it can get pulled the rug in your pulled out from under you will it be this way in 24 months? Probably not. It’ll probably be you know much more like just applying for a normal company. But if you want to get in early, then you’re definitely going to have to do a lot of work and be creative.

Steve: I mean realistically what was this lot was the last time it happened to you?

Nate: man. We first started shoot potency. Yeah about two weeks after we launched we got one shot down and we lost about three weeks ago

Steve: right. Okay

Nate: two weeks week.

Steve: All right, so it’s still a problem. Definitely. Okay.

Nate: Yeah, that was more of a processor that wasn’t really CBD friendly. So but they were just a processor that I’ve done business with for a long time. And I said hey can I connected here this it sure but then the backend Bank was like, nope, not cool. So we ended up moving over to that UK option which was our plan B.

Steve: Let me ask you this. So let’s say you didn’t have girls house and you didn’t have that forum for Growers and you just launched true potency. How would you Market that business?

Nate: Here’s the thing with with our CBD company. There’s so much. There’s also so much noise in the CBD industry. Like I heard a statistic, you know can verify it but it sounds correct just from being in the industry that 1200 brands of launched so far in 2019

Steve: It’s ridiculous, okay.

Nate: sort of and it’s okay. So that means a lot of competition that means a lot of people going after, you know, probably the top keywords things of that nature. I would say find a point of differentiation. I mean really for these 1200 Brands, there’s probably Ten formulators who are making all the products. So a lot of them are very similar. So, how do you how do you really differentiate yourself from the market and focus on pushing that point of differentiation and make that point of differentiation something that you know that people already desire like I would be going on something like ahrefs look up what people are looking for CBD for and say, how do I become the best at doing CBD for that and that could be CBD It was sleep or CBD Associated or let me see small breed pets, you know choose a niche. You can always expand from an itch. But if you’re going after the top keywords and 1,200 people are too I mean it’s it’s going to be a tough road to the top. So I would say try and find a smaller Niche to jump into and do that extremely well and really focus on pushing that point of differentiation. I mean for our site true potency we rock we actually did not even create a brand. Like a branded product the consumer packaged good right just a retailer.

So I buy wholesale sell retail. That’s what I do. But my point of differentiation is there’s so much crap in the market like so many CBD products out There are either mislabeled or formulated poorly or even have basically harmful things inside of them that you would not be wanting to take. So to me that’s a problem in the industry and like the FDA is not really regulating it because they haven’t figured anything out. There are no standards. so

Steve: actually I was going to ask you about that. Are there can anyone just off the street start creating the stuff? There’s no legality issues. No certifications.

Nate: Exactly.

Steve: Okay crazy.

Nate: Yeah. All right crazy so wild wild west. Yeah again more Cowboys. So I’m trying to Wrangle these people in and you know, what we did is said, you know, what we’ve gotten a lot of products from manufacturers and we read this study that University of Pennsylvania put out that 70% of the products that they tested. We’re not what they were. Basically, they were mislabeled. They had a whole bunch of things in them that they should not so we decided you know, even though a lot of these products have what’s called coas certificates of analysis. They tell you their products Okay, we would take their products send it to a laboratory where they would do hplc testing, which is high pressure liquid chromatography. There’s a few other ways of testing depending on what you’re looking for, but it would tell you the basically all the constituents of that product and we found out that when we did the lab test another guy so certified lab it look different than the lab result that they gave us.

So even these companies that say that their science fact tend to be what we found is misleading Their audience a little bit. Okay, so we started doing our own testing for all the products and we’re just going to say

Steve: okay.

Nate: Okay. Our point of differentiation is where high and say we’re hiring a science Advisory Board basically have like MDS and phds to help guide us on what products actually work in the first place since a lot of people I think are Making up, you know things that’s TBD can actually do and then secondly, we want to test these products with a certain amount of rigor that you know, we would be comfortable giving it to a loved one. Right? I’m especially someone who might be under medical care. You don’t want to be giving them something that has residual metal solvents in it for heavy metals. I mean residual solvents molds, you know, things like that and you know, if it says 500 milligrams of CBD, I actually want 500 milligrams. A lot of these products will say five Hundred and they’ll have 50, you know, and at that point it’s very misleading if not stealing in a sense because they’ll charge you for 500.

So we do our lab testing we take all those lab tests and we actually upload them to each product page. So everyone can review them, but they’re a little complicated. So we also tried to move a neuroscientist who’s our director of science here and he developed an algorithm based on basically all the scientific data that’s been Published about cannabinoids which are the main constituents within cannabis that you know, THC people are familiar with that’s the one that’s psychoactive that gets you high CBD not psychoactive or debatably psychoactive at a very very low level and works for things. You know, that people are discovering like epilepsy pain anxiety and there’s a whole bunch of others over a hundred other ones.

So we put cannabinoid profile in a graph along with the graph terpene profile terpenes are Kind of like cannabinoids but there are more General there. You’ll find them in fruits, you know, basically all I would say natural products and these cannabinoids and terpenoids interact with each other in this way that could make something more sedative or could make you maybe have a little bit more clarity of mind, you know, these certain things build building an algorithm and says, you know, this product is most likely better for x or y can really help people make a decision on what they should be buying

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Steve: Did you intentionally not private label your own CBD products? And so that these studies could come across as more impartial?

Nate: Exactly. Yep. I could come out my own product. But then it’s like how could you trust me from another person who sends says that are signs backed. I need to be objective. You know right now. I mean, I will tell you this we brought like 700 products in right now. We launched and one of our biggest problems is we have like 60 products on our site. Can’t we wanted a lot more we want in 100 and 200 but so many products have failed our..

Steve: So the testing of our product is 10% of the products have passed your testing?

Nate: you know, the ones that have gone through the lab we brought 700 in about I think right now we’ve had about 400 approximately go through test the lab testing and yeah out of that we’re at about 60 live products on the site.

Steve: that sounds like really scary to me.

Nate: Yeah. Yeah, so Basically, it’s hovering. It depends on the week. But yeah, usually hovers around 20% of the products. We test actually passed and sometimes you know passing can be as you know, as simple as you know, what we say if it has when you test scientifically I mean, we do have a threshold or margin of error. So like if it says 500 milligrams, it has to be plus or minus 10% for it to pass

Steve: right

Nate: But then also has to not have residual solvents, you know, it has two basic. Not have any molds or pesticides that ends up showing up in our lab testing and you know, I can’t have anything else that they say it does have and it ends up not having

Steve: that makes sense.

Nate: So if it passed all those tests for us, then it ends up going on the site. But yeah, like 80% of the products have not passed which for us now we’re like, maybe we should create products because we can barely find enough that are actually viable. But that that probably wouldn’t be for years probably

Steve: How are these people manufacturer. They just like doing in their home kitchens or something or

Nate: you know, you know what it is. I think everyone’s moving so quickly and since there are no standards for quality control. It’s it’s just a smash-and-grab market right now, you know people I think are focusing on, it’s tough. There are people out there that are very focused on quality of their product and then there are some people that are focusing on you know, what there’s an opportunity in CBD right. Now I’m going to be as aggressive as possible. And sometimes QA is not the top priority quality assurance is what I mean by that which is unfortunate and like that’s why a lot of people are pushing put a lot of pressure on the FDA to like say something about these products, you know, let’s come up with you know, some way to State standardized testing.

I mean, it’s even we’ve been brought up in our office like maybe we should come up with our own stamp of approval certification you mean yeah run, sir. Advocate it’s not like that’s not our core focus of our company, but maybe the industry needs it. And if no one’s doing it, like maybe we should jump into it. By the way, if anyone wants to help me do that. They know how to please reach out. I’m very busy and I don’t know if I could take on another core competency for a business.

Steve: So true potency though. So just back on marketing and if you didn’t have anything you mentioned, you know, obviously putting together a unique value proposition. Would you be going the YouTube route or the Blogging route or podcasting like what do you think would be like the best medium to use at this point?

Nate: for us podcast like this being able to tell people what’s going on in the industry. It’s it’s such a long form process like it’s tough for me to tell people how many things are wrong with the industry and how we’re trying to disrupt it in a minute sure, you know.

Steve:Yeah,

Nate: so we did upload a video only one video so far like, like I said, we just launched one video on Youtube kind of explaining our philosophy. So people can comprehend that and now that I’m you know, when I started Growers house, I was a 22 year old young whippersnapper. I’m 31 now and I’m you know, I have a successful business that’s giving me cash flow. So I’m we ended up bringing in co-ceo Angela cat who is her background was like, you know, she helped launch all of that stale otter on Estee Lauder Companies on onto the web and e-commerce. So things like clinic.com and she was a big executive over there and she came on board as a co co and we’re kind of going the more traditional like PR route hiring a you know, people that focus on PR and talking to news outlets about you know, the industry what’s going on in the industry

Steve: right

Nate: But there there is some Legacy content that we’re probably going to create that I’m more used to which is how do we help tell people about the problems in the industry and help them? You know find the products that’s actually going to be good for them effective pure safe. You know, a lot of people are just I don’t know I think right now everyone’s heard about CBD yet. They know nothing yet they know nothing

Steve: right this this is going to be a hard question for you to answer but it sounds like the way you’ve approached true potencies is very high budget, right

Nate: definitely higher budget. It’s funny. I started Growershouse with Okay saying it like a hundred and fifty thousand dollars and we were bootstrapped. You know, yeah, whereas..

stve: yeah, potency you have these scientists that you have on board. You have the PR Company. I’d imagine your startup costs are higher, right?

Nate: Absolutely. Yeah even just to get going before before we really get going. It’s probably going to cost us, you know closer to somewhere closer to the 500 came are you know, and then after that, you know, we’ll see how things are going and at that point we might look for some outside investors. Something like that,

Steve: so where I was going with that was someone small-time going to the Cannabis retail space since there’s so many people jumping in right now. Do you feel like you kind of need a larger budget these days just to get started.

Nate: You know, it depends what sector the Cannabis industry if you’re starting a let’s say you wanted to open a dispensary you it’s almost impossible to open a dispensary and establish market like Arizona unless you have a lot of money and I mean like I would say at least a few million dollars.

Steve: Wow. Okay.

Nate: It’s not north of 5 million. There’s markets that are opening up like Oklahoma just opened up medical and it’s the market was booming if you get in early and the licenses are inexpensive and they have an unlimited amount of licenses. Then you can get it in a lot less expensively. We’re talking you know it get it depends if you want to do a growing operation or a dispensary, but you can be in the lower six figures range. And if you wonder the e-commerce route, you know, that’s probably the least expensive route and the one that I’m more, you know, Familiar with and you don’t have to spend a ton of money to get into the CBD the sector really I would say I’m just looking for more accelerated growth and getting out there sure a little bit faster.

But you know how I started Growershouse’ kind of more slow and steady and there’s definitely something to be said for that in terms of you know, how many years of life you probably have because

Steve: You know, I want to start a CBD company e-commerce store, let’s say is there anything special I need to do? Certifications or or anything legal legalize that I need to worry about

Nate:. Yeah, I think it depends on the state really but I would touch base and I think really if you’re manufacturing or holding products that people going to ingest each just want to make sure you touch base with the health department consider, you know, Most states have some hemp laws or usually a department for him. So I would just reach out to them and say Hey, I want to start a hemp Farm or a hemp CBD company and I’m gonna hold inventory on On hand and they’ll tell you what to do. And usually it’s it’s very easy kind of benign process.

Steve: Okay. And then are you selling on Amazon right now

Nate: Growers house is on the equipment side, but we’re not with any CBD products and you have to actually be really careful the Amazon. So it’s also very misleading platform in the when it comes to CBD because on Amazon basically, they don’t allow CBD products, but if you get on Amazon, there are some Products that are up there being advertised almost as if there were CBD products and what they are is they’ll say hemp oil, you know, something like something related to him boil really but a lot of them tend to be hemp seed oil which actually doesn’t have any cannabinoids or CBD in it. and what we’re buying this expecting it to be CBD usually because it’s inexpensive, which it is much less expensive than CBD products right now, but the thing is you’re not really getting what you’re looking for and Actually want hemp seed oil. So if you actually receive CBD avoid Amazon, once the FDA comes out some rules, maybe Amazon will allow it. But I think right now it’s just too great for them to allow it.

Steve: have you run into any problems on Amazon with Growershouse stuff?

Nate: No never and you know, we just focus on selling equipment. We do not touch base on anything related to cannabis or marijuana, and I think you know, I don’t think that you can really on Amazon, although I can’t hundred. And confirm that but I’m pretty sure it since it’s still federally illegal big organizations like Amazon do not like to wait into that territory.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of grower house products, then it just seems weird. I guess that Google and Facebook’s seem to be cracking down more than Amazon right in this department

Nate: Well, not really I would say they’re all kind of on the same Keel for the most part. Okay, like you’ll find actually think I saw Google allowing some CBD products on product listing ads. So I think Google of anything is opening up a little bit more than potentially the other ones

Steve: and the word hemp is fair game. I don’t know anything about this industry, but I always consider hemp kind of synonymous. So that term is legal.

Nate: Yes hemp is legal because you can have a hemp. Like I said a hemp seed oil product hemp fiber all these things are legal. It’s CBD and other cannabinoids that are regulated, right?

Steve: Okay.

Nate: Well, they’re not really regulated right now, but there they have a distinction. That’s Ray so people are not allowing that terminology is better way to put it but hemp you’ll see there are a lot of CBD companies that everyone’s watching for the what the FDA is going to say and there have been some CBD companies that have had their hand slapped because they’ve said this CBD product cures cancer or something like that which you know, like no tests have been done to prove that. Yeah in a way that the FDA has given it the stamp of approval. I think there are a lot of people that are You know doing tests on CBD from you know, a multitude of reasons, but FDA doesn’t want people saying that because to their standards that hasn’t been proven and then you’re really just fooling or trying to deceive the public in a way as the weather looking at it. So they really want to manage that and write you know, rightly so they probably should

Steve: yeah that totally makes sense. Hey Nate, I’ve actually learned a lot about the Cannabis industry just from talking to you. But if anyone out there who is listening to this podcast is interested in Gaming industry or they want to learn more about you or your products. Where can they find you?

Nate: Yeah, we have a few websites in our portfolio, you know Growershouse.com, Growersnetwork.org and trupotency.com that’s TRU, you know, we we just check out our YouTube series can cribs. You know, I’m on Instagram. That might be a good way to reach out to me. It’s just nate.j.lipton on Instagram. That’s probably the only social media platform. I had a chat with people on okay, but yeah Reach Out How do you know shoot me an email? I mean, I might regret this Nate at gowershouse.com, you know, if you wanna give you the entry

Steve: before you go like you mentioned a whole bunch of sites out there. What do each one do again. So Growershouse.com is your Ecommerce store that sells growing equipment, right? Yeah, which one is your community?

Nate: So growers network.org? Okay. It is a forum and content site.

Steve: Is that paid or can anyone join?

Nate: Yeah anyone can jon. Yeah. So the public forum in a private Forum. The private forum is more for cannabis Industry professionals and then we have a lot of like Growers University there. So you can learn how to grow things of that sort great Community for anyone who’s learning how to grow or just wants to do it as a hobby or a profession and then you know Candy cribs is that that YouTube series I was telling you about largest operations.

Steve: That’s what you tore cannabis operations.

Nate: Yeah. Exactly. I don’t true

Steve: Trupotency is your newest operation, which is actually testing and selling your favorite CBD products?

Nate: Exactly. Yep.

Steve: Awesome. Well Nate, I really appreciate you coming on the show and teaching us or giving me a lesson at least on this industry, and I’m sure the listeners will get a lot of value out of it too.

Nate: Awesome. Thank you for having me Steve.

Steve: Hi. Thanks a lot, Nate. Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now. The CBD cannabis industry is like the Wild Wild West right now, but it is quickly getting saturated with new competition. Now for more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode289.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode like myself Michelle and I have been blogging for a very long time and there are a whole bunch of different ways to monetize your blog. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequitherjobs.com/episode282.

Once again, I want to thank to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

And I also want to thank Kaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Kaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

288: This One Thing Is Killing Your Profits With Kevin Stecko

288:  This One Thing Is Probably Killing Your Profits With Kevin Stecko

Today I’m thrilled to have Kevin Stecko back on the show. Kevin runs an awesome site called 80stees.com where he sells t-shirts from the 80s.

Kevin’s t-shirt business was already super competitive but in the past several years, it’s gotten even more intense. As a result, he made some fundamental changes to his business strategy and it’s paid off in droves, both in terms of profit and lifestyle.

In this episode, Kevin will fill us in on what he’s done and the biggest mistake most shop owners are making.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Kevin decided to raise prices dramatically
  • The math of discounting and profit
  • Why even small discounts can lead to a huge cut to the bottom line
  • Kevin’s new business model

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Intro: You’re listening to the my wife could a job podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today. I have my buddy Kevin Stecko back on the show and we are going to discuss the one thing that he changed with this business that drastically improved both his profitability and his lifestyle and this concept is actually something that most people don’t think about and I’m really happy to talk about it today.

But before we begin, I want to give quick shout out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show whether you are just getting your business off the ground or looking for new ways to scale Klaviyo offers fast simple and repeatable ways to grow now with Klaviyo you can personalize your marketing build your customer relationships and automate your online sales and it is now easier than ever to create amazing email and advertising experiences so want to talk about Klaviyo’s new entrepreneurial growth guide packed with must read blog post case studies and getting started content this guide will help you prioritize what to do next for maximum revenue growth that moving to a new marking problem can be intimidating but Klaviyo helps you get up and going fast with proven technology and countless support researches they can actually check out this free content now over at Klaviyo.com/mywife once again that is Klaviyo.com/mywife now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I am thrilled to have Kevin Stecko back on the show. Now, I had Kevin way back in episode 139 which was maybe two and a half years ago in many many things have changed with his business since then and in case you don’t remember Kevin runs the awesome site called 80tees.com where he sells T-shirts from the 80s. Now the t-shirt business was already super competitive, but in the past several years, it’s gotten even more intense. So Kevin made some fundamental changes to his his strategy and its really paid off both in terms of profit and lifestyle. And today we’re going to delve deeply into that and with that welcome to show, Kevin how you doing today, man?

Kevin: I’m doing great. Thanks for having me.

Steve: So Kevin. I’m very curious. Why the heck did you go in Andrew youderien’s podcast first?

Kevin: Oh, wow. Well, he finally asked me, you know, I’ve known him for a while, but in a forum since 2013 the e-commerce feel for my should say and he finally asked and I was like, wow, I finally been blessed by the Great Andrew Youderian.

Steve: Ha ha ha, so I’m hurt. So now what we’re going to do is we’re going to have to make this episode even better and make Youderian look bad. Unfortunately. I mean that’s not very nice of you but we’re just going to have to do it.

Kevin: I’ll do my best to make him look terrible.

Steve: So fill us in, the audience hasn’t heard from you in two and a half years what has happened in the past several years since the last time I had you on?

Kevin: Sure. Yeah. So the big thing that happened to my business was gradual decline. So 2000 and I’ve been around since 2000 I guess in 2008 was the high-water mark in terms of Revenue 2000 through 2011 because we’re going still really well. They weren’t really growing but I mean, we’re at a pretty pretty high Revenue number. I don’t know the exact numbers, but we’re still in the five to seven million dollar range through those years. The thing started just gradually slowing down and the problem was I had built up so many expenses over the years to handle the volume that we were doing that my profitability was just gone. and some losses were adding up and I didn’t really I didn’t really know how to stop that Trend because I had all these fixed expenses that were not going to be something I can just get rid of I had buildings or I should say our building ahead lots of it.

Steve: 22,000 square foot building if I recall

Kevin: it was actually 45 thousand..

Steve: Oh my God..

Kevin : really using like half of it because when I bought the building was think when things were going up into the right, so I did not want to have to move again. So I actually overbought luckily the running the building in terms of Utilities wasn’t super expensive but it obviously the cost of the building was more because it was so big. So yeah

Steve: I think 45,000 feels like but yeah go on, sorry.

Kevin: Yeah, 45,000 probably not quite a Walmart store. But you know, so maybe like three quarters will Walmart depending on how big, you know, like a regular crazy. It is crazy. Yeah, so, you know, I was like, how can I get myself out of these things? Because obviously getting out of a building that I purchased was not going to be a simple thing the software that were using, cost me like $5,000 a month minimum to run.

Steve: What? Wow. Okay.

Kevin: Well, yeah and you know, you got to remember too that I came from the early 2000s where things were expensive, you know to launch a website was no small feat at the time. So, I guess when I signed on for that 5,000 seems somewhat reasonable there, you know, you couldn’t just sign up for whatever shipstation and make it happen for 50 bucks a month or whatever people do now. Yeah, so, you know all my orders flowed through there, so there wasn’t Really any way to get out of that without actually going through the process of having a true replacement and that took me a long time to get all the functionality that I needed. So in 2016 is whenever I decided okay, here’s the path. It’s that I’m going to take to get rid of all these expenses which was basically Outsource the storage of inventory to the point where most of my things are now Dropship for my suppliers and their even made printed on demand.

So they really not even stored for the Most part so I you know, that was a huge deal there because for one thing it bought me time. So I had a lot of inventory that I could sell down slowly and not have to replace which just look great for cash flow..

Steve: Do you have any inventory today?

Kevin: I have like 50 thousand dollars of inventory.

Steve: Okay, so not much at all.

Kevin: Yeah, that’s all things that I can’t drop ship. Otherwise, I probably wouldn’t just got rid of that because you know paying for the Storage everything just doesn’t really make sense at this point.

Steve: Are you fulfilling those yourself or using a 3PL for that.

Kevin: I move those to 3PL.

Steve: Okay, it’s been great. So literally you’re not carrying any inventory. There’s no need for a warehouse anymore. Right?

Steve: Right. And so yeah so fast forward. I did actually get a tenant for that thing as long as they exhaust they can pay their rent and they’re becoming viable company. The building will end up being a pretty good investment for me. So yeah, but it took me about three years to get to get to the point where I could get out of building I get rid of that software and just cut cut cut expenses everywhere I could you know Outsource as many things as possible, you know, I may have done the story a little bit disservice but it was a super hard super hard, painful in terms of letting employees go painful in terms of how do I how do I get from point A to point B.

And you know dropshipping adding that on wasn’t exactly a simple task because now I have to figure out why do I handle my shipping costs? So that gradually led me to raise prices to incorporate shipping into the price of the goods. And that’s whenever I learned wow, people will pay a lot more money than I’m charging.

Kevin: Let’s back up a bit so back when you were running your business before you were still charging for shipping weren’t you?

Kevin: I was yes, so everyone out together. So it was relatively simple thing to calculate the shipping rate. It was just whatever the weight of their cart was. We calculate the shipping based on that.

Steve: How does it work now?

Kevin: now well now we offer free shipping on everything over $50. So essentially if you order more than one product, you’re going to get free shipping what we do is we do we build in the price of shipping into every item based on how much it weighs. So I actually have a tool that sits on top of my, so I have a price that’s listed in our product database and then we have toilet sits on top of that and just places and adder in there before it hits the Shopify store.

Steve: Okay, so you okay. So you’re on Shopify last time we talked to I think, right?

Kevin: Yes. I’ve been on Shopify since 2013.

Steve: then can you just give me an idea of how much you cut your SAS bill down by by going to drop shipping?

Kevin: Yeah, the only thing that we still pay for now is Shopify actually so we now I’ve paid developers and I pay a lot more than most people would spend on on SAS to get to use have those developers. Give me the things that I need, but once there once I once I have that functionality, I don’t pay for it again.

Steve: Okay, so all your shipping stuff all that suffer related to all that $5,000 disappeared.

Kevin: Basically it disappeared as of April this year.

Steve: Yes, and then you’re no longer paying for the warehouse because you’re kind of leasing it out. Out to somebody else. What cutbacks did you have in terms of just employees?

Kevin: So obviously anyone fulfillment related is is pretty much going on now. I do have have an employee that actually works at home and she receives my returns and I’m actually considering maybe even going away from returns in general. I know some companies just you know, they don’t even ask for the products back. So I need to do some math to see if that would make sense.

Steve: Actually. We’re one of those companies. We usually don’t ask for the product back.

Kevin: How do you feel about does that encourage people to they learn the trick and then decide they want to refund and then you don’t ask for it back. So they know they get it for free.

Steve: No, I don’t think anyone’s really abused it and we don’t publish it obviously on the website. Well, obviously take a return if it’s like a huge like $2,000 order whatnot. But if it’s like onesie, twosie stuff, you know, we usually just let him keep it because it’s not really worth it.

Kevin: Yeah. I’m coming around to that point of view.

Steve: Yeah and plus your profit. Margin. Well, we’ll get to this in a little bit but your profit margin should be able to eat that. And just fine I would imagine.

Kevin: yes.

Steve: Yeah. Okay, so you cut all of your fulfillment employees. So like how lean are you guys now?

Kevin: Probably a little less lean than you would think mainly because I have some people on staff that probably like myself, my wife, my mother.

Steve: you gotta cut your wife man. That’s..

Kevin: yeah. my wife doesn’t do that much and my mother doesn’t do a whole lot that absolutely needs to be done. She lists like our products on Pinterest and she does some fraud review stuff which which does need to be done. But I mean I can you know, I can do those two payrolls because I could probably handle either not doing some of the things and just handle it myself.

Steve: Uh-huh.

Kevin: I don’t pay my wife. That’s essentially not paying myself.

Steve: Yeah. I actually don’t count those two people. I’m just like How lean is it like less than 10 people now?

Kevin: Oh, yeah lesson 10, okay. And we have two to software developers that that we do really cool stuff with them as a lot of it on the back back end,.

Steve: That’s interesting. Why do you still need software developers on like retainer?

Kevin: I don’t really need I mean I wouldn’t need them for day-to-day but I’m still have designs on on growth very smart intelligent growth at least but I still have designs that we can do more with the resources that we have in the tools that we’ve built. So, you know, hopefully one of those things would be launching some additional websites because once were dropped and we are Drop Shipping. So once we have the connections with the supplier, if there are products that they they offer that don’t fit into a 80tees.com You know, it’s relatively simple thing to launch a new website with a new Focus.

Steve: So I’m just kind of curious here. So you move to drop shipping. How much did your costs go up like if you saw the t-shirt before for 10 bucks, how much did it cost to Dropship?

Kevin: So so my well there’s your thoughts..

Steve: So let’s say yeah, let’s say the shirt cost you $10 and I know that’s really high but let’s say it cost you $10. How much would it cost if you by moving to drop shipping?

Kevin: Right. Yeah, it’s well, there’s there’s typically a Pick and Pack fee which probably gets gets wiped out by the savings that I would have had to handling the inventory myself, but I’d say in general probably about 20 to 30 percent higher to to not to buy one at a time via direct grammar print as opposed to Bringing them in bulk. But when I did the math, you know, once you pay for inbound Freight and once you have employees touch the product they touch it on her on receiving it they touch it to put it away onto a shelf. They touch it to pick it they touch it to pack it and then you’re sitting on it. So you’ve got time value of money.

You’ve got shrinkage because things happen in the warehouse sometimes whether that’s sun damage or they get dropped on the floor and run over by the cart, whatever it is, so you’ve totally all of that shrinkage and I my feeling is that I should say I believe this now that I my costs are probably actually less. It’s pretty hard to measure that

Steve: how do you measure like the mental aspects too right? You don’t have to deal with the Fulfillment employees and and just tracking everyone and tracking inventory and all that stuff too.

Kevin: Absolutely that I mean, you don’t even know how hard it can be to try to keep a lot of sizes in stock of a product. You know, you’re still a lot of your best-selling size and then the reason that It’s cheaper to buy the product and store it is because you’re buying in bulk. So now you’ve got a decision to make well, my best-selling size is out of stock, but I have enough of all these other sizes based on past sales. So do I you know, do I give up on this product in the best selling size or do I bring in more than I actually want. I mean those decisions used to kill me. I would literally write up a PO and then sit on it and try and wait two more weeks to see if I had more information before I send it through. Through just not even having to make those types of projections and really educated guesses is a big burden.

Steve: But I mean, you’ve kind of just shifted the problem over to someone else right what happens if you run out of a certain size now and your drop shipper?

Kevin: well the the some of them that we do that we drop shit through to actually store inventory. So they do have those problems like you mentioned and that that kind of stinks for them and it stinks for us too because you know, we end up with products that are listed on the site that don’t have some sizes but the vast majority of our products are actually print on demand. So as long as they keep like a lack of length t-shirt and stock. It doesn’t really matter. They have the ability to make that product right now.

Steve: Do you have ties to their inventory system? I just launched a t-shirt company with my kids and right now there’s no tie to the inventory system. So if someone orders a size that’s not available. I got to tell them that you know, it’s not available and they got to order something else.

Kevin: Yeah, that’s rough. Why aren’t you doing print on demand?

Steve: It is print on demand. But you know the product on demand people run out of certain sizes as well. Right? and so is your inventory tied to their system?

Kevin: yeah So we have so many suppliers that yes, we tie in if they offer an API, that’s the best because just once we build it just sinks automatically. But a lot of them send us a file so you can Excel file and upload it to the, we built we that was part of why I have the developers they built tools that take everyone’s file in whatever format they want to give it to us and then it updates our website.

Steve: I see, So this file is given to you every single day or?

Kevin: most of them do. Yes..

Steve: okay, but is it real time or is it like I once a day thing?

Kevin: Yeah for them. It’s definitely not real time that those actually make up only probably like ten percent of our our volume the vast majority of the products that we sell are pretty much always in stock because our supplier, so that’s what confuses me. I mean if you’re using a good print on demand company, they really shouldn’t be out of stock.

Steve: Yeah. I mean it’s happened to us a couple of times already. Maybe it’s just like some obscure t-shirt color and maybe it was an obscured color and size. But yeah.

Kevin: yeah, it could be we’d only time we run into problems will be like hoodies which for some reason there are the the mills in the United States have a really hard time keeping hoodies in stock.

Steve: All right, so you moved over to drop shipping. Let’s talk about the numbers a little bit. So you mentioned earlier that you had to raise prices dramatically because I know I paid almost 30 bucks for man t shirt I bought over you, great t-shirt great t-shirt, but so has that affected your business and what was kind of like the decision making process like?

Kevin: yeah, so well, like I said, when we incorporate shipping into the price that was pretty much it had it had to cop even if I didn’t want to but like you mentioned before with our with our suppliers actually charging us more to do the Drop Shipping, you know, obviously the maintain margins we had to raise prices as well there. So we That’s how I started out was everything we were dropshipping. I raised the prices on to account for those two factors. And you know, I was kind of amazed that we were selling them at first..

Steve: did the sales go down at all when you did that?

Kevin: Well at first sales went up because we had been through a long period where I was afraid to like like how I talked about before where I was always, you know, trying to decide should I send this PO in so my inventory levels were actually going down so our sales went up once we Drop Shipping. We have a lot of new products to offer in stock.

Steve: Okay.

Kevin: so it’s you know, unfortunately it didn’t exist in a vacuum for me our sales went down because of higher prices. They actually look like they went up and then as things shifted from us owning them to to drop shipping those prices would be raised as well and sales are definitely when I say sales I should say orders are definitely down average order volume or average order value. I should say is is way is way way up it used to Be like 40 bucks and we’ll have days now where it’s 65 to 70 dollars.

Steve: Can you give me an idea of how much higher you raise your prices? Was it like on the rear of 25% 30% 50%

Kevin: Yeah. Well, I can just give you a real number. So a lot of products that we used to charge $20 for now start about $36.25.

Steve: How much is that? He man shirt I buy? I can’t even remember

Kevin: you got a good deal. It’s definitely moved up. Let me see.

Steve: So, okay. So let’s say I’m buying a T-shirt and normally it’s 20 bucks and all of a sudden you raise it to $36. Man, I would probably think twice so how do you kind of..

Kevin: lots of customers have that’s that’s a common thing that’s happened to us is we’ve definitely let a lot of customers go by the wayside, but that’s where understanding that math of price increase become so valuable.

Steve: So before we get into the math, and I definitely want to get into that. From the mentality of a person like why wouldn’t I just get this t-shirt somewhere else. Do you still have exclusive deals with some of the print designs that you have?

Kevin: We do, Yes, okay. we designed that Christmas party shirt. So that is an exclusive for us or our supplier. Lets us have that as exclusive and and you know the fighting about that shirt. I’m sure you remember this, but that was right after we switch to having dropshipping availed right if we switched and your order did have some problems.

Steve: Yes, I remember.

Kevin: I think about those problems, but that yeah, I felt really bad. I’m like jeez, you know this here’s here’s a friend of mine that placed an order didn’t ask for a discount anything like that. Now he’s having problems. I felt felt really terrible.

Steve: well, I got it in time for my party. So it’s all good there. But okay. So do you think you could have pulled this off if you didn’t have exclusive rights?

Kevin: Yeah, we still sell quite a quite a few like quite a high percentage of our products sales are not exclusive to us

Steve: and you could just go to some other store and get it for cheaper.

Kevin : Yeah

Steve: really? Okay. All right. Let’s do the math now then that’s

Kevin: righ. I guess I should say about the higher price thing. So there are overall selection is something that is hard to find so we do I believe we still have a lot of people that that just browse our site because We it’s well organized and then they will go somewhere else and buy but then there’s some people that their time is more valuable than that. So even though they might know they could get a cheaper. They’re just like whatever. I’ll pay the higher prices.

Steve: Okay. So would you say that you have a larger selection than most stores that you’ll find on the internet.

Kevin: Yeah, definitely. larger selection and better organized.

Steve: Okay. Yeah, I can see that right if I see a shirt that I like. Am I really going to scour the internet looking for that exact same shirt. I mean College me might have done it, but..

Kevin: some people definitely will but not

Steve: Okay, All right. And so but this is a substantial price increase right? We’re talking over 50% price increase. So, can you just give me an idea of how much unit volume dropped when you did that?

Kevin: Yes, so we used to average well over a hundred orders a day. And now I might have I might have a bad day at 40 orders a good day. Like a really good profitable day can be 70 to 80 orders. That’s not on P like

Steve: so 30 to 60 percent drop in orders. Yes. Wow crazy. Okay. So but meanwhile you are charging, you know fifty to sixty percent more now, so We talked about this before we started recording that the math people don’t even think about when it comes to to average order value. So yeah, let’s go through that right now.

Kevin: Yeah. Sure. So the thing you have to remember is all of your fixed expenses apply to every order regardless of what your price is. So I think a lot of people don’t understand that and it’s really important to understand your perv per order contribution origin, which contribution origin is essentially after you’ve sold sold this shirt How much money is there unless a shirt after you’ve sold your order how much money is left to pay other things than the actual cost of this order? So when I say the cost of the order like you’re going to take out any sort of shipping expenses any sort of directly attributable labor fees any transactional fees, obviously your cost of goods get all that out of there. And then what’s left is what you can actually spend on employees profit, rent, your Shopify Bill all that stuff.

So it that’s that’s a hugely important number and it’s you know, it’s not hard to calculate for most people but they don’t I think very few people actually take the time. So that’s we have a dashboard that shows me every order in real time and it gives me a pretty good estimate of what my contribution margin is.

Steve: Can you just kind of talk about what the components of your contribution margin are like You calculating it.

Kevin: Absolutely. Yeah, so you’ve got your merchandise costs. That’s what my supplier charges me and then we’ve got we’ve got the Fulfillment cost which that varies based on if I like say I had an order that head three shirts on it and I went to three different suppliers. I’m going to have each of them with their Pick and Pack fees. So I’ve got to calculate what those fulfillment fees are. I’ve got my Shopify fees because I don’t use a don’t you shall fly payments so

Steve: really okay.

Kevin: Yeah, so I’ve got I’ve got That which is pretty minor cost but like on a $42 order it’s like six cents or something like that.

Steve: Why are you using Shopify payments

Kevin: because in my back and I have the ability to recharge somebody so if someone calls me and says hey, I want to add a product to an order or I want to do a I want to do a new order and they just want to do it over the phone. I don’t actually have to put the order through Shopify to recharge them. I don’t need their credit card number

Steve: I see

Kevin: so we did a back-end tokenization.

Steve: Got it. Got it. Are you using striper something?

Kevin: We use Braintree actually

Steve: Braintree. Okay, all right and interesting and that’s worth it to pay the extra transaction fees that Shopify charges

Kevin: I think so. Yeah, it works out less than $300 a month. There’s

Steve: okay. So, all right, so it’s not much at all.

Kevin: Yeah, it’s not much at all. so then you’ve got your so I talked about your labor and then your got your transaction fees which your payment card processor which you know, those those are sneakily high so, you know, to Those people are probably paying like a quarter to 35, 45 cents per transaction plus some percentage usually around like 2.2% We do the thing where they do the like the actual Cost Plus with our with our merchant account. But it I just I average it out and I come up with like it’s like 25 cents per order plus two point two percent. We just say, okay, that’s probably about what this cost even though it might fluctuate up or down a little bit and If I if I can get I can give you like a recent order here, so So I charged 36 dollars and 35 cents for the item. And this is an item that we actually design so I don’t have any royalty fees on this and I’m I’m just paying for the printing and the shirt itself and my cost there $6.75.

I’ve got Pick and Pack fees of $2 Shopify fees as six cents a transaction fees a dollar twenty-five. So after after all that said and done in this customer pay for shipping because they actually Didn’t hit my free shipping threshold. So after all that said and done, I actually have a kind of way with $26 and 29-cent contribution Margin. I should say some people like to try to figure out what they’re advertising cost is and take that out of their contribution Margin. That’s that’s pretty difficult though

Steve: That was my next question. Actually. Yeah.

Kevin: Okay it’s really difficult because you’d have to take pick some period of time whether it’s a day or a week or a month in and say okay. I got this many Facebook orders and then try and match it up to

Steve: Well, I was thinking you just take your monthly fee that you pay on advertising and just divide it by the number of well, yeah, I don’t know. Okay, so it’s not it’s not a part of the number. Okay.

Kevin: Yeah, and the reason I don’t do that is because organic is a pretty large portion of yeah or so. It’s it’s a really tough call as to what’s the best way to handle that

Steve: If you saw an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show. Now back to the show.

All right, so that’s crazy. So you’re making $26 in margin off of a t-shirt. Whereas at least in my store. I might make like seven to ten dollars at most, sounds pretty crazy.

Kevin: It is crazy and and so but that tells you now what my number of orders and revenue how much less it can be where I end up just as well off.

Steve: So before before you raise the prices, you said your t-shirts were at 20 bucks, right?

Kevin: Yes

Steve: so that means you were making ten dollars in profit per shirt before about

Kevin: yeah, I guess that works.

Steve: right out to 10 verses 26. So 2.6 x what you were making before

Kevin: right.

Steve: All right, which is crazy. Meanwhile, you’ve have to your Demand right? So you still come out ahead by 30%

Kevin: Yeah, definitely as far as profit goes

Steve: All right, man. It’s crazy.

Kevin: Now your ego takes a hit. Yeah, there’s some there’s some definite things about it that are not fun. So, you know everyone talks about Revenue. So your revenue is lower. So your ego takes it their customers do complain. You know, I get customers all the time asking me why isn’t I paid twenty dollars in 2016? Why why is this same shirt $36 and and it’s funny because whenever I Whenever I tell them all the reasons and I go through all the expenses and everything. I think to myself boy. I’m that’s crazy that I was ever charging $20 because the only reason that worked for me back then was that such a high percentage of my worst came from organic sales. or search engine sales.

Steve: Hmm and they still do right. I mean, I just kind of checked your SEO just before this interview. You’re still ranking ridiculously high for very popular terms.

Kevin: Yeah. We do get a lot of volume from those and and some of that, I mean a still a large portion of it comes through, you know, like the brand term to so it’s not even even though we rank for Star Wars t-shirts because and that’s a great that’s a great term for us to rank for the highest by far component of our organic is just people searching our brand so

Steve: okay

Kevin: a lot of that’s built out by the paid advertising.

Steve: So when we were talking before we hit record on this I wanted to address the factor of During discounts on your site and like the real calculations that kind of come in that people don’t really think about when you’re let’s say giving yourself a 20% discount to a customer

Kevin: right. So that’s yeah, that’s I kind of call that the how much did your promotional really make? Yeah, and and so it’s easier maybe if we do like some real numbers. people understand. So basically, let’s assume you have a site with an average order value like like $150.

Steve: Well, it’s a big round numbers like and all right. Yeah hundred dollars

Kevin: Okay makes a change here. I got the spreadsheet out.

Steve: I love it. Okay.

Kevin: All right. So let’s say that what non-discounted average margin do you want to use?

Steve: non – lets just use 50%

Kevin: and okay. So we’re going to say we’ve got an average order value 100 dollars and you’re averaging 50 percent Margin. All right. So now there are a couple things that we need to take into account. So we need to know what kind of discount we’re going to offer. Let’s start. Twenty percent. So that’s that’s a pretty calm. Alright, and let’s say that you have fixed cost to fill the fill the order of like five bucks in order and that you’re you’re doing a hundred orders a day. And now let’s let’s think about this though. Let’s say you have a site-wide discount of 20% Okay, some percent of your customers actually would have ordered regardless of that discount, right?

Steve: Yes.

Kevin: So when we’re going to make this calculation we need to kind of penalize ourselves. So for that for that percent and it’s hard to know what that percent is, but you can sort of use your daily average Volume 2 back into some number and then some percent of those customers would have actually bought next month maybe at full price, but you pulled them forward. So, you know, if you were..

Steve: How do you come up with an estimate for that, I mean,

Kevin: I think the best way to do that would be let’s let’s say you’re averaging to you to use round numbers. Let’s say your average a hundred orders on a typical day and then you run your 20 percent Statewide is You really promoted heavily on email and everything and now you did a hundred 50 orders. So that would be okay case where you’re going to say. Okay. Well, I can probably assume that 33% of my customers of that day would not have ordered had I not done this.

Steve: Okay. I see what you’re saying. Whatever the increase in the average daily order volume is what you’re going to use for that number.

Kevin: Yeah, and you can be conservative with it to you. Don’t you don’t want to penalize the pro surely much? Okay. So anyway using those numbers $100 average order value. 50 percent margins with our cost of $5 per order. We’re coming up with a let’s see contribution margin per order with the discounts. I’m sorry without the discount would be 40 bucks because I have a variable cost percentage of five percent

Steve: sure that makes it easier to to calculate in your head. So 40 bucks is your contribution margin and so a hundred orders a day, right?

Kevin: Right So well, so 40 bucks would be your per order without the discount. You took 20% off though. So Now, what is your contribution Margin?

Steve: right, 30 actually no going. Yeah you have the spreadsheet.

Kevin: Yeah. Yeah. So so now you’re talking you just have by offering 20% off. You just actually have your contribution margin per order which is you know, 20% seems like not that big a deal but what matters to you what you can run your business with is that contribution so you’ve literally just cut it in half.

Steve: have you so okay. So 20 percent means that the order value is now 80 bucks, right? 50% Margin is 40 bucks. And then what was the contribution margin then after the discount?

Kevin: after this kind of goes down to $20

Steve: $20. Where is

Kevin: that’s a straight cut off the top.

Steve: Right? Right. Okay. Got it. Got it. Got it. Okay I hope people can keep up with this. Yeah.

Kevin: It’s a little that thing to remember is and probably the easiest thing if all these numbers don’t make sense. If someone the easiest thing to remember is that when you give someone a discount that comes strictly from your bottom line strictly from your profit Because it can’t come from anywhere else like your unless your suppliers are offering a discount or something like that. But that’s the only place that it can come from because all your none of your costs have changed the exception of the like percentage of merchant fees that you charged because you don’t you’re not paying on that $20 they gave to your customer. But other than that everything else stays the same

Steve: so the key takeaway for the people listening here is before we were making forty dollars per order and with a 20% discount. you would think that you would be making $32 per order but it turns out to be $20 per order because you’re taking that 20% off of your overall revenue and it doesn’t affect your costs all that cost are fixed.

Kevin: Exactly.

Steve: And so the key Point here is that that 20% discount that you’re giving is really like a 50% to your profit.

Kevin: Right. And and it’s if you would have had you know 50 of those. Customers pay full price you actually lost fifty times twenty. You know what I mean? You just lost $1,000 that you gave away to those customers that would have given you a thousand dollars extra which means that your your promotion better drive. It has to drive a thousand dollars extra just to break even

Steve: in the example that you just used. We got a hundred fifty orders instead of a hundred. So it we broke even on that promotion then

Kevin: yeah. Yeah, you’re Basically, even Steven. but you just did a lot more work.

Steve: I guess the only thing that I can think of where this this whole model kind of breaks down is like if you’re getting 50 new customers. That you can sell to going forward. It might still be worth it. Right?

Kevin: right. So that’s that was something I haven’t mentioned yet. But whenever we made the switch to the higher prices, we essentially ended up with exclusively only our best customers.

Steve: Okay.

Speaker 2: So there’s a lot of value there that it’s super impossible to quantify, but when you think about someone that is willing to pay full price They’re generally happier because they’re they’re not trying to I guess get one over on someone else. They’re just out there and they see a product a think it’s cool and they buy it or as the people that are trying to save every last penny there. It’s some of them it’s a game to them where it’s like how much can I get from you? So there there that’s really not a great customer to have I always kind of like Apple, Android, you know, the quality of the Apple customer versus the quality of the Android customer is is Has been proven over and over again ask any e-commerce site owner.

You know who they’re better customers. Are are they coming from iPhone? Are they coming from Android? pretty sure the results would be overwhelmingly iPhone unless they sell Android gear, but..

Steve: I’m an Android phone user and I didn’t complain about my He-Man shirt.

Kevin: I’m that. You know, I’m speaking in general that anyone specifically can bet that could not be the case, but I’m speaking in definitely.

Steve: Here’s some stats from my store that I think he’d find interesting. So 50% of the people who shop at my store approximately spend less than half of our average order value. Whereas only I think 12% spend double my average order value. However, that 12% makes up almost 50% of my Revenue. Whereas those cheap customers. They only make up like 10% of my revenues.

Kevin: Wow

Steve: but the volume is a lot higher of those cheap eats right?

Kevin: So do you need that volume for to achieve any scale?

Steve: Well, so there’s ego involved mainly because I run a course also, but like if I focus on my best customers which in this case are event planners and wedding planners, we could make this business a hell of a lot easier we of course take a huge Revenue hit but those people they’re consistent they order in bulk and it would just be a lot easier to just deal with just those customers.

Kevin: Right. Yeah, and and would you be able to I mean, I don’t really know the ins and outs of your operation, but would your number of employees plummet?

Steve: Probably. Well, I mean, we don’t have that many employees to begin with so maybe not actually I don’t know.

Kevin: So for me, there’s just so many advantages to being smaller. Yeah less returns less employees less problems. And in the thing about scale that I always I always try to remember is we’re no matter what I do with my business. I’m not going to be able to scale up to compete with Amazon. You know, I mean, let’s think about let’s say I made my business to point where I had to have 50 employees. Now, I’m going to need managers. I’m going to need human resources people but Amazon will always be competing with me and they they can spread the cost of that manager of those Human Resources people over so many more employees than I ever could see like scale could never be something that I go into battle against Amazon and I think that’s the same for literally every Maybe Target and Walmart there the scale doesn’t work in their favor

Probably it does for those guys but you’re talking like a smaller business less than even a hundred million you really are going to compete with scale in any way so skill is not is not a tool to use in your disposal.

Steve: Yeah. I think the other thing that you have to think about is, you know, we’re both family men. And why do we get into business the first place? It’s not to make our lives more miserable. It’s to be able to tie. I’m shift our time spend more time with family and just kind of do the things that we want to do, right?

Kevin: Exactly and I will say this like my new customers are much more happy like we get a lot less complaints.

Steve: I believe it. You probably didn’t hear from them?

Kevin: for the most part. You don’t yeah, it’s funny how that works. And I don’t exactly know why I probably get some stupid reason if I even tried to conjecture but it’s I can just tell you that the people that pay more are happier.

Steve: Can I ask you also what higher prices? As affected your advertising like you have a lot more to play with now, right?

Kevin: So we do yes, but it also made them less effective because

Steve: Interesting. How so?

Kevin: well because now I’m putting as I travel a lot of people that tell us where you know crazy for how much.

Steve: I see okay, I can actually for the most part I can average like a 3 return ad spend and my cost per getting that single order could be like 25 to 30 dollars.

Steve: Exactly, which is crazy right for t-shirt business.

Kevin: I don’t know that this applies to every company because I did have a head start. I do have the searched search engine optimization going for me. So I don’t know if you could start a business like this, but I know that there are certainly a lot of companies out there that could definitely benefit just from thinking about why am I pursuing this scale? A lot of times I hear people talk about scaling up on Facebook and and you know as everyone has ever advertise on Suppose you’re going to have periods where you think it’s grown great and you’re gonna be like what the heck happened? Facebook’s not working for me like you used to, and but you know, I’ve talked to people and they’ll say well I could spend like a thousand dollars a day and get really good return on ad spend or I could spend $5,000 a day and it’s not even half as much or maybe it is half as much.

So let me ask you this. Would you rather spend $1000 a day at like a 5 to 1 return on ad spend or $5,000 a day a tattoo? A half or 2.4 ad spend.

Steve: well. I mean I would just do both but I’m sorry two and a half? It depends on what my average order value is in the lifetime value, but I would just run both probably but it just depends if I was limited on resources than obviously. Yes. I would I would pay to advertise on the more lucrative Channel.

Kevin: No, I’m sorry. I just meant your choice would be to stop spending on Facebook at $1,000. So you’re not chasing the less quality option ordered to ramp up to spend the extra 4000 dollas.

Steve: So I see we’re saying if I have a limited budget. Yeah, I mean, I’ll tell you this Kev our Facebook customers are those cheap customers

Kevin: really?

Steve: Yeah, it just so happens that we’re talking like this and my Google ad customers are much much higher average order value. And so I’ve actually cut back on my top of funnel stuff for Facebook.

Kevin: awesome. So can I ask I mean you seem to know a lot of good information about your business. Are you doing a dashboard or some kind of you just dinging this stuff on a regular basis?

Steve: You know, it’s funny. I just kind of just talked about this in the last episode over at klaviyo. I generally ask my wife like I have my own little dashboard that I created on my shopping cart that I use but anything more in depth, I have to ask my wife for, obviously all the ad platforms. I have the dashboards for all that stuff Klaviyo is recently announced that all the steps going to be available inside of the tool now. So depending on how it looks I might transition over to that entirely.

Kevin: nice.

Steve: But right now it’s not like yours you have like a unified dashboard for everything right? Sounds like.

Kevin: I mean really it’s that contribution Margin. I don’t have some crazy good dashboard. Like like when you said about your over your average order value coming from 12% your customers versus 50%

Steve: Oh, yeah. Yeah. I have to ask my wife for that information.

Kevin: I mean, that’s great stuff to know.

Steve: Yeah, why? I did it for a talk that I was giving. That was the main reason. I pulled that numbers and when I pulled them I was like hey. I started looking at analytics then and Google analytics and just seeing you know, where the cheap customers were coming from and most of them are coming from Facebook

Kevin : That’s fantastic now, I wonder if especially since obviously you’ve got your word to markets. You got your end user and then you’ve got your event planner. I wonder if that might be why Facebook is

Steve: yeah, and I think that’s definitely what it is. Most of the event planners find us through Google.

Kevin: Interesting. So let’s let’s assume that that wasn’t the case in you talking like a normal consumer business where Facebook customers are worse just a just and kind of tell you where I was going with the spend $1000 day or 5,000 if you spent $1,000 a day at five to one return on ad spend and you had a margin of 75% your your gross profit on on that $1000 spend which is five thousand sales would be $2,750 if you spent spent 5,000 at a 2.4 return on ad spend then your gross profit is $4,000. So basically you’re doing a ton of extra work for like thirteen hundred dollars extra in gross profit. And you know, but but now your inventory is moving faster, you know, all the all the things that all the good things that can happen with with scale. I feel like are probably outnumbered by the bad things that can happen scale.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Can we just kind of end this interview by just talking about how your lifestyle has changed?

Kevin: Sure. Yeah. Yeah, I’m sorry if this if this was like a boring

Steve: no, no, it’s not boring. It’s just the numbers are probably hard for people to follow. So like I get your point, right? I mean is it worth that amount of money incremental amount of money for the amount of mental anguish. This is kind of why I want to transition over to how this has changed for you mentally.

Kevin: Yeah, so I’m essentially semi-retired I’ve gone from having to You know 10 to 14 hour days just to keep the wheels on on the thing keep it rolling to the point where if I if I really didn’t feel like it today. I don’t have to actually do anything to keep the business running. I’ve got everything is going to be flowing smoothly my employees would let me know if the some disaster occurred but so that’s that’s really good. And honestly, I did need a break because we spend nearly 20 years of your of your life just doing something head down and and pursuing growth without any real reason which is definitely what I was doing

Steve: everyone falls into that Trap man. I fell into that trap three years ago before I had to talk to my wife about it. So

Kevin: let’s go that you did have that talk.

Steve: Yeah.

Kevin: So so I feel like right now I’m sort of in this like semi not super motivated phase where I’m enjoying the time with my kids doing a lot of working out. So my life is really good. I’ve got no complaints a little bit of sometimes I actually feel a little guilty because I used to feel guilty if I spent like an hour goofing off and now I’m spending potentially six hours a day kind of like working on myself in one form or another so so I have a little I still have a little bit of that. I’m trying to get over that. But yeah, my lifestyle is great though. I’m in better shape than I have been in a long time. Like I used to go to the chiropractor and get massages all the time because I was sitting in front of a desk.

You know stumped or slumped over and just my my posture all day long was killing me. So so now I don’t I don’t do that. I get up all the time. I’ll work in different positions. Like I literally I’ll take my phone out and answer emails and the sun whenever it’s nice because I’m nothing really like urgent anymore and spent a lot of time and stuff kids. So yeah that if if you’re at the point, I’d say to anyone if you’re at the point where like you can scale down and you could have a really Nice lifestyle

Steve: and I mean your profits have increased right?

Kevin: Yeah. Well I was losing money for years because I was you know pumping in money into to the building’s off or any of the employees and the only thing that was allowing allowing that to work was the fact that I had built up a large inventory value that that was actually as I wasn’t reordering products whether it was just because I was shrinking the inventory on a site or as I switch Dropship doing having that pure Cash flow coming in is what allowed me the time to actually turn it around.

Steve: You know what, I just thought it was just now it’d be really interesting to see all the people who are reporting Revenue numbers actually report profit numbers to be very interesting if it just all of a sudden shifted

Kevin: and love it and you know, I’m in the form and I know there’s some guys that are doing some heavy revenue and two of them. I’ve actually talked to a different times and you know, they weren’t profitable for periods of time and and you know, you’re doing over 20 Million Dollars and you’re losing money then that’s that’s super risky that you know the stress that they’re under at that point has got to be intense.

Steve: So yeah, but that’s a lot of credit card points right there

Kevin: if they weren’t so miserable. They be taking some amazing vacation.

Steve: Well, Kevin man. Hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. If anyone wants a he-man t shirt, where can they find you?

Kevin: Yeah, they go to 80tees.com and if you want to hear me and spouse on numbers and maybe Kind of like my anti-growth posture. I do have the Kevinstecko.com just

Steve: Kevinstecko.com. Yeah, you know what’s funny is, you know, kev, whenever we kind of meet up we do have some really good conversations and Kev is actually quite a good counselor too. if you find yourself being burnt out about the business or whatever. He’ll give you a realistically a realistic and blunt perspective on what to take

Kevin: try not to hold any punches because I would hope someone would do that for me also.

Steve: absolutely. All right, Kevinstecko.com if you want to check it out. Thanks for coming on Kev.

Kevin: Thanks, Steve. Take care.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode and next time you start handing out discount coupons left and right. I want you to sit down do the math and figure out how many more widgets you have to sell to make up for it because the numbers are quite astounding. For more information about this episode. Go to mywifequither.com/episode288.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

287: Chandler Bolt On How To Quickly Grow A Self Publishing Book Business to 8 Figures

287: Chandler Bolt On How To Quickly Grow A Self Publishing Book Business to 8 Figures

Today I brought my buddy Chandler Bolt back on the show. Chandler runs Self Publishing School where he teaches others how to write and self publish a book in 3 months.

He’s the author of multiple best selling books and he’s an expert when it comes to going out on your own in the book business.

In this episode, we’re going to catch up with Chandler to discuss the overall publishing landscape

What You’ll Learn

  • How quickly grow your book business
  • What’s changed with Amazon in the last year
  • All of your options when you want to publish a book and the pros and cons of each
  • How to get reviews for your book
  • Self publishing vs traditional publishing. Which is better?

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have my friend Chandler Bolt back on the show. And today we’re going to cover what it takes to succeed at self publishing your own book.

But before we begin I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

I also want to give a shout-out to Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I brought my buddy Chandler bolt back on the show. And if you recall Chandler with someone I met at a Fincon meeting in San Francisco while back and he was actually a prior guest on the podcast probably a little over a year and a half ago. Chandler runs self-publishing school where he teaches others how to write and self-publish your first book in three months working just 30 minutes per day and he is also the author of multiple best-selling books and an expert when it comes to going out on your own in the book business. And what we’re going to do today is we are going to catch up with Chandler to see how the landscape for book publishing has changed in the past year and with that welcome back to show Chandler. How you doing today, man?

Chandler: Hey Steve, really great to be back really great to be here.

Steve: I’ve been following your massive growth in just the past year. Congratulations on your success. I believe you made the Inc 5000 once again and you grew in the triple digits, I think year to year. How did you manage to grow your book business so quickly?

Chandler: oh man, a lot of different things, but I think it’s really great people and really great team a focus on a gap in the marketplace that not a lot of people are fulfilling and really focusing on and then just being laser focused on what we do well and not getting distracted by what we don’t do well. So, I think that’s kind of been the combination and that’s led to a significant amount of growth and just laser and in and on what we’re doing well and then on. Actually over the last year and a half on the Marketing side that’s been a big area of focus for us. And so I mean, it’s so funny. I’m just seeing guys like you who have been just executing on this for years and I feel like an idiot because we didn’t focus on that enough.

And so now we’re just really emphasizing content and just adding as much value as humanly possible to people when they’re in the book writing consideration phase. So that you know, by the time they commit to doing it they’ve already gotten so much help from us that they’re like okay, of course. Yeah. I want to work with you guys. So that’s kind of a..

Steve: Hearing you say that it’s just kind of ironic since you’re in like the book publishing business and to hear that you’re just doing content now, it’s just kind of ironic don’t you think?

Chandler: Yeah, if you think because we should

Steve: Well no, I mean like you write content for a living, right?

Chandler: Oh, yeah. Yeah. It’s just a different kind right, you know, it’s gated content in the sense that someone has to purchase it. So the like the books are great. But how do we reach folks who even pre that phase right? There just in the consideration pay so, you know building out like are blot the self-publishing school blog we bought self-publishing.com. So that’s a new property that we’re growing to be just the definitive resource for all of self-publishing. So kind of broadening that out building up our YouTube channel and conjunction with our blog and just kind of trying to do a multi-prong Content approach. That’s and then people can Ascend to buying say my book published or things like that and then they can Ascend to ultimately working with us. So just build a more of a path and especially reach in folks who are in that consideration phase.

Steve: So can we talk a little bit more specifically about what aspects of your content straight. So you said a bunch of things right there. You said YouTube and then just content for like a Blog. How did you decide how to kind of split that up? And what is your strategy for figuring out exactly what to write about or publish a video about?

Chandler: Yeah, so we you know, we had some traction on our blog but that’s been really really growing so it’s kind of a mix between is their search volume and is their buyers intent for self-publishing school. So, you know, there’s there just key terms whether it’s how to write a book how to self publish a book self-publishing things like that that those are the key things that we focus on and so that we’re not just growing traffic for traffic sake but we’re also not focused on social in a bunch of other stuff because we know that a long-term defensible moat for us is organic. So we just kind of exclusively track daily organic traffic unique users. So it’s you know people for people who are less familiar with those terms.

Someone’s searching in Google and then landing on our blog or landing on one of our content articles are aside or things like that. So we just kind of go through what’s the keyword difficulty what’s the search volume. Can we and then Step 1 can we write the best blog post on the internet for that topic and then step two can we get backlinks to that content so that it can actually rank on Google and then once that content goes well and once we have stuff ranking then we say alright. Well, how do we expand this and create a YouTube video create other things so that now, you know. We’ve got 2,000 hits a day on this article then if we can embed a YouTube video at the top that can translate to maybe a hundred views a day on that YouTube video.

Which now helps us rank for say how to write a book or best book writing software or something like that on the YouTube side, which circles back traffic to the blog which then now the YouTube videos hopefully ranking on page one for the same turn which means we’re covering more real estate for that post or for that keyword as well and just kind of trying to feed the whole ecosystem.

Steve: So, what tools are you using to figure out your keyboard strategy?

Chandler: We use AHrefs. We that’s the main tool that we use, we use Moss but more from just Like a domain Authority evaluation tool and stuff like that, but I want to say it’s mostly AHrefs and we’ve used some other tools, but that’s the main ones

Steve: So what is your criteria like you spout a bunch of those keywords and they all sounded really competitive actually. So I’m just kind of curious what’s your criteria. I mean, do you go for those competitive ones since you have pretty solid domain strength right now?

Speaker 2: Yes, and you know for so it’s kind of different. So we’re in the middle of growing self-publishing.com. That’s the early early early phases. I just bought that that domain a few months ago and so it’s still relatively low traffic. So for that we’re going more for lower competition keywords that we can rank for faster to build momentum and then we’ll go in the high competition keywords for self-publishing school. We’re going for way more High competition keywords. And and even if we don’t think that we can rank for maybe three to six months. We’ll go ahead and write that article and start getting some momentum behind it so that we can just build up.

And so yeah, I mean what we are getting our butts kicked on the how to how to write a book ranking right now, which is the most competitive and also the one that we want the most I mean, obviously that’s like the most if someone is searching how to write a book they need self-publishing school and that is like the most vibrant and keyword that we can get maybe other than how to self publish a book and I think you know a few a few. I don’t know if we are currently but a few weeks ago when I checked we were ranking number one for the term self-publishing. Above the self-publishing Wikipedia page. So ethical but yes some some of the some of the higher competition keywords. Absolutely. It takes longer to rank but we’re just trying to really go after it and that’s when I think Step One, is the most important part in the process, which is what I think most people ignore which is we’re not going to write an article unless we think we can write the best article on the internet for that topic.

And so we believe that if that’s the strategy that we’re taking that, you know long-term that’s Google’s goal is to get the best article to rank number one. So sure it might be super competitive and sure it might you know have a ton of backlinks and has been ranking number one for a really long time or any of those things. But if we can if it is the best article then nationally people will start linking to it more they’ll start, you know, they’ll click, you know, Google tracks all that where it’s like I click search result number one go back, search result number two go back, search result number 3 stay on that page for 10 minutes. Okay. Maybe we should bump that up. You know, so that’s kind of the signals that are kicking over to Google that hopefully will help us Rank and when in log term..

Steve: This is kind of like a related question, so you bought this really awesome domain. How come you’re not redirecting everything over? It Sounds like you’re trying to establish it on its own.

Chandler: Yeah, we are and that’s a great question because we kind of went back and forth on that. We said do we Rebrand the whole company is self-publishing.com and I mean to be honest, maybe maybe we should down the road, but I think I think self-publishing.com lends credibility to what we do. So there was a compelling argument for that. It’s like okay if your self publishing. Well, you’re with self publishing.com, but honestly long term we want this to be an independent property of from self-publishing school. So just like it’s an unbiased resource and it’s not just self-publishing School propaganda machine, you know, but it’s like a truly is the go-to site for all of self-publishing so we felt like we feel That site and that company can even be bigger than so publishing school.

So we want to keep that separate and although yes, we’re using some publishing School resources right now to support that, you know, it’s very much in the prerogative of everything kind of meant to be third-party objective non-biased info. And and so we feel like that can be just the voice of self-publishing as a whole and then sure will say if you need help like we’ve got an education arm and then probably a Services arm And right now we’re just referring all that out to a bunch of other people. But who knows maybe we get in that business, maybe we don’t but either way it’s like need help on the education side. Great. Here’s self-publishing School need help on the services side. Here are a bunch of our service providers things like that.

Steve: so in terms of your YouTube strategy, would you say that every post that you write has a corresponding YouTube video as well.

Chandler: Not every post but the best, the most popular post pretty much do. We’re working way through that right now. So for all of our, we’re kind of working our way in order of highest traffic to post to turn those into videos and then, you know, corresponding somewhat with traffic search on on YouTube, but mostly if we have a good really good post this ranking and it’s getting too much traffic. We want to have a video for that as well and then just build that up. That’s I mean, we didn’t pay much attention to YouTube until a few months ago. But I just believe that that video and audio, I mean are the future of search and Google has come out and said a bunch of things that are in line with that. So we’re trying to get you know, we’re trying to move that direction and it’s we’re behind..

Steve: I just jumped on the YouTube bandwagon myself actually, so maybe we can compare notes at some point. Okay, so so content marketing was a huge driver of growth. What was another factor that you mentioned?

Chandler: Just really great people on the team and I think focusing on something that kind of knowing problem that we solve in the marketplace and differentiating and just staying laser focused. I think what I’ve seen some not so much our competitors, but just a lot of people in this in this space and then the online marketing or online education spaces, they just get super distracted and they just jump around to a bunch of different things and don’t really stay committed and we’ve kind of Been a one-trick pony for years and it’s like we know what we’re good at and that’s helping people write and publish their book and use that book to grow their business.

And so we just laser focus on that and sure we’re probably leaving some money on the table and we don’t have like this elaborate Ascension model where it’s buy this and then buy this and then buy this and then here’s my 30k Mastermind and like all that stuff. Not that there’s anything wrong with that. That’s just not the path that we’ve chosen to take. And so I think as a result of that we’ve been pretty laser-focused and Helped us with with execution.

Steve: Prior to your content marketing efforts how had you been getting your customers?

Chandler: Yeah, our top customer acquisition channels, in the early days. It was Affiliates a lot of affiliate stuff a lot of paid traffic and those were the main things now, I would say its Affiliates paid traffic content marketing and speaking so speaking was a new customer acquisition channel for us last year when we did zero on that in 2017 and we did right at a million dollars is a customer acquisition last year. So doing more of that and traveling around speaking and we found that to be relatively successful.

Steve: I’ve noticed you’re speaking in every single event last year at least that comes across in my feed..

Chandler: Oh I spoke to way too many events last year. It was 20, I think It was 24 events. But actually, this has been good Steve, one of our philosophies is actually one of our five core values. Stir fast, fail forward, fail often. So we just believe that there’s no learning and no growth without failure. And so we Embrace that celebrate that and Champion that internally and so that was our Big Goal. We said, all right, we’re working with a friend of mine Pete Vargas super great guy. He kind of laid out his stage strategy and we said, all right, we’re going to we’re how we’re going to differentiate is we’re just going to get on as many stages as fast as possible and just fail a ton and as fast as possible but in doing doing so we know that we’re going to learn faster than anybody else and that therefore our results will increase.

And so we just took kind of like the blue collar bring a lunch pail to work mentality and which is kind of what I’ve always done and I’m from the middle of nowhere in the South and just tiny little town and just that’s just what was instilled to me in growing up and that’s kind of the approach that we’ve always taken and so we just got on a bunch of stages and took a bunch of losses, but also had a decent amount of wins and now this year we’re really really really focused on just less but better and so going fewer stages, higher caliber stages, increasing what Pete Vargas would call like your average stage value, ASV. So that our Revenue per stage increases and..

Steve: How do you measure that actually?

Chandler: In sales on site and immediately after..

Steve: Oh you sponsoring events also? Got it.

Chandler: Yeah, yeah we sponsor events. So speak as well and a lot of cases. I’ll wave my speaking fee and I’ll bring the team and people will do strategy sessions. So sit down and talk through people’s goals about their book. So it’s like what are your goals? What are your challenges and what are your next steps and if it’s a fit and if they qualify to work with us, we’ll talk about what it would look like to work with self-publishing school. And then we’re able to measure that from a revenue perspective. And and so our goal is to increase that this By being more selective and we said no to a ton of events this year. Whereas last year. We just said yes to basically everything.

Steve: Any tips on getting these speaking gigs though?

Chandler: oh man, so we just targeted Outreach very targeted Outreach and trying to think so I’ve got Pedro on my team who kind of runs point on this but and and Pete Vargas is a really really great resource. So we’re just kind of following his Playbook to a tee, but it’s targeted reach, the target Outreach building what he call Champions. So people who are you know, you like you trust you things like that and getting intros and then just having conversations. So we just have a pipeline. There’s initial Reach Out made contact intro call follow-up call..

Steve: Like good old fashioned legwork and networking..

Chandler: Good old-fashioned. It’s like, you know, maybe got Circle back to the question secret to all of this is hard and we just yeah, I’m gonna We lock in on a handful of things that are important. And then our priority and then we just go after it and so but with but we try to be smart about it. Right? not just not just hard work. But you know, it’s I mean people always say work smarter not harder and I’m just a big fan of working smarter and harder to being targeted and then and then, you know working hard at it. So that’s that’s a lot of what we did is just Outreach and then referrals and then, you know, we speak on some key events and then do a great job and over deliver for the The event organizer and then next thing you know, someone is in the audience or talk to that event organizer and says hey I want to bring you to my event..

Steve: Yes, it just gets easier after you get that one big event and I appreciate you waving the podcast speaking fee today. So since we last spoke, let’s transition to books a little bit. Bunch of my friends like James Clear, Pat Flynn have released brand-new books and they’ve chosen to go the traditional self the traditional publishing route, you know with the publisher and whatnot. Can we kind of talked about The options that you have when you want to publish a book and the pros and cons of each because I know you kind of preach like the self-publishing Amazon Kindle route. And if you could kind of talk, I think we those are all our mutual friends. So can you just kind of talk about the pros and cons and why they made their decision and whatnot.

Chandler: Absolutely and so funny. We’ve got a blog post and a video on this self-publishing. There’s the traditional publishing. But yeah, so so, I’m pretty sure that Pat’s most recent book which at the time of us recording. This was just launched a few days ago. I’m pretty sure that that one was self-published. I think the one that’s this is super fans book. I think the one prior to that was traditionally published. So yeah, I mean, there’s definitely pros and cons, you know for 99.9% of people it makes more sense to self-publish and I think that’s what Pat’s seen and that’s what’s worked relatively well for him. Now the cool thing is he’s got enough clout now where his self-published book is in a bookstore, right?

So and that’s pretty awesome and that honestly is the main bottleneck or so. Traditionally people would always go with Publishers because you needed a publisher to get into a bookstore and you needed a bookstore to have distribution and have any sales. Well now over 70 percent of all books sold are sold on Amazon and you don’t need a publisher to get on Amazon. So it’s kind of like the my brother if you know this my brother plays in a grammy-nominated rock and roll band called Me Debris. Okay, so so I’ve seen the music industry. I like behind the scenes very very close up and it’s very similar to the publishing industry. So you’ve got the publishing industry who had a Chokehold on distribution through bookstores and you have the record label industry and music industry who has a Chokehold on music distribution through radio and and things like that.

So very similar and so that’s the main reason that people are still going with those institutions amongst a few other things when you’re just seeing shifts. Well in both Industries away from the way things have been traditionally done and more towards independent deals. And so now that you don’t need a publisher to get the bookstores and you don’t need bookstores because that’s not where a lot of sales happen. A lot of authors are moving over to the self-publishing route. So, you know, my buddy Hal Elrod is a good example of that. We’ve got our first ever live event coming up and he’s speaking at that but how he sold 1.7 million copies of the miracle morning self-published. And I think it’s even over two million copies now and so so just circling. I mean, I realize I’m like circling the airport with like all these disparate facts about traditional publishing versus self-publishing, but from a royalty perspective, you’re going to make a lot more on the on going to self-publish route.

This is something we just we just put together this little on self-publishing outcome like this book roll T calculator because I’ve always been talking about this but never had a good way to show people the numbers and so it’s like you click you toggle around and you go Indie publish traditional publisher self-publish and you get to see like the actual numbers difference between the different royalty amounts, but you’ll make a lot more money self-published and you have you retain the freedom and control and that’s a big one because for a lot of folks don’t realize that traditional Publishers will not Market your book and also you lose control.

So I’ve got a bunch of friends can you know kind of I like your mentioned who just published books and I’m like, alright, cool. Amazon ads are working really really well for us right now. Why don’t you fire up some of those that’s going to be a great return on on your ad spend. They can’t do that because they don’t have to log into their book because the publisher has that so there’s like all these random little things like that. They it actually undercuts your ability to Market and sell the book when you go to the traditional publisher.

Steve: So outside the money, though. I mean clearly there’s a reason why some of these people are going the traditional publishing route. What is the main advantage? Is it Prestige is it?

Chandler: Yes. Yeah, so there’s there’s probably two or three main advantages ego, because you’re published with a traditional publisher. So to the outside world, you’re more legit not saying that’s good or bad. But that is a big reason why people do it. There are still some distribution advantages whether it be bookstores stuff like that. And then a third thing would be access to Big bestseller list. So New York Times for example is an editorial list. So the New York Times list is kind of a scam because it’s not a true bestseller list. It’s an editorial list, which means they pick the books now. Yes. It’s meant to directionally be is directly a best seller list, but if they don’t like you if it’s raining in New York or if the editor’s girlfriend just dumped him they can keep you off the list for any of those reasons, right?

Or for any of this. I mean, this is why you see someone like Michael Hyatt with one of his books. I think it was In forward, I want to say he sold 20 30,000 copies or something like that. Whatever the number was and week one. It was more than enough to be number one and but he wasn’t on the list at all. Because they, I think I’m just obviously just this is theoretical here, but I think it’s because the they’ve been trying to keep off quote-unquote internet marketers. And so even though Michael Hyatt was is I mean just an incredible person. He’s one of the top people I learned from was a CEO publisher for 30 years. CEO of publishing company for 30 years. They kept them off the list. So the USA Today is a true best seller list based on actual book sold. That’s the truest bestseller list that exist but New York Times, so that’s one of the advantages..

Steve: Can you knock it on the USA today list, self-publishing..

Chandler: You can’t, you can’t get on it. It’s mainly the New York Times and just people that’s the one that is it’s not impossible, but it’s very I mean, it’s very close to impossible to get on the New York Times list self-published. So that’s the advantage and then probably final advantage or two would be just International rights and distribution. So if your goal is not to make money off of the book and your goal is you want to be the next Tony Robbins or you know, Something like that Gary Vaynerchuk and you already have clout then that’s like the point one percent are the one percent of people that it makes sense to do a traditional publishing deal because you’re just basically saying hey, I’m going to make significantly less.

I’m going to have less of the rights and all that stuff, but I’m going to be able to pump this out in a major way internationally and kind of get more clout from this book and that’s where it makes sense. And so that’s why I think you have people like Ramit or I think you mentioned Pat here. Yeah. I mean, it’s I would imagine a lot of cases that they do they’re one big book. And so it’s like I think that’s what Pat did and his other books or self-published.

I know that James Clear has self published books and he did his one big book I would imagine Ramit similarly. So it’s like you do that one big book. That’s a huge credibility play and then you have other books if you choose to do them that are self-published and you keep a lot more the royalties from those.

Steve: Okay, but you know, if you’re a beginner obviously self-publishing is probably your only option right if you don’t have the clout your I’m going to sell any books and traditional Publishers probably won’t want to work with you. Anyways, right? Okay.

Chandler: Yeah that I mean I don’t I hate saying it’s your only option because it I mean you can hustle and get a book deal. It’s just probably not going to be a great one and you might get a hybrid deal where you have to pay or something like that. So I wouldn’t necessarily say it’s your only option. It is probably the most viable option and I mean, obviously my opinion is biased but I think it’s the best option.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

Let’s switch gears a little bit. I mean, it’s been well by the time this gets published. It will be almost two years since we last talked and you know Amazon changes fast. So I was wondering if you could give all of us an update about some of the major changes to the platform and maybe some shifts in the book industry.

Chandler: Yeah, so major major changes or they launched an ad platform. I think since the last time we talked Amazon ads that’s been working really really well

Steve: Can we talk about this a little bit. Like how much does it what are the metrics involved? I mean traditionally for like an e-commerce product at least, you know, the cost per acquisition will probably exceed the cost of a book and in some cases. So just kind of..

Chandler: Oh definitely doesn’t make sense. Yeah, so it’s kind of all over the place and to be honest. I haven’t had my eyes super on the ball. Got some people on my team that are tracking and monitoring this and that sort of thing, but I know that for a lot of our students and for a lot of yeah, a lot of our students and for myself personally that’s been pretty profitable. So they count the Amazon cost of sale. I think it’s like a COS what they call that and so I want to say that I mean it’s it’s typically like 2 to 1 3 to 1 return as what we’ve seen so, you know pretty solid return but for us, we’re even happy to go break even because we have back in product. So I just want to feed the funnel and what doesn’t get tracked is that when we’re selling more books will we’re ranking higher on Amazon, which means we’re showing up in more searches which means we’re selling more books that way as well.

So it’s kind of a way to prime the pump and keep your book ranking higher for the keywords categories things like that you’re trying to rank for.

Steve: So you processed based on the revenue and can you refresh my memory on what, how much profit you actually make off of Book sale assuming a certain price point?

Chandler: exactly. Yeah, so it kind of varies and so it’s 70 percent typically for a Kindle book if that books price between $2.99 and 9.99. And then it’s you know, 35% on a Kindle book if that books price from 99 cents to $2.99. And then from a you got print and then you’ve got audiobook. audiobooks are typically 20 or 40 percent royalties independently published through ACX or Amazon’s audible platform basically and then print books kind of varies based on trim size color, color and on color number of pages all those things. But I mean, you’re typically looking at like a 20 to 40 percent depending on list price and print cost.

Steve: That’s how much you get to keep?

Chandler: yeah, exactly and and that just vary so widely. sorry I kind of hesitate to give like a ballpark answer.

Steve: Yeah let’s say though, it’s like the average book does it cost like 9.99 I don’t know. I’m not, I don’t sell any books. So what do you tell your students to price it at?

Chandler: Yeah great question. So if it’s Kindle book is between $2.99 and 9.99 if it’s a print book typically is between $12.99 and 17.99 is the ballpark for that and if it’s an audio book that you know that kind of varies and also based on length. You don’t have control over that pricing audible prices are based on length.

Steve: Okay, so a typical Kindle book that sells for 9.99 let’s say did you say you get to keep 70% of that? Okay, so it’s..

Chandler: exactly exactly..

Steve: and you’re saying that it only costs you like two dollars to acquire a sale there?

Chandler: Yeah, give or give or take and it really depends like that’s why if you just have a Kindle, Kindle only it kind of can hurt your ACOS because it’s lower price. So it helps to have print audio all those things and then there’s random things that you benefit from as well, which there’s an audible bounty which basically means that you know for every if someone signs up for Audible and I’m the first book that they download and that could be randomly there that could be I sent them there I get a bounty from honorable for basically helping them acquire a customer and I think it used to be 50 bucks. I think now it’s 75 bucks or a hundred bucks. And so, you know, I make a few hundred bucks a month just off of those audible Bounties in addition to the role to that I get for them downloading that audiobook.

So those are kind of cool ancillary stuff and then Then like I said for me the ACOS is cool. But yeah, I mean I’ll break even even lose money because people that are reading my book published especially, I mean, there’s turning into leads turning into customers turning into reviews turning into additional Book Sales all those things.

Steve: I’m just kind of curious how the bidding works on that because you know, what keywords do you bid on do you bid on like just the title or I mean, what do you how do the ads work?

Chandler: Yeah. So, I mean, it’s largely author and book focused so you’re adding and keywords for a ton of related authors and a ton of related books. So there’s all kinds of tools that help with that and can help like scrape bestseller list and stuff like that to keyword generate but that’s kind of how you do it.

Steve: So you’re allowed to bid like I could bid on Chandler bolt. And so whenever your book show up my books due to?

Chandler: exactly yeah exactly and the sponsored and then also if you click into so like say if you went to my book published on Amazon and you scroll down well, what used to be customers also bought is now sponsor.

Steve: right.

Chandler: So that’s sponsor and then there’s usually a customers also bought and then there’s another sponsor. so there’s there’s like two or three sponsored slots that kind of looks native, but those are paid placements with a brief little bit of AD copy plus the book cover plus the number of reviews. stuff like that and so those are the places where a lot of the books. That’s where a lot of our ads..

Steve: Interesting, what keyword tools. Do you use?

Chandler: publisher rocket by Dave Chesson really solid that’s one of my favorites and one of the ones that we recommend.

Steve: And that tool is strictly for keywords for books. Is that correct? Okay.

Chandler: Yes. Yes. So, I mean it does a bunch of other things but like it helps with selecting your keywords for actually publishing the book selecting your categories that you’re putting in helping with generating keywords for Amazon ads a bunch of different stuff like that.

Steve: So can we talk about like an updated launch strategy for a book then?

Chandler: Yeah, absolutely. So I mean our main launch strategy is to is to create a launch Team. And so launch team is basically small group of people. It could be five people. It could be 15 people. It could be 50 people and it’s a small group of people that support your book. Now, they’ll read the book ahead of time leave a review on day one when it launches and just generally support the book and then we give them a free digital copy of The book we give them a by like to put their name in the book people love that and then they get to see the behind the scenes of the launch. So we have a run a Facebook group and I’ll give them one assignment per week for like three weeks leading up to the book launch and that just helps spread the word about the book share on social get PR and then ultimately I mean the big deal is leaving a review on day one when it launches because then you got you know, five fifteen fifty or more reviews. Right out of the gate which really helps generate sales.

Steve: So I just have question on that. So coming from the physical products world. If you were to get reviews the way you suggested that could be considered manipulation. Does Amazon care in the book World?

Chandler: they do care and the big the big differentiator is you’re not what they would call incentivizing reviews. So I’m not saying if you give a review I’m going to give you an Amazon gift card, or I’m going to give you x y z. It’s kind of a your Launch Team and part of that is I would love for you to give a review. That would be super helpful. That’s not a stipulation, of you being on this launch Team getting your name in the book getting the book for free anything like that. So, I mean it’s like all the way up to the line without crossing the line.

Steve: Do they check whether you’re related to the people in some way or connected to them in some way?

Chandler: Yeah, they’ve started doing that and so we’ve got two, two things. We got a video and blog post on launch teams and then Got a video on our YouTube channel about why your reviews are being removed. And because that is like one of the most common questions that we get because yes, they’re cracking down on this and and there’s a couple of patterns that we’ve seen. Well, there’s a few things if three reviews have been left from the same IP address. Usually when the third one is left. They all three get pulled down. So that means if three people in your household leave a review so you definitely want to be careful about that people obviously can’t leave reviews if they Spent more than 50 dollars on Amazon.

So sometimes that keep people from leaving a review and then there’s other things. I mean people speculate that they’re connected to Facebook friends. No one’s ever been able to prove that and obviously humans not going to say that but they do own Goodreads which most people log in to Goodreads via their Facebook login. So and Goodreads is obviously connected back to Amazon. So there’s speculation about that but can’t really be proven.

Steve: How do you form a launch Team I guess is the assumption that you have an audience kind of already?

Chandler: No, so I had a, I’ve done this even before I had an audience so it’s you know depends on the person but we say, you know, this could be friends family members colleagues co-workers customers anyone that supports you and the message behind your book. So I mean as with anything that we’ve talked about on this interview, like our general philosophy especially early on when we didn’t have an audience is that we you know, we would just scrap for everything you know. So it’s like I was personally messaging people and if anyone shared the book on Facebook, I would direct message them with a video. That was like Hey, thank you so much can would you mind leaving honest review on Amazon by the end of today?

That’d be super helpful for our goal 50 reviews by the end of the week or you know, whatever that is. So just like guerrilla marketing. And so this this especially works well. you don’t have to have an audience for it. And then one of the things that we do like at self-publishing school is like we support each other through each other’s launch teams and stuff like that. So that’s like a super helpful thing like author to author.

Steve: when do ads come into play in the launch?

Chandler: Yeah ads are typically after the launch just because you can’t get enough velocity during launch for it to be a huge needle mover we’re doing promotions via promotional sites. We’re doing launch team we’re doing you know, pre-release List for anyone that’s on that and then just a bunch of random stuff like that and then ads are more of our sell more books strategy. So to keep sales going month after month.

Steve: I see, so how does the I guess the launch web sites. How do they work?

Chandler: Yeah, so there’s a bunch of launch promo sites. There’s only a handful of only a handful of ones that actually work and so there’s some when you’re in a 99-cent promo, there’s some if you’re doing if you end up doing A free Kindle giveaway promo. There’s some that are you have to be $2.99 and have to have 25 reviews, you know, there’s like kind of all different types, but some of them are paid some of them are free and there’s these ecosystems that you can kind of tap into

Steve: I see and then what are the best ones that you use?

Chandler: and I’m trying to think offhand. I know that we use Buckbooks. We use BookBub. We use BK Nights we use there’s two or three four more. They’re always changing too. So you kind of have like these top few. I think we have a blog post or a video or something best book promotional sites, and we just keep that like up to date with the newest best ones.

Steve: Do you introduce that or pay this people or?

Chandler: I’d say it’s about 50/50. Some of them are free. Some of them are paid. None of them are all that expensive except for BookBub. But BookBub has from our experience been by far the most effective if you can get accepted, so that’s those ones that stuff to get accepted in but and it’s not cheap relative to what the other ones charge but I mean they drive solds.

Steve: So the goal is to generate some sales velocity and hopefully hopefully some of those sales turn into reviews and that just kind of grow organic ranking?

Chandler: Yes.

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Chandler: A hundred percent sales velocity and review velocity by far the most important thing and just reviews, reviews, reviews, reviews, reviews. I mean, it’s kind of like I’m sure you know this it’s similar ecosystem to podcast ecosystem. I mean a lot of the same things that you do to get a podcast to rank or what you do to get a book to rank. And so I mean as you know, what iTunes like pretty review focused as well, the same type of thing. So we just encourage people to scrap and claw for every single review that they can get especially early on.

Steve: What’s special about books though is like in the search results, at least, they’re going to be typing in the author or the title of book right and chances are if it matches your author or the title, it’s going to rank right. So what is the real benefit? Is it just getting on these bestseller lists or?

Chandler: yeah. I mean it’s getting on the bestseller list like I would say. Yes. That’s the majority of search traffic but there’s a decent amount of search traffic that’s not author or book Focus, but that’s keyword focused. I mean Amazon is one of the biggest search Engines on the internet and so, you know people will go and I’ve done this same as like productivity book or you know leadership book best leadership books stuff like that.

Steve: Got it, makes sense.

Chandler: So you can certainly do that. But then also I mean they ranked based on title subtitle description’ content and the book things like that so they know related books and Amazon reviews are a great way to get bumped up and those related searches so that for both something that’s brought his leadership book or whatever keywords, you’re targeting, you know, you can improve your ranking there. But then also for something like say, you know, 21 irrefutable laws of leadership by John Maxwell, you know, if I’ve got a related book and I want to rank right there, you know, it’s like kind of doing both.

Steve: Got it, cool man. Well anything else you want to add that’s changed that’s worth mentioning?

Chandler: Those are the main things from landscape. I mean, it’s always changing and there’s other sites popping up. There’s things intricacies inside Amazon and all that but that yeah, it’s always changing. Those are the main needle movers though in my opinion from a book launch and a sell more books perspective.

Steve: Well Chandler I told you we’d only be chatting for 40 minutes and I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find more about how to launch a self-published book?

Chandler: Yeah, so we got really great blog posts like first place to start how to write a book. It’s very intense and in-depth and great videos there that’s on the self-publishing school blog and then we’ve got a lot of just self-publishing information that will be coming out over the next year, two years, three years five years, whatever to come on self-publishing.com. So those are our two kind of best resources. And then that’s where people will be able to tap into a bunch of free training and a bunch of the specific kind of posts and videos and all the stuff that we mentioned.

Steve: If you’re going to describe the content difference between self-publishing school and self-publishing.com. Like what is the real differentiator right now?

Chandler: Great question. Yeah. So self-publishing school is all about how to write and publish your mostly your first book and then self-publishing.com is more industry-wide. So the self publishing industry as a whole. So what are the best self publishing companies what our service companies? How do you Ingram spark, how do you get an ISBN like all these different kind of more broad topics from a third-party perspective.

Steve: Oh okay, so if you’re just getting started self-publishing school is the right place to go. Awesome.

Chandler: yeah, I’d say so. Well..

Steve: So Chandler I appreciate you coming back on again and thanks a lot man.

Chandler: Yeah, Steve. Thanks for having me.

Steve: Yeah, take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode now Chandler is my go-to guy when it comes to self-publishing a book and I may have a little project on the horizon, which I’ll announce when the time comes. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode287.

And once again, I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

286: The Brutal Truth About Success That No One Talks About – My Take On The 4 Burners Theory

286: Can You Live A Balanced Life And Be Successful?  My Take On The 4 Burners Theory

I’m doing a solo episode today because I want to talk about something that’s been on my mind for quite some time, the 4 burners theory to success in life.

Now the 4 burners theory is something that my buddy James Clear introduced me to at one of my masterminds and it’s a theory that forces you to think deeply about the priorities in your life.

Are you unhappy or dissatisfied with your life? Then this episode will help you figure our your priorities. And if you’ve never heard of this theory before? Then this episode will explain it all.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is the 4 burners theory?
  • How to figure out your priorities in life
  • How I rank my own 4 burners
  • How to cheat the system and have all burners always on

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

285: Linda Bustos On The Latest Trends In Ecommerce

285: Linda Bustos On The Latest Trends In Ecommerce

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Linda Bustos. When I first got started in ecommerce way back in 2007, Linda’s articles were what got me through the dark periods of my business.

She runs the Get Elastic Ecommerce blog which is recognized as one of the top 15 entrepreneur blogs worth reading and a top-50 spot on the AdAge Power 150.

She has an incredible breadth of knowledge in ecommerce and I’m excited to have her!

What You’ll Learn

  • The primary source of growth for her clients in the past year
  • The latest ecommerce trends. What’s working well and what’s not
  • Linda’s opinion on Amazon
  • How her clients prepped for the holiday season

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.

Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I have one of my early e-commerce mentors on the show Linda Bustos and Linda’s posts on the get elastic blog were instrumental in helping my online store get off its feet way back in the day. So I’m excited to finally meet her and have her on the podcast.

But before I begin I want to give a quick shout-out Privy who’s a sponsor of the show. Privy is a tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store and right now I’m using Privy Display a cool Wheel of Fortune pop-up basically user gives your email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store and customers love the gamification aspect of this and when implemented this form email signups increased by a hundred thirty one percent. Now, you can also use Privy to reduce car abandoned with cart saver pop-ups and abandoned cart email sequences as well one super low price that is much cheaper than using a full-blown email marketing solution. So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers and recover lost sales so head on over to privy.com/steve and try it for free if you decide you need to the more advanced features use coupon code MWQHJ for fifteen percent off once again that’s privy.com/steve. Now on to the show

I also want to give a quick shout-out Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Code Black Friday is right around the corner and for my e-commerce store email marketing is a heavy part of my holiday sales strategy. And in fact last year, it was close to 50% of My overall sales. And of course as you all know klaviyo is the email marketing tool that I use for Bumblebee Linens now Klaviyo is the growth marketing platform chosen by over 20,000 Brands generating more than three point seven billion dollars in Revenue in just the last year and with the holiday season right around the corner klaviyo has created the ultimate planning guide for crushing those holiday Revenue targets for marketing creative to segmentation strategy. These are proven tactics for more personalized marketing, especially in time for the holiday season. To get ahold of this guide, visit Klaviyo.com/mywife. Once again, Klaviyo.com/mywife.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast we will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so can spend more time with your family focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. Today, I have an extra special guest on the show, Linda Bustos. Now. Linda has been an e-commerce for as long as I can remember and when I first got started in e-commerce way back in 2007. Linda’s articles were what got me through the dark periods of my business and her post were they were like the Bible to me and during her earlier years. She wrote in managed to GetElastic e-commerce blog growing it from 200 to over 20,000 daily readers with recognition from the Wall Street Journal as one of the 15 entrepreneur blogs worth reading and a top 50 spot on the adage power 150 and she’s also provided consulting on conversion optimization, web experience, content marketing strategies and more. To some of the world’s largest and most exciting online companies and after getelastic. She started her own firm called EdgeAscent where she now helps e-commerce companies with strategy and growth and with that welcome to the show Linda. How are you doing today?

Linda: Well Steve. Thanks for having me on.

Steve: Yeah. So Linda, you know for everyone who doesn’t Not know that you are a legend in e-commerce. Tell us about how you got into the field and kind of what you’re up to now.

Linda: So I feel like I kind of bustled my way into to this. I’ve always been interested in internet marketing like ever since College, you know, and I found that my college education was way outdated Because the Internet moves a lot faster than textbooks can be written. So kind of when I was released into the wild after school, you know, I had to do quite a bit of my own research on SEO and paid search and got my hands dirty quite early on, you know working as an SEO and internet marketer for a web design company and working with clients right away and and but what I really really loved to do was write, write about strategies right in online forums. And that kind of thing. I started a Blog called the smoger the Social Media blog.

Steve: I didn’t know about that blog. Okay

Linda: Yeah, it was like blogger.com like one of those create free and there was this meme going around that a friend of mine added me on to is called the Zedd list or the Z list. Sorry I’m Canadian, so we say Zedd, but it was useless and it kind of went all all around the internet and I got reposted on like Seth Godin blog and all this kind of stuff. It was a meme of all these blogs and so I got a readership kind of by accident off of that and I got Twitter followers by accident through this thing that went around and then I just really, you know, just really double down on blogging, I loved it. I loved I loved just finding examples and compiling them and putting them together. It was just kind of I enjoyed that a lot more than doing actually.

Steve: Okay.

Linda: S o I got into that and then and then one of the founders of elastic path, which ran the get elastic block at the time was also a friend of mine here in Vancouver and and you know brought me onboard full time to run that blog because I really found e-commerce to be the most exciting pocket of the web. Right? And there’s so much to talk about e-commerce and and I’m also an avid online Shopper so to blend to blend my own consumerism with work is great.

Steve: Yeah. No, I mean I used to read getelastic blog religiously. Actually, I read it religiously until you left and then I was happy to see that your articles are popping up again on that blog. So that made me very happy.

Linda: Yeah that Blog has undergone a complete reinvention since I’ve left the blog now has wow, probably over 50 guest contributors now and Coast daily. So yeah, it’s a different animal. Than when I left but there’s a lot of different voices and a lot of different perspectives on e-commerce. So yeah, I’m happy to be part of that project again and excited for some of the new new types of content. We’re gonna..

Steve: yeah, I know definitely start reading it again after a what is it like a four-year Hiatus. So

Linda: 4 years on the nose. Yeah

Steve: Yeah. So Linda I know that you’re always up to date with all facets of e-commerce. I was hoping you could just talk a little bit about Trends and what you’re kind of seeing and how how new companies are. To the adjusted landscape with Amazon and other competitors.

Linda: Yeah, so this year I think a couple breakouts have kind of come to know, number one being chatbots and the ability to use chat Bots kind of as an alternative list to your email. So there’s a couple different types of chatbots. You can have you can have one that’s just basically a virtual assistant on your site and you can program it with pre-built dialogues to handle, you know live person. For example, they’ve been a long time Live help service and they run numbers and on e-commerce inquiries and they say that 70% of Life help questions could easily be handled instantly by a chatbot and what that can do is if you can automate the first initial contact and then once the chat bot runs out of answers hand them off to a live person that just helps first of all speed never have to wait for a life help agent to get back from their other conversations again. And also, you know 24/7 accessibility and also, you know just reduce the load on your your life people as well.

So that’s just a basic, you know, question-and-answer bot and some of them are allowing you to do some merchandising in there to like show actual product recommendations and that kind of thing. But then there’s another arm of chatbots which can actually especially when they’re integrated with like Facebook Messenger or some of these other apps like kick or telegram, Skype they’re able to tap that Into that users phone in the messaging service and do follow-ups and remarketing and opt-in email and cart recovery, campaigns and all that kind of stuff, which is you remember back in the day like those recommendations that get that email in the first step check out right so that you can actually talk to these folks again. And now you can do it based on just cookies and remarketing through these through these platforms. So so that’s a great opportunity.

Steve: So what you are saying is completely accurate so we have a live chat bot actually on our e-commerce store and about 70% of the questions before were you know, how long is it going to take to get delivered? And what is the status of my order? And those have been completely automated away along with shipping times and and that sort of thing. So it’s been a huge help for our customer service team like we get a lot less phone calls now.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah, and I mean that really we live in an age where people don’t tolerate waiting for anything right so you can do something and silly, especially during the holidays, right?

Steve: What software is popular to implement some of the things that you were just talking about like remarketing Landing card and that sort of thing. What are some popular e-commerce software that are implementing these things?

Linda: Well, there are so many plugins that will do the remarketing. So there it’s it’s fairly easy to find some and then that that’s a double-edged sword right? Because there’s a lot of low cost free, you know, no friction tools that you can use but the more choice that you have can be a lot of legwork just making the right choice. So do you mean for chatbots?

Steve: Let’s talk about chatbots. Actually.

Linda: Yeah, I also like a short list ones I thought were the top ones for e-commerce and they kind of spend two categories. So there’s a there’s platforms like software-as-a-service chatbots that you can use where it’s hosted by the tool provider and you can just go in and basically build your dialogue flows. And that’s where the legwork comes in right? Because some of these providers have templates that you can kind of customize for basic inquiries and that kind of stuff but really, I mean that’s where the bulk of your work and bulk of you’re planning as a merchandiser as a retailer as an operations manager as a customer service department is to actually build those dialogues and decide what type of personality your Bot is going to have. Do you want it to have kind of more slang and talk like your Market or do you want it to be more professional?

You know, is there a branding team that needs to be involved in that? So that’s where the big work is but these builders make the actual building of the Bots and testing of these Bots quite easy. Also, like if you if you see chat Bots as more of an integrated conversational Commerce strategy, right? You can integrate a lot of these tools or build your own using the AI machine learning languages. So there’s like Microsoft has their Louis programming language and Google has one has a framework

Steve: That sounds really involve..

Linda: Dialogue flow.

Steve: Yeah. Does that involve coding? Like I think I’ve dabbled with the dialogue flow and it but you need to know how to code in order to implement it?

Linda: Yes, you need to know how to code so that’s kind of the platforms and software as a service ones are kind of more marketer friendly. Some are a little bit hybrid, you know, so your marketing can do their work and you know, get a little bit of extra feature with with they’ll integrate with dialogue flow and they’ll integrate with some of these other Frameworks, even though there are a builder? Technically. And then you have the pure builds and you know, if you’re just dipping your toe in and you want to get something up really quickly before the holidays, are you want to have a minimum viable? Product and kind of gather some data and then start investing in a bigger, you know more tech-heavy project a wise person once told me we many years ago get good at free right?

Steve: Yeah

Linda: get good at easy and then build from there.

Steve: So what are some creative uses for these chatbots that you’ve seen companies use?

Linda: Well, I guess customer service is kind of the entry level line, but for merchandising being able to kind of take a guided selling approach, especially on mobile because a couple things if you’ve ever tried to fiddle with a hamburger menu and the more categories and subcategories that you have, you know that slider many you can have three or four different, you know, layers deep of navigation also with site search on a mobile phone. First of all, you’ve got the phone often times tryna autocorrect what you’re trying to henpeck with your fingers and for product names and brand names, they don’t always exist in the dictionary. So you’ve got weird auto corrections and failed searches and the the keyboard pops up and takes up half of your Mobile screen and then the auto suggestions Papa.

Steve: Yes, yeah..

Linda : Yes? right. So being able to use your voice and just I mean voice recognition software has gotten pretty good so far and being able to use chat bot or just have it spit options to you. So if it says hey, what are you looking for? And it gives you three or four different pre-baked options and you just do one tap and then that dialogue breaks down from there and that bot can guide you towards a department or a set of products or gift recommendations or hone in on something that I think that’s the future right? You’re going to be talking and interacting and bypassing navigation menus and bypassing clunky search processes on mobile and just do everything fluidly with your voice or through one tap responses.

Steve: interesting. So instead of just using the hamburger menu, you’re suggesting just I guess replicating that in a chatbot to guide people to all your products that you sell.

Linda: Yeah. I think it’s an alternative to I mean, there’s always going to be people who want to browse in the traditional way and that serves them. But if you really want to give if you want to replicate that store experience, right you walk in and you talk to a sales person and they know everything they know all of of the inventory in the store and their job is to you know, ask you probing questions and to upsell you and to you know, give you details and attributes about the product and give their opinions and experiences like some of these chat Bots are integrated with like the yacht pose and the other site review application so that they can spit out product reviews in the future.

I think in the next two or three iterations of this you’ll be able to say show me the top rated, you know boots for boots for toddlers 3 Five, you know in the color green or whatever and you’ll be able to get that refined set of results provided that here’s the other caveat, you know, we need to get really a lot better with product data and consistency with product data to be able to actually feed that because even when we know with site search now you can type in like all of Green gum boots and you’re going to be missing a few because they didn’t have specifically Olive or you know, they use an alternative keyword.

Steve: What is is your take on voice search? I’ve been hearing that buzz word around like all a lot of shopping is going to be occurring via like Alexa and some of these other devices. Have you seen any of that take place yet?

Linda: Yeah the data that I’m seeing or the number that I keep seeing spit out is that it’s like two percent of Alexa users have you know made a purchase more than one purchase by voice? I think the initial purchase might be a little bit higher because I’m going by memory here, but It’s a very low adoption like through Alexa, but I do think that you know, the chat bots on individual retailers. And as people get more comfortable with actually talking through their phone. This is going to change.

Steve: How does that work? Exactly. I’ve actually never purchased anything via voice and I could imagine like when I’m just doing a search on Google like a whole bunch of things pop up, right? And I usually pick one with voice. It seems like you’re only given one choice.

Linda: Yeah, kind of what it’s doing is its speech-to-text right on the back end. So we’ll take your speech turn it into a text based query pull up the results and then maybe pick one based on Card results or or whatever is the top hit and then text to speech that back to you. You know, I think I think kind of like I hear a lot of fun from my friend people, you know when we’re just casually talking about AI or relax. Anything like that that I think there’s this perception that it is an actual fully baked artificial cognitive Computing that’s understanding exactly what you’re saying. But right now it’s very still programmatic. It’s very rules-based and it’s basically a voice version of search.

Steve: Okay. Does that imply then that you need to be like number one in the results then in order to get that sale?

Linda: Well, if we’re talking about like Google Voice optimization, so so Google has made a move towards cards based results for a while now and you’ll see that right away. If you type in a question and you’ll see kind of these top this top box of results almost like you don’t have to go to the website anymore to get your answer.

Steve: Yeah,

Linda: which is not so good for Publishers, but it’s kind of the way that Google wants to move to surveying and I think Amazon is going to be the next one to use that card spaced if they’re not already through Alexa. However, the challenge with that is exactly that you know, how do you optimize for that? If you’re product how do you get into search results and right now mostly it’s not for actual product results. It’s more about you know information about the product. So, you know, if you want to create a lot of QA content and attach it to your product page. I mean that’s a lot of legwork to get to answer a question that the customer is not even going to click through to your site anyway. Like I wouldn’t recommend it but other ways that are potentially that you can get there is number one.

You have to have really good mobile site speed because that’s part of like it’s a mobile first index now, so if you don’t have great mobile performance and mobile optimized site, you’re not even going to get in the main results.

Steve: What’s considered good right now or what is considered like passable.

Linda: Google has actually a tool the mobile check tool think it’s through Google analytics.

Steve: Yeah pagespeed insights right?

Linda: pagespeed insights. And so that’ll tell you those basic things. But yeah, you want to have a really fast loading speed. You don’t want to have too many. Also that pop up, you know, like pop-ups that my interrupt the users experience and yeah image image load size page load size that kind of thing, right? And yeah, and so there’s that but then also getting your like semantic markup and that kind of thing into Google as well. So having your prices having your stock availability having your local product data, I think the next iteration that Google will roll out will be for local results. Right? like show me the Sony, you know Sony headphones in and steel gray, you know closest to me and they’ll be able to tell you the retailer. So Google will have to pull in that feed data,

Steve: right I guess most shops who are using Google shopping already have that markup. I think if not in the feed but in structured markup on their site, so I would imagine Google will just take that data, right?

Linda: Hmm. Now if ever if most sites are doing that then it becomes like wow

Steve: Yeah I doubt that yeah. let’s do it have but quick question. So we were just talking about chatbots earlier where you can get them as a subscriber and then send them broadcast messages via messenger, just curious with the companies that you’ve been dealing with. Right now, I know with my store that the engagement on the messenger channel is 5 to 10 x better than email. So I was just wondering if you have been seeing that same thing. And if so have the priorities changed in terms of getting an email versus a chat subscriber.

Linda: Well, I think we’re kind of like now is a nice window to start doing it because it hasn’t really hit full saturation yet. Once it does I think the numbers will change because it will become just like email, right? Your essay, your Facebook Facebook Messenger is going to be become a Spam feed, you know, right because a lot of these retargeting campaigns don’t actually need an opt and right? it just needs you to engage on the site on your mobile while you have the Facebook pixel running. I was kind of caught off guard the first cart abandonment messenger thing that I got right because I didn’t even know it was a thing at that time.

I was like what the heck and and it felt very spammy to me and I opted out right away and it kind of gave me a negative impression of the brand. That was my experience. But but I think that, you know, kind of when something gets popular it kind of spoils it for everyone so get it get in on it now, but I think Smart marketers that are doing it now are going to be doing that testing to see like what’s the right timing? What’s the right Cadence who’s the right segment of visitor to remarket to under what conditions right? So it’s much better to send a cart abandonment message then just send a random offer that wasn’t asked for for example. The language that you use do you augment it with an offer right? Hey come back at 10% off make it worth your while versus just hey, we’re just tapping you on the shoulder because cuz we want your business back or you know, self-serving kind of remarketing.

So there’s a lot of ways that individual companies can get in there now and do that testing and figure out what works for them and really have that Insight at the time when it starts getting more difficult to to Market to people because everybody else has joined the party.

Steve: It’s interesting that you said the abandoned cart messenger message turned you off. Do you know what the general opinion is now, I guess this happened earlier on right or a while ago or?

Linda: yeah, it happened a while ago and then I’ve seen it a handful of times since but and now I just collect them because of course I want to blog about them and compare them and say who’s doing it, right and who’s doing it wrong, for me? It turned off because full disclosure. I wasn’t actually really interested in purchasing the item either. I mean I add stuff to cart to test checkouts all the time and that was the case with this one. So, so maybe my opinion would be different if I really wanted the Item and appreciated the reminder and I also don’t feel like I’m exactly the same.

Steve: way to advance of a shopper.

Linda: Yeah. I just know the back end a little bit too much in the marketing side of things to kind of experience things as a consumer. Okay, but you know, the numbers are speaking for itself like your experience you’re saying I’ve heard that up to 90 percent open rate on mobile marketing messages. And again, I believe that is just because it hasn’t become.

Steve: It’s not saturated, Yeah?

Linda: but I mean, yeah, this is a text-based culture right? Like I keep trying to convince my mom. She’s like I got I got a call your I got to call your knees. I got to call your nephew and my mom they don’t they don’t pick up the phone it was like..

Steve: Hahaha

Linda: Right?and like it’s like 69 percent or 70 percent of online Shoppers today would rather interact through a messenger or through instant message instant, instead texting or something then pick up the phone or even deal with email. So there’s there’s a lot of support for it. That way.

Steve: what is your take on push notifications? Any times?

Linda:: Yeah, I think they’re great if they’re opt-in. I mean that’s a great opportunity for you as a merchant take advantage of it, right? It’s just another opt-in. It’s one that kind of just gets a little bit more attention a little bit more engagement rate or a lot more than email. So it’s a great great great opportunity and SMS email list. If you’re not doing that now got to get doing that, you know, everybody’s using those pop-up. Here’s ten percent off your first order use Enter your e-mail, right and and I think is a big missed opportunity. If you don’t have an SMS option there.

Steve: interesting. So how are people using SI? So I’m actually not using SMS with my store yet. So you’re getting a cell phone number and then you’re sending text messages to the customer?

Linda: That’s right. Yeah.

Steve: Okay, is that intrusive? How is that working?

Linda: Well, because it’s opt in right. So that user has already given you permission and then again as a campaign manager, it’s up to you to test and watch your unSubscribe rates or your stop your text back when they stop and and and measure that back to what tactics you were using like how frequently were you doing? What was the offer? You know, what is the segmentation of that user that you can discern right you can kind of do a little bit of break down by like the users area code or stuff like that. If they’ve also opt-in by e-mail or you can use device detection to mount them back to what they actually do on the site. What categories theyclick into how frequently they visit and segment then that way I mean you wouldn’t want to be sending a weekly push to someone who visits your site once every three months or you might, right? So you have to encourage more visits. I mean, it’s very context dependent.

Steve: Yeah, that’s what software are people using for that.

Linda: Well there there are opt-in providers that will give you like your your opt-in lightbox your modal window or whatever. There’s a lot of different providers to do that so some have an SMS option some have Professional Services that could build it for you. Like if they don’t have it in their product yet or if you’re using your own. I mean, it depends on your platform too, it might need to be a plug-in or if you have kind of a developer friendly platform. We might be able to you know, build something that integrates with your own.

Steve: If you sell an Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now, I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless unenforceable trademark. Now, that is why I work with Stephen Wagner and his team from Emerge counsel. They have a package service called total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy, their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other I could protection such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge counsel first and get a free consult. For more information go to emergecouncil.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a $100 discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s emergecounsel.com over at emergecounsel.com now back to the show.

SMS sounds really intrusive like more so than messenger. Like I only SMS is my friends that can imagine getting marketing messages on there. So yeah, I’m just kind of curious I realized I actually haven’t encountered a site that I’ve shopped at debt takes my SMS yet, but I’ll be on the lookout for now for sure.

Linda: Yeah, I can offline I can dig up some that. I’ve encountered see how you doing it.

Steve: Yeah, what are you seeing in terms of Amazon and some of the Retailers you’ve been working with just kind of reconciling whether to go all in on Amazon versus focus on their site and that sort of thing.

Linda: It’s tough. I mean, I think it you’re at a really good Advantage. If you’re a digitally native vertical brand that you know, you have your Shopify site or you’ve got your your main site and then you yourself have put your products on Amazon versus others kind of getting their hands on your product and putting it in the marketplace if you know what I mean or Amazon itself. If Amazon itself is stalking your product like your own branded product. I’m not talking about if you sell another folks products that’s a I’ll get to that in a moment. But yeah, I think those are those are the brands and the and the merchants that have the most Advantage because you’re controlling the distribution and you’re controlling your merchant account in in Amazon. It gets a bit trickier when especially late let’s say you’ve been you have three or four local stores and then you have a website and you’ve got a good following in in your local let Let’s say you’re a surf shop right and you carry a lot of the national Brands just like, you know million other channel partners for those Brands.

So that’s where it gets tricky because that’s where customers are going to come in and use your retail shop as a showroom for Amazon or for, you know, other other sites with massive discounts or whatever, right? I think that’s where it’s the biggest threat and then and then if you’re a brand that has Amazon somehow getting Hands, like either through a third party distributor, for example, a lot of retailers and Brands can’t help that Amazon is getting their hands on stuff and then they undercut the minimum advertised price. They control the buy box and their stocking itself. They’re not going to show you as a as another by box option until they run out of their inventory. I mean this this is where it gets tricky.

Steve: How do you fight that so if you are an online store that sells other people’s products that are also listed on Amazon. I mean, how do you what are some things that you can do to stand out?

Linda: So that’s where you know using these Facebook remarketing using SMS messaging. One advantage that you have as a retailer with your own site is the ability to merchandize a lot better than Amazon does because Amazon is a haystack right? And it doesn’t always do the best job in supporting guided selling or building a bundle. I mean, they have the customers who bought this also bought but that’s purely based on you know billions and billions of skus of data and that kind of thing. So if you’re let’s go back to the online skater shop or snowboard shop. Then you will a you’re able to have build a relationship with a customer or with a visitor, you know, if you’re using the right cooking and device tracking and and remarketing that kind of thing.

But the way that you merchandiser site it can be easier to navigate with a tighter set of Skus. You can build bundles or the way. That you merchandize and decorate your pages the way that you handle look books and the way that you organize your site the coupons and the and the promotion’s that you send by email can can stand out from Amazon because again Amazon’s kind of like you go there you have to know what you’re going to buy. It’s not a browse friendly site not a project discovery engine. It’s really a spear fishing engine.

Steve: but the ship so how much of a factor is the shipping like two day shipping Prime shipping?

Linda: Oh, it’s huge. Yeah the customer today. A kind of expects it by Divine right? but there’s there’s some things that you can do on your website to actually improve the uptake of free shipping, right? So we did some testing on free shipping thresholds with a with a retailer. I was working with you know, 50 $50 free shipping or $75 free shipping or $100 free shipping and actually doing those tests. So to find what is that sweet spot of both revenue and conversion rate at different free shipping thresholds, and it’s Current for different retailers you’d be surprised in different markets and you know Finding ways to actually put those those free shipping incentives actually on the product page as well, you know being able to say like this this order qualifies for free shipping for this product qualifies for free shipping because it’s already over the $50 interesting is ready.

Steve: ahh Interesting.

Linda: Yeah, and and in the cart page saying congratulations you’ve qualified for free shipping instead. Just the generic free shipping over a hundred you just telling them and giving that feedback that yes, you’ve added this to cart and you’ve already qualified just reinforcing your

Steve: actually that I have on my site. I have like dollars to free shipping and when they achieve it, it turns a different color and it says you have any okay, it’s good.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah.

Steve: Do you think Drop Shipping is kind of dying?

Linda: I think it’s getting harder to do mainly because you know, the margins are so small, right? Yeah, and if your Drop Shipping from overseas and you can’t really control the shipping time, I mean if you’re competing with Amazon Prime right that that becomes a lot more difficult and also the cost to acquire a customer so you have to make sure that you’re advertising costs in your acquisition costs aren’t inflating so much that you’re actually losing money.

Steve: Yeah, I mean what I’ve noticed is that the margins are pretty small right? For dropshipping but then you can find the same item on Amazon and oftentimes it’s actually the manufacturer who is selling on Amazon right? at a lower price. So it seems like it’s just really hard to compete if you’re selling other people’s products.

Linda: Yeah, I think if you have a good way to convert if you have a good conversion rate and if there’s a sort of blindness for the customer that there are other options right? like I’d be surprised if I mean I sell I sell in the Etsy Marketplace.

Steve: Okay

Linda: so that site kind of has a even though you can find similar stuff for a lot cheaper, right? It tends to attract the type of customer that wants to stay within that market place?

Steve: right

Linda: and Look elsewhere. So if you have a Drop Shipping site that maybe has a lot of content or a lot of you know, authoritative, authoritative brand and where the content really that sells the, sells the guidance on what to buy and you’ve got a guide and then, you know, you’ve got three or four products in a carousel that they can purchase directly from your site then that’s kind of more of a closed system than you know, somebody who’s typed in. You know washing machine and you clicked on you and then they’re going to click back out and click, you know, five other Google shopping results. It is kind of depends on that too.

Steve: I guess the advantage with that c is everything there is unique, right? I think of smaller, you know retailers and manufacturers selling their own handmade products. So yeah can’t just hop on Amazon and buy that.

Linda: Yeah, I mean Amazon did launch its own handmade Marketplace as well. And I’m not exactly sure how that affected because I know a lot of sellers sell on both platforms and you know get into the prime, but the other thing too where I think as a drop shipper you can do well as if you acquire a customer through things like Instagram and Pinterest right? like they discovered you not through a search engine not through a comparison shopping mindset they discovered you by serendipity and I think in those situations you can still do really well with Drop Shipping.

Steve: Have you seen any do you have any data regarding websites that use Amazon pay? Or you know, you can essentially do a one-click checkout.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah. I don’t have any data but in the context of mobile wallets, right which will be another Trend. So you’re asking about Trends might as well talk about that one. So certain mobile wallets do. Do better so if you think about Apple pay there’s some friction in actually using Apple pay especially if you’re on a more newer device where you have to use face ID, you know and you have to set up all your stuff within Apple pay and it’s it’s a different experience, right? Because the pay sheets the Apple pay sheet that you have to inject into checkout is kind of limited. You can’t ask for things like you can insert your own fields for You know it is this a gift or do you want to split shipment? Do you want to pick up and start like you can’t do that kind of thing.

But things with Apple pay or Amazon pay and PayPal. Yeah. I mean Amazon has what over a hundred million or maybe 200 million now Prime members, so just being able to use that as a wallet and check out quickly. I think there’s a perception that Amazon pay also means it’s Amazon Prime.

Steve: ohhh

Linda: do you might If it a little bit from that kind of halo effect

Steve: well unless they’re disappointed when there is no Prime shipping.

Linda: Yeah. Yeah. I don’t actually I haven’t had any direct experience with Amazon pay like with with anyone. I’ve been working with or have any data or numbers around

Steve: Apple and Google Play.

Linda: Yeah, Apple and Google pay, it’s funny because it’s very very hyped up. Right? but the conversion rates. Are you have to consider it as first of all you have a smaller segments that’s actually using the iPhone right?

Steve: Sure.

Linda: then then a portion of that has Apple pay enabled then a portion of that prefers to use Apple pay. So I’ve seen a lot of data come out of apple itself, you know, or their pilot that two or three pilot retailers that have done it and I all you know hundred and fifty percent higher Revenue per visitor and all these kind of things and then you go to that website and go. Okay cool. I want to check out I want I want to test out this This Apple pay implementation in the checkout and then it’s gone right? I’m not going to call anyone out. But I’m like, okay, that’s interesting. They were the poster child case study and now they’re not even using Apple pay anymore and their digital check out. So what does that mean?

Steve: I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2020 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now what is seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that is specifically targeting e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS. Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Seller Summit will be small and intimate every year we cut off ticket sales at just a couple hundred people. So tickets will sell out fast, and in fact, we sell out every single year many months in advance now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or 1 million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now, the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. From May 6 to May 8. And right now, we are almost sold out of Mastermind tickets already and I will be raising the ticket price regularly starting the day after Cyber Monday for more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s SELLERSUMMIT.COM or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Interesting. So I guess in my experience the more payment options kind of confuses customers. So right now for us, I think PayPal’s are number one, I guess because a mobile like PayPal one touch and then we just offer credit cards and just wondering is there a Harmon throwing up Apple pay GPA and Amazon pay I mean, what would you advise just kind of limiting the options?

Linda: Well Paradox of choice right that that’s the thing and if you go to apple pays kind of guidelines or style guide, you know how to implement. They’re always saying will put Apple pay first time top of your check out by the way. Yeah, and when you’re on a mobile screen and you’ve got like one window that you’re scrolling through and Apple pay is like the first and it’s a black styled button that spans a rectangle that spans the size the width of your Mobile screen like that. That is dangerous right? to put it first or even put it second because these buttons kind of stack on top of each other. So yeah, it can be confusing. It’s always good to test stuff. It’s a Sometimes it works for a retailer. You know, you’re in a certain Market where yeah, you’ve got that demographic that wants to pay with Samsung pay or Android pay digital downloads, you know.

Steve: Yeah

Linda: video games that kind of thing. Yeah.

Steve: Yeah, we’ve opted not to put those on just mainly because I think PayPal is much more ubiquitous. But

Linda: yeah and trusted and understood.

Steve: Yeah. So we’re talking at a time when the holiday season is right around the corner. So what Some things that clients are prepping for, you know coming up as we roll into Prime shopping season

Linda: Yeah, usually around this time. There’s not a lot of new future delivery. Not a lot of work on on the website you want to have that code lock down and even the promotions and the promotional calendar or done well, well well in advance and one thing that I’ve been an advocate for is being a little bit more Nimble and more like real-time merchandising and responsive merchandising and what I mean by that is allowing yourself some flexibility to to adjust your merchandising and promotion strategy while the in play, right? And so oftentimes these promotions and these emails and and the merchandising is fixed so far in advance your kind of, you know, licking your finger and putting it in the in the sky and just testing where the wind is right now.

Last year’s data isn’t super predictive of what’s going to happen this year. So I always like to leave some leeway be able to run some tests really quickly early on you don’t want to be applying test results or even running A/B tests now and letting them extend into into the holiday season you want to stop all of that. And then have a plan of saying like Okay, we want to we want to test let’s say in the first week that there’s a there’s a trick to that too. Right? Because Behavior changes rapidly through the you know from from the Cyber weekend to the next weekend to the next weekend people are in a different mindset to there’s more urgency. There’s there’s some times less stock availability Right Stuff start selling out.

There are retailers start getting more aggressive with their holiday plans. They start promoting even earlier. So you never know what your competition is going to do. There’s there’s so many things. So if you can have a testing plan of like, okay, these are our hypotheses. These are our options and take advantage of that extra traffic spikes so that you can get test results earlier and keep those test results and applications of them within the context of the holiday. That’s one way to kind of prepare yourself now for optimizing in real-time during the holiday Spike. And then you know do things like make sure that your ad spend like communicate with your ad agencies and all those kind of things because because click rates go up, impression share, you know can go down as your competitors get more aggressive and stuff.

Make sure that you’re not bidding on stuff that’s not seasonal so that you can spend more of your available budget to the things that you know are seasonal and you sell, so like you have yeah, just non-holiday non, non seasonal products turn them off. Make sure you have a system that turns off ads when products go out of stock.

Steve: right

Linda: or have a back-up plan for when things go out of stock so that your product recommendations will show similar items not customers who bought this also bought that because those can sometimes be from different departments. So you might want to adjust your product recommendation engine for certain categories to Show similar products that kind of thing.

Steve: Okay, cool, Linda. We’ve been.

Linda: And get a chat bot

Steve: And get a chat bot. But actually I that’s what I want to get out of you. What are some sass providers for chatbots that your clients have been using?

Linda: Well, you can look into Mobile monkey as one that focuses on their Facebook. Yeah. Yeah, and there’s Optimum Unk and there’s WeChat

Steve: Are there any that specialize in e-commerce that you know, that’s really popular?

Linda: But I don’t think Any that specialize purely in e-commerce? I think chat Bots are mostly used on B2B SAS, you know or like those kind of like lead gen kind of sites and e-commerce is kind of a second branch that I think has a lot of room to grow.

Steve: Okay.

Linda: Hmm.

Steve: Well Linda, I really appreciate your time and coming on and it is a great honor for me because as I mentioned earlier in this interview, that getelastic blog is what got me through the early years of e-commerce. And I am really excited that you are writing for them again and just because of that. I’m going to start following the blog again. So

Linda: loved it. Thank you.

Steve: Yeah and everything

Linda: and thanks for having me on the podcast.

Steve: Yeah everyone out there go check out the getelastic blog. I mean Linda’s articles are always here’s what I like about it. Here’s just a quick plug. I always liked that you pull in like statistics and examples to support all of the facts that you give in article and so it’s just very convincing and it just inspires you to want to give that a try. So..

Linda: and in my Hiatus from getelastic. I wrote a Blog called e-commerce Illustrated, which if you don’t mind me plugging it,

Steve: no, go for it

Linda: it’s very very in-depth guides from home page to check out so you can hone in on like if you want to look at I want to have some ideas for best practices for category Pages or A/B Testing category Pages. Like there’s a 24 to 40 page chapter on that that that you can go check out and that’s kind of like my little labor of love.

Steve: Nice, I wasn’t aware of that site. Is that something you’re still maintaining?

Linda:: You know, I did the home page to check out. I have a couple more. I have like check out order, order summary and mobile checkout left to post. So the project is almost done but most of its they’re just as static.

Steve: Cool. Awesome. Yeah, I’m gonna go check it out now. Thanks a lot Linda.

Linda: Yeah. Thanks Steve.

Steve: Really appreciate you coming on.

Linda: Yes. Thanks for having me. I really enjoyed it.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now as I mentioned earlier Linda is one of my early e-commerce Heroes. So you should definitely check out her writing over on the GetElastic Blog. For more information about this episode go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode285.

And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode, Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce Merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically, all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo. Once again, That’s mywifequitherjob.com/klaviyo.

I also want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use the term visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture exit intent and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it is so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop-ups for any parameter that is closely tied your eCommerce store. Now, if you want to give it a try it is free so head on over to privy.com/steve. Once again, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/steve.

Now I talked about how I use these tools in my blog and if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store heading over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini-course just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!